Integrated optical devices will play a central role in the future
development of nonlinear quantum photonics. Here we consider the
generation of nonclassical states of light within them with a focus on
Gaussian states beyond the low-gain, single photon pair regime
accurately described by perturbation theory. Starting from the solid
foundation provided by Maxwell’s equations, we then move to
applications by presenting a unified formulation that allows for a
comparison of stimulated and spontaneous experiments in ring
resonators and nanophotonic waveguides and leads directly to the
calculation of the quantum states of light generated in high-gain
nonlinear quantum photonic experiments.
1. Introduction
Spontaneous emission, where a single photon is emitted as an atom decays
from an excited state to its ground state, was the earliest source of
nonclassical light. Within a decade of the invention of the laser,
however, researchers began to explore the possibility of using parametric
fluorescence to generate other nonclassical states [1,2]. Here the state
of a material medium is left unchanged after the passage of a strong pump
pulse, but because of optical nonlinearities it is possible for a pair of
new photons to be generated. Much of the interest has focused on two
processes. In one of them, called spontaneous parametric
downconversion (SPDC), a pump photon splits into two daughter
photons, usually referred to as “signal” and “idler,” in what can be
thought of as a “photon fission” process. This is sufficiently strong only
in materials without inversion symmetry, where a $\chi _2$ nonlinear susceptibility is present. In
the other process, called spontaneous four-wave mixing
(SFWM), what can be thought of as an “elastic scattering” between two pump
photons occurs to make two new photons, again usually referred to as
“signal” and “idler,” with one of the new photons at a frequency higher
than that of the pump photons, and the other at a frequency lower than
that. This process is governed by a $\chi _3$ nonlinear susceptibility, and so in
principle can occur in any material medium. In both cases the pairs of
photons produced are typically entangled, and thus of
interest in quantum information processing protocols.
It was soon realized that not only could a strong enough pump pulse
generate a pair of photons with significant probability, but that multiple
pairs might also be generated. The quantum superposition of these states
with different numbers of pairs of photons leads to a state of light
called squeezed, in that the uncertainty in the amplitude
of one quadrature is suppressed below the usual quantum limit, whereas the
uncertainty in the amplitude of the other is correspondingly increased so
as not to violate the uncertainty relation [3,4]. These squeezed states
are central to current efforts in quantum information processing based on
continuous variables [5–12] and to quantum metrology [13–15].
One may think that the low efficiency of SPDC or SFWM is fundamentally
related to their quantum nature. However, this is not the case, for it
rather depends on the weakness of the nonlinear light–matter interaction.
In this respect, there are at least two strategies to tackle this problem,
either by increasing the nonlinear interaction length, e.g., by working
with bigger and bigger crystals, or by enhancing the intensity of the
electromagnetic field interacting with the matter.
In the case of SFWM, which is the weaker of the two above-mentioned
nonlinear processes, significant progress was made at the beginning of
this century with the use optical fibers [16,17]. These allow one to
simultaneously enhance the electromagnetic field intensity by leveraging
the transverse light confinement and, at the same time, increasing the
nonlinear interaction lengths from a few millimeters to a few
kilometers.
More recently, studies of squeezed light and its generation have
intersected with impressive improvements in the design and fabrication of
integrated photonic structures involving channel waveguides and
resonators. In these systems, the spatial and temporal confinement of
light can enhance the nonlinear interaction strength up to ten orders of
magnitude with respect to what can be achieved in bulk systems, leading to
efficient parametric fluorescence with continuous wave (CW) excitation at
milliwatt pump powers.
One important consequence is that the generation of nonclassical light
“beyond photon pairs” is becoming commonplace [18–26]. A second consequence is that a more detailed
comparison of theory and experiment is now possible, because
implementations of well-characterized integrated structures do not suffer
from the uncertainties that can plague experiments with bulk systems, such
as details of beam shape and propagation.
From a theoretical point of view, the description of the nonlinear
light–matter interaction in micro- and nanostructures is far more complex
than that required in bulk systems, starting with the quantization of the
electromagnetic field and moving on to the construction of the Hamiltonian
describing a system that can be composed of several optical elements.
Finally, the strong enhancement of the nonlinear response of the system
necessitates tools able to describe fast, nontrivial dynamics, which
cannot always by approached using perturbation theories.
In this tutorial we present an overview of the physics of nonlinear quantum
optics “beyond photon pairs.” We begin in Sec. 2 with a treatment of the quantization of light in
integrated photonic structures. Although correct treatments of this
subject can of course be found in the literature, there are pitfalls in
adding to the linear Hamiltonian what one might think would be the obvious
nonlinear contribution. We discuss the subtleties involved, and detail the
mode expansion and nonlinear Hamiltonians for treating channel waveguides
and microring resonators, the latter being the cavity structure we use as
an example in this tutorial. In Sec. 3 we consider general “squeezing Hamiltonians” that result when
the usual classical approximation is made for the pump pulse; these
Hamiltonians then only involve sums of products of pairs of operators. We
consider low-gain solutions, and then develop a general framework in which
the solution of the Heisenberg equations of motion can be leveraged to
build the full ket describing the squeezed state of light. This can be
used to treat both spontaneous and stimulated parametric fluorescence, and
we present results for both photon-number and homodyne statistics of the
generated light. In Sec. 4 we focus
on waveguides, and use a particular example to illustrate the low-gain
regime and the joint spectral amplitude (JSA) of pairs of photons that can
be generated, and how it is modified upon entering the high-gain region.
In Sec. 5 we turn to microring
resonators, and consider in detail both single- (SP-) and dual-pump
(DP-)SFWM, as well as SPDC. With all this as background we turn in Sec.
6 to connections between classical
and quantum nonlinear optics, and how the spontaneous processes we have
considered can be understood as “stimulated” by vacuum power fluctuations.
In Sec. 7 we move beyond the world
of coherent states and squeezed states, both of which fall in the category
of Gaussian states. We present a leading strategy, based on “matrix
product states” (MPSs), to describe states more complicated than Gaussian.
As moving beyond information processing that involves only Gaussian states
and measurements is necessary to achieve universal quantum computing
[27,28], the description and characterization of non-Gaussian states
is a current area of active research, with many different approaches being
explored [29–36]. Indeed, it can be hoped that at some point in the
future a tutorial that could be considered a successor to this one, and
might be called “Beyond Gaussian states,” will become available. Finally,
we conclude in Sec.8.
2. Quantization in Integrated PhotonicStructures
In this section, we develop the quantization
of nonlinear optics in an approach particularly suitable for treating
integrated photonic structures. In linear quantum optics the usual
treatments are naturally based on treating the electric and magnetic
fields $\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ as fundamental, but a straightforward
extension of this to nonlinear optics is invalid [37]; it leads to incorrect expressions for the
Hamiltonian that can be found even in well-respected references [38]. In fact, for nonlinear quantum
optics a treatment going back to the early work of Born and Infeld [39], which treats $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ as the fundamental fields, seems the
simplest way to develop the Hamiltonian treatment directly without first
introducing an underpinning Lagrangian framework and building up the
Hamiltonian treatment from that, as is done by, e.g., Drummond and Hillery
[40]. In Sec. 2.1 we illustrate the problems that can arise if a
Hamiltonian treatment of quantum nonlinear optics is based on
$\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ as the fundamental fields, and as a
preamble to nonlinear quantum optics we develop linear
quantum optics based on $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ as the fundamental fields in Sec. 2.2.
Of particular interest are channel waveguide and ring resonator structures,
and after introducing the general quantization procedure we treat those
special cases in Sec. 2.2.4.
Initially we neglect dispersion, treating the relative dielectric constant
$\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$ as independent of frequency, but in Sec.
2.2.5 we indicate how
dispersion can be included in frequency regions where absorption can be
neglected, such as below the band-gap of a semiconductor, which is the
usual regime of interest for integrated photonic structures. In Sec. 2.3 we present a treatment of the
coupling between channel waveguides and ring resonators in the linear
regime that will be useful in later sections, and in Sec. 2.4 we include nonlinearities by
introducing the usual nonlinear susceptibilities. The particular results
for the Hamiltonians describing self-phase modulation (SPM) and
cross-phase modulation (XPM) in channels and rings are detailed in Secs.
2.4.1 and 2.4.2, respectively; in later sections of this
tutorial we introduce the appropriate Hamiltonians for other nonlinear
processes. Of course, other treatments are possible. One can start from
the classical equations relating the nonlinear polarization and the
electric field to each other, and “elevate” the classical fields to their
quantum counterparts [41]. Or one
could model a crystal as a lattice of isolated molecules and work out the
nonlinear response of the crystal from that model [42]. However, we feel that the treatment given here
provides both the trustworthiness and the generality appropriate for the
problems at hand.
Throughout this tutorial we generally assume that the relative dielectric
constant $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$, or, if dispersion effects are included,
$\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )$, can be treated as a scalar. Structures
of interest, such as those involving lithium niobate, are clearly
exceptions to this. The generalization to a relative dielectric tensor is
straightforward, but we do not do it explicitly here because it
complicates the formulas and, we believe, makes the physics we want to
highlight in this tutorial less accessible.
2.1 Trouble with $E$
The quantization of the electromagnetic field in vacuum is a standard
exercise in elementary quantum optics, and is naturally formulated in
terms of the electric and magnetic fields $\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ [43]. The generalization to include a uniform,
frequency-independent dielectric constant is just as easy, and
including even a position dependent relative dielectric constant
$\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$, where the constitutive relations
are taken to be
(1)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\mu_{0}\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t),
\end{aligned}$$
with $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$ real, is straightforward.For our discussion in this section we just quote the results for a
dielectric ring shown in Fig. 1; we give a derivation of the results in Sec. 2.2.4. Cylindrical coordinates
$z$, $\rho =\sqrt
{x^{2}+y^{2}}$, and the angle $\phi$ are the natural variables; it is
convenient to introduce a nominal radius $R$ and use $\zeta =R\phi$ in place of $\phi$. Using the notation $\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp
}=(\rho,z)$, a volume element is
$\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp
}\textrm{d}\zeta$, where $\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp }=R^{-1}\rho \textrm{d}\rho
\textrm{d}z$, and $\zeta$ varies from $0$ to $\mathcal {L}=2\pi
R$. With the relative dielectric
constant $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})=\varepsilon _{1}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp
})$ in the ring large enough to confine
modes, the modes will be labeled by integer quantum numbers
$m_{J}$, where the wavenumber associated
with propagation around the ring is $\kappa _{J}=2\pi
m_{J}/\mathcal {L}$; for the moment we restrict
ourselves to one relevant transverse field structure for each
$\kappa _{J}$, identify its frequency by
$\omega _{J}$, and consider only these bound
modes. Then introducing raising and lowering operators
$c_{J}^{\dagger
}$ and $c_{J}$ for each mode, neglecting zero-point
energies the Hamiltonian is
(2)$${H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}=\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J},$$
and the electric field operator is
written in terms of them as (3)$$\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r})=\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2\mathcal{L}}}c_{J}\mathsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})e^{i\kappa_{J}\zeta}+\textrm{H.c.},$$
where the $\mathsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp })$ are determined so that the
Heisenberg operator corresponding to (3) satisfies Maxwell’s equations, and
then they are appropriately normalized; here “+H.c.” indicates that
the Hermitian conjugate of the preceding should be added. In
writing (3) we have
assumed for simplicity that for the modes of interest the amplitudes
$\mathsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp })$ lie in the $z$ direction; we write down more
general expressions later.This is all uncontroversial. All of the possible derivations of (2) and (3) rely on identifying the energy
density $\mathfrak
{h}(\boldsymbol{r})$ at a point $\boldsymbol{r}$ in space, and noting that for a
change in the fields at this point the energy density changes
according to [44]
(4)$$d\mathfrak{h}=\boldsymbol{H}\cdot
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{B}+\boldsymbol{E}\cdot
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{D},$$
and so for the constitutive relations
of (1) we find an
expression for the classical energy density, (5)$$\mathfrak{h}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\frac{1}{2\mu_{0}}\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)
+\frac{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}{2}\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t),$$
with the volume integral of this equal
to the total energy. In accordance with the prescription for canonical
quantization, the operator version of that integral is set equal to
${H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}$ after the subtraction of the
zero-point energy.However, what would seem to be a straightforward extension of this to
include nonlinear effects, where then
(6)$${H}_{\textrm{ring}}={H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}+{H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{NL}},$$
leads to erroneous results. To see the
difficulty, note that with the approximation that the $\mathsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp })$ of interest lie purely in the
$z$ direction, then $\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r})$ will also be, thus $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r})$ can correspondingly be approximated
as lying purely in the radial direction, and we denote those
components by $E(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $B(\boldsymbol{r})$, respectively. Assuming the usual
series expansion for the nonlinear response up to some power
$N$, (7)$$\begin{aligned}&
D(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\epsilon_{0}\sum_{n=1}^{N}\varepsilon_{n}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{n}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
& B(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\mu_{0}H(\boldsymbol{r},t),
\end{aligned}$$
from (4) we find (8)$$\mathfrak{h}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\frac{1}{2\mu_{0}}B^{2}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\epsilon_{0}\sum_{n=1}^{N}\frac{n}{n+1}\varepsilon_{n}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{n+1}(\boldsymbol{r},t).$$
Considering only a third-order
nonlinearity $(n=3)$ as well as the usual linear
($n=1$) response, a natural argument would
be to note that the magnetic term and the first electric term
in (8) give the usual
linear terms (2), when
the usual expressions (3) for the electric and magnetic fields are used, and so
taking the integral of (8) over all space we can identify (9)$${H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{NL}}=\frac{3}{4}\epsilon_{0}\int\varepsilon_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{4}(\boldsymbol{r})\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}.$$
Using the electric field
expression (3) in this
expression (9), and
combining it with ${H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}$ to form the total Hamiltonian (6), it would seem we could
obtain the nonlinear equations for the dynamics of the
$c_{J}$.However, this leads to nonsense. To see that, consider just one mode
$P$ and its nonlinear interaction with
itself. Neglecting normal ordering corrections in the nonlinear term
in (9), we find that the
equation for $c_{P}$ is
(10)$$\frac{\textrm{d}{c_{P}}}{\textrm{d}t}={-}i\omega_{P}c_{P}-\frac{9i}{\hbar}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)^{2}Kc_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}c_{P},$$
where (11)$$K=\epsilon_{0}\int\varepsilon_{3}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right)\left[\mathsf{e}_{P}^{*}\left(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\right)\right]^{2}
\left[\mathsf{e}_{P}\left(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\right)\right]^{2}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta.$$
In the classical limit, where
$c_{P}(t)$ and $c_{P}^{\dagger
}(t)$ ($=c_{P}^{*}(t))$ are just variables, we see that this
leads to a prediction of a shift in frequency (12)$$\omega_{P}\rightarrow\omega_{P}+\frac{9}{\hbar}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)^{2}Kc_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}.$$
That is, for a positive
$\varepsilon
_{3}(\boldsymbol{r}$), for which $K$ is positive, the frequency is
predicted to increase with increasing intensity. Yet
that is incorrect: initially we can always write the frequency
$\omega _{P}$ as $c\kappa _{P}/n_{\text
{eff}}$, where $n_{\text
{eff}}$ is an effective index of refraction
of the mode in the ring, and a positive $\varepsilon
_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})$ will certainly lead to an increase
with intensity of the effective index of the ring, and thus to a
frequency that decreases with increasing intensity.
In fact, rather than (10), the correct shift in frequency is given by (13)$$\omega_{P}\rightarrow\omega_{P}-\frac{3}{\hbar}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)^{2}Kc_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P},$$
as we show in Sec. 2.4.2. Thus, (12) fails to correctly describe both
the size of the effect and its sign, and it would lead to the wrong
prediction, for example, of the group velocity dispersion (GVD) regime
in which soliton propagation would exist.What has gone wrong? The Hamiltonian density (9) is certainly equal to the energy
density, as it should be for canonical quantization. However, the use
of the form (3) of the
electric and magnetic fields in that Hamiltonian, together with the
usual commutation relations for the operators $c_{P}$ and $c_{P}^{\dagger
}$, does not lead to
the correct equations, Maxwell’s equations, in the nonlinear regime.
This is apparent because, very generally, the equation for the
Heisenberg operator $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ would be
(14)$$\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}=\frac{1}{i\hbar}\left[\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t),{H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}\right]+\frac{1}{i\hbar}\left[\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t),{H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{NL}}\right].$$
Keeping only the first commutator on
the right we obtain Faraday’s law, $\dot
{\boldsymbol{B}}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=-\nabla \times
\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$; the theory was built to give this
in the linear regime. However, it is easy to see that the second
commutator on the right is nonvanishing, and then leads to a violation
of Faraday’s law when nonlinear effects are included.A hint of the problem can be gleaned from the differential form (4) for the change in the
energy density, which suggests that $\boldsymbol{B}$ and $\boldsymbol{D},$ rather than $\boldsymbol{B}$ and $\boldsymbol{E}$, should be thought of as the
fundamental fields. This is in contrast to a Lagrangian approach,
where the differential form for the change in the Lagrangian density
is given [39] by
(15)$$\textrm{d}\mathfrak{L=}-\boldsymbol{D}\cdot
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{E}+\boldsymbol{H}\cdot
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{B}.$$
Indeed, one way to proceed is to
return to the Lagrangian formulation, include the nonlinear
interactions, and “rebuild” the Hamiltonian formulation from that
starting point. This has been done at a microscopic level involving
two- or many-level atoms [45–47], and from a macroscopic perspective using
susceptibilities [48,49]. For an overview, see Drummond
and Hillery [40]. Alternately,
as was first pointed out by Born and Infeld [39], one can begin with $\boldsymbol{B}$ and $\boldsymbol{D}$ as the fundamental fields and
directly introduce the Hamiltonian formulation, without relying on an
earlier Lagrangian formulation. When the focus is on the Hamiltonian
framework, as it is often in quantum optics, this is a simpler
strategy; it is the one we follow here [50]. In the next section, we implement this in the
linear regime, and in Sec. 2.4 we extend it to nonlinear optics. For a recent tutorial on
these issues, see Raymer [51].2.2 Linear Quantum Optics
We begin by adopting the constitutive relations (1), assuming a real relative dielectric
constant $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$ that is dispersionless but
arbitrarily position dependent. In Sec. 2.2.5 we generalize to include material
dispersion, which can have important consequences for experiments in
quantum photonics.
2.2.1 Modes
We begin with the classical Maxwell equations
(16)$$\begin{aligned}
& \frac{\partial\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}={-}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
& \frac{\partial\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}=\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\cdot\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=0,\\
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\cdot\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=0
\end{aligned}$$
and look for a solutions in the
linear regime where the constitutive relations are (1). Looking for solutions of the
form (17)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})e^{{-}i\omega_{\alpha}t}+\textrm{c.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})e^{{-}i\omega_{\alpha}t}+\textrm{c.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
with $\omega _{\alpha
}$ positive, we have a solution
of (16) if
(18)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left[\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}\right]=\frac{\omega_{\alpha}^{2}}{c^{2}}\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\cdot\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=0,\\
&
\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{i}{\omega_{\alpha}\mu_{0}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}).
\end{aligned}$$
The first of these is the “master
equation” familiar from work on photonic crystals [52]. Whatever the functional form
of $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r}),$ we refer to a solution
$\left
(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right
),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right )\right
)$ of (18) as a “mode” of the system. Note
that for every such mode, we can identify another mode
(19)$$\left(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha'}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha'}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right)\right)=
\left(-\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}^{*}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}^{*}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right)\right)$$
with $\omega _{\alpha
'}=\omega _{\alpha }$. The organization of all modes
into pairs, such as $\left
(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right
),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right )\right
)$ and $\left
(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha '}\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right
),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha '}\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right )\right
)$, can be done just as was
outlined earlier for acoustic modes [53], but note that different sign conventions
have been used in the past for partner modes. Following the
notation there we refer to $\alpha '$ as the “partner mode” of
$\alpha$.We begin by looking at modes that are also chosen to satisfy
periodic boundary conditions over a normalization volume
$V$. Then the operator
$\mathcal
{M}$,
(20)$$\mathcal{M}(\cdots)\equiv\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left[\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times(\cdots)}{\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}\right]$$
is Hermitian, in that
(21)$$\int_{V}\boldsymbol{A}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{M}(\boldsymbol{C}(\boldsymbol{r}))\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=\int_{V}\left(\mathcal{M}(\boldsymbol{A}(\boldsymbol{r}))\right)^{*}\cdot\boldsymbol{C}(\boldsymbol{r})\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r},$$
for any such periodic functions
$\boldsymbol{A}(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $\boldsymbol{C}(\boldsymbol{r})$. From this it follows
immediately that (22)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\int_{V}\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{B}_{\beta}(\boldsymbol{r})\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=0,\\
& \omega_{\alpha}\neq\omega_{\beta},
\end{aligned}$$
with the orthogonality also
holding if $\beta =\alpha
'$ and the pairs of modes are
properly chosen [53]. We
normalize the modes according to (23)$$\int_{V}\frac{\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\mu_{0}}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=1,$$
and it then follows from (18) that (24)$$\int_{V}\frac{\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=1.$$
2.2.2 Canonical Formulation
It is useful to use a slightly more general canonical formulation
than often employed, but we begin by reviewing the traditional
approach. There one starts with a set of functions of the
canonical coordinates and momenta, $q_{i}$ and $p_{j}$ respectively, and with the
Poisson bracket of two such functions $f(q_{i},p_{j})$, $g(q_{i},p_{j})$ defined according to
(25)$$\left\{ f,g\right\}
=\sum_{k}\left(\frac{\partial f}{\partial q_{k}}\frac{\partial
g}{\partial p_{k}}-\frac{\partial f}{\partial
p_{k}}\frac{\partial g}{\partial q_{k}}\right),$$
from which follows the properties
(26)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left\{ f,g\right\} ={-}\left\{ g,f\right\},\\ &
\left\{ f+g,b\right\} =\left\{ f,b\right\} +\left\{
g,b\right\},\\ & \left\{ fg,b\right\} =f\left\{
g,b\right\} +g\left\{ f,b\right\},\\ & \left\{ f,\left\{
g,b\right\} \right\} +\left\{ g,\left\{ b,f\right\} \right\}
+\left\{ b,\left\{ f,g\right\} \right\} =0.
\end{aligned}$$
We then find the familiar results
(27)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left\{ q_{i},q_{j}\right\} =\left\{ p_{i},p_{j}\right\}
=0,\\ & \left\{ q_{i},p_{j}\right\} =\delta_{ij}.
\end{aligned}$$
The dynamical equations are then
taken to be given by (28)$$\frac{\textrm{d}f}{\textrm{d}t}=\left\{
f,H\right\}.$$
Now consider a more general
approach. Suppose we have a set of quantities $(f,g,b,\ldots
)$ and a definition of their
Poisson brackets satisfying (26) such that the set is closed
under the operations specified by (26); then those quantities together
with their Poisson brackets form a representation of a Lie
algebra. If there is a Hamiltonian $H$ that is an element of that set,
and the dynamics of the quantities are given by (28), we take this to constitute a
canonical formulation.As an example, suppose that instead of
deriving (27) from (25) we simply assert (27) for the $q_{i}$ and the $p_{j}$, and take our set of quantities
to be the $q_{i}$, the $p_{j}$, and all polynomial functions of
them. Then, together with the definition that the Poisson bracket
of two numbers vanishes, and the definition that the Poisson
bracket of a number with any of the quantities vanishes, the
Poisson brackets of all such quantities can be determined
from (26)
and (27), and the
set of quantities is closed under those operations. If the
Hamiltonian is taken as a polynomial function of the
$q_{i}$ and the $p_{j}$, then the dynamics given
by (28) are
precisely what we would expect from the more traditional approach.
This more general approach is often useful. One example is if one
wants to treat the angular momentum components $J_{i}$ of an object as fundamental, as
one does for the spin of a particle; then there are no canonical
position and momentum in the description, but the Lie algebra
involves the Poisson bracket
(29)$$\left\{
J_{x},J_{y}\right\} =J_{z},$$
and the brackets that follow from
cyclic permutations. Of course, particle spin is not a classical
concept, but one could use this strategy to develop a canonical
formulation for the angular momentum of a rigid body without
reverting to a description of the particles constituting the body
and their momenta.That approach is also useful here. Returning to our Eqs. (16), we note that the
divergence equations can be taken as initial conditions, for if
they are satisfied at an initial time and the curl equations are
satisfied at all later times, the divergence equations will also
be satisfied at all later times. Thus, we need only construct
dynamical equations for the curl equations, and for ultimate use
in quantization we seek to do this with a Hamiltonian that is
numerically equal to the energy. From (5) we see that the Hamiltonian
should then be
(30)$$\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}=\int_{V}\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{2\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}
+\frac{\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{2\mu_{0}}\right)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r},$$
where $V$ is the normalization volume.As first pointed out by Born and Infeld [39], to obtain the correct dynamical equations
the fundamental Poisson brackets should be taken as
(31)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left\{
D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right\}
=\left\{
B^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),B^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right\} =0,\\
& \left\{
D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),B^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right\}
=\epsilon^{ilj}\frac{\partial}{\partial
r^{l}}\delta(\boldsymbol{r}-\boldsymbol{r'}),
\end{aligned}$$
for using these with (30) we recover our
desired dynamics, (32)$$\begin{aligned}&
\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}=\left\{
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}\right\}
=\frac{1}{\mu_{0}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
& \frac{\partial\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}=\left\{
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}\right\}
={-}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}\right).
\end{aligned}$$
2.2.3 Quantization
We now quantize in the usual way, by taking
(33)$$\left\{ \;\right\}
\Rightarrow\frac{1}{i\hbar}\left[\;\right],$$
where $\left [\;\right
]$ indicates the commutator. The
equal time commutation relations for Heisenberg operators are then
given by (34)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\left[D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right]=\left[B^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),B^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right]=0,\\
&
\left[D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t),B^{j}(\boldsymbol{r'},t)\right]=i\hbar\epsilon^{ilj}\frac{\partial}{\partial
r^{l}}\delta(\boldsymbol{r}-\boldsymbol{r'}),
\end{aligned}$$
and to satisfy the initial
conditions we expand our fields in modes, (35)$$\begin{aligned}&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{\alpha}\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(1)}(t)\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{\alpha}\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(2)}(t)\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),
\end{aligned}$$
where here the $\mathcal {C}_{\alpha
}^{(1)}(t)$ and the $\mathcal {C}_{\alpha
}^{(2)}(t)$ are operators. Whatever their
time dependence, the field operators $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ will be divergenceless at all
times, because $\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ are divergenceless.However, because those field operators must be Hermitian, the
operators $\mathcal {C}_{\alpha
}^{(1)}(t)$ and $\mathcal {C}_{\alpha
}^{(2)}(t)$ are not all independent; we
easily find the conditions
(36)$$\begin{aligned}&
\mathcal{C}_{\alpha'}^{(1)}(t)={-}\left(\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(1)}(t)\right)^{{\dagger}},\\
&
\mathcal{C}_{\alpha'}^{(2)}(t)={+}\left(\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(2)}(t)\right)^{{\dagger}},
\end{aligned}$$
where we have used (19). We can ensure these
conditions are satisfied by introducing new operators
$a_{\alpha
}(t)$ with no restrictions, such that
(37)$$\begin{aligned}&
\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(1)}(t)=\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\alpha}}{2}}\left(a_{\alpha}(t)-a_{\alpha'}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right),\\
&
\mathcal{C}_{\alpha}^{(2)}(t)=\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\alpha}}{2}}\left(a_{\alpha}(t)+a_{\alpha'}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where the factor $\sqrt {\left (\hbar
\omega _{\alpha }\right )/2}$ is introduced for later
convenience; here $\alpha '$ is the partner mode of
$\alpha$. We then have (38)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{\alpha}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\alpha}}{2}}\left(a_{\alpha}(t)\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})+a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right),\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{\alpha}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\alpha}}{2}}\left(a_{\alpha}(t)\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})+a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where we have again used (19). The equal time
commutation relations (34) are then satisfied by taking (39)$$\begin{aligned}&
\left[a_{\alpha}(t),a_{\beta}(t)\right]=0,\\ &
\left[a_{\alpha}(t),a_{\beta}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right]=\delta_{\alpha\beta},
\end{aligned}$$
which are indeed required if the
set of modes is complete. Using the field expansions (38) in the
expression (30) for
the Hamiltonian, we find (40)$$\begin{aligned}
\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}} &
=\sum_{\alpha}\frac{\hbar\omega_{\alpha}}{2}\left(a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)a_{\alpha}(t)+a_{\alpha}(t)a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right)\\
&
=\sum_{\alpha}\hbar\omega_{\alpha}\left(a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)a_{\alpha}(t)+\frac{1}{2}\right)\\
&
\rightarrow\sum_{\alpha}\hbar\omega_{\alpha}a_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}(t)a_{\alpha}(t),
\end{aligned}$$
where in the last expression we
have neglected the zero-point energy, as we do henceforth. The
equation for any Heisenberg operator $\mathcal
{O}(t)$, (41)$$i\hbar\frac{\textrm{d}\mathcal{O}(t)}{\textrm{d}t}=\left[\mathcal{O}(t),\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}\right],$$
[compare with (28)] leads to (42)$$\frac{\textrm{d}a_{\alpha}(t)}{\textrm{d}t}={-}i\omega_{\alpha}a_{\alpha}(t),$$
as expected.2.2.4 Special Cases
The usual first case of interest is a uniform medium. We treat that
for completeness in Appendix A. Here we consider the form of the field operators for
two simple structures from integrated optics, the first a channel
waveguide as indicated schematically in Fig. 2, and the second a ring resonator,
initially considered isolated and indicated schematically in
Fig. 1; of interest in
itself, the ring resonator can also be taken as a simple example
of an integrated optical cavity.
2.2.4.1 Channel Waveguide
Looking first at the waveguide structure, we take
$\boldsymbol{\hat
{z}}$ normal to the substrate and
$\boldsymbol{\hat
{x}}$ the direction along which
the waveguide runs; then $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})=\varepsilon _{1}(y,z)$ here.
We are interested in modes confined to the waveguide, and so we
need only introduce periodic boundary conditions in the
$\boldsymbol{\hat
{x}}$ direction, with periodicity
over a length $L$. Then because of the
translational symmetry in the $x$ direction we can choose the
modes $(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha
}(\boldsymbol{r}),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha
}(\boldsymbol{r}))$ satisfying (18) to be of the form
(43)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\sqrt{L}}e^{ikx},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\sqrt{L}}e^{ikx},
\end{aligned}$$
where $k=2\pi
m/L,$ with $m$ an integer; the index
$I$ labels the different modes,
which in their polarization profile will generally be more
complicated than either circular or linear polarization; we
label the frequency of such a mode by $\omega
_{Ik}$, and the partner mode of a
mode characterized by $k$ is one characterized by
$-k$. In the normalization
conditions (23)
and (24) we can
let $y$ and $z$ vary over all values, with
only $x$ limited to a region of
length $L$, yielding (44)$$\int\frac{\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\mu_{0}}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z=1,$$
and (45)$$\int\frac{\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z)}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z=1,$$
as the normalization
conditions of $\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z).$ The general field
expansions (38)
then take the form (46)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I,k}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Ik}}{2L}}a_{Ik}(t)\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx}+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I,k}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Ik}}{2L}}a_{Ik}(t)\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx}+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where $\omega
_{Ik}$ is the frequency of mode
$I,k,$ (47)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left[a_{Ik}(t),a_{I'k'}(t)\right]=0,\\ &
\left[a_{Ik}(t),a_{I'k'}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right]=\delta_{II'}\delta_{kk'},
\end{aligned}$$
and the Hamiltonian is
(48)$$\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}=\sum_{I,k}\hbar\omega_{Ik}a_{Ik}^{{\dagger}}(t)a_{Ik}(t).$$
We consider passing to the
limit of an infinite normalization length $L$, which involves a
continuously varying $k$. We do this in the usual
heuristic way by replacing the sum over $k$ by an integral over
$k$, taking into account the
density of points in $k$ space. That is, we take
(49)$$\sum_{k}\rightarrow\frac{\int
\textrm{d}k}{\left(\frac{2\pi}{L}\right)}=\frac{L}{2\pi}\int
\textrm{d}k.$$
We also have to replace the
operators $a_{Ik}(t)$ associated with discrete
modes by operators associated with modes labeled by a
continuous varying $k;$ those latter operators we
label $a_{I}(k,t).$ The connection between the
two can be identified by recalling that for the discrete modes
we have (47),
and so, in particular, (50)$$\begin{aligned}&
\sum_{k'}\left[a_{Ik}(t),a_{I'k'}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right]=\delta_{II'},\\
& \sum_{k'}\left[a_{Ik}(t),a_{I'k'}(t)\right]=0.
\end{aligned}$$
Recalling (49), we see that if we take
(51)$$a_{Ik}(t)\rightarrow\sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{L}}a_{I}(k,t),$$
we arrive at (52)$$\begin{aligned}&
\int\left[a_{I}(k,t),a_{I}^{{\dagger}}(k',t)\right]\textrm{d}k'=\delta_{II'},\\
&
\int\left[a_{I}(k,t),a_{I}(k',t)\right]\textrm{d}k'=0,
\end{aligned}$$
and because the operators at
different $k$ are to be independent, this
yields (53)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left[a_{I}(k,t),a_{I'}(k',t)\right]=0,\\ &
\left[a_{I}(k,t),a_{I'}^{{\dagger}}(k',t)\right]=\delta_{II'}\delta(k-k').
\end{aligned}$$
Thus, the $a_{I}(k,t)$ are convenient operators for
the expansion of the electromagnetic field. Using (49) and (51) in (46) we find
(54)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Ik}}{4\pi}}a_{I}(k,t)\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx}\textrm{d}k+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Ik}}{4\pi}}a_{I}(k,t)\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx}\textrm{d}k+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
and using them in (48) we find
(55)$$\textrm{H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{L}}=\sum_{I}\int\hbar\omega_{Ik}a_{I}^{{\dagger}}(k,t)a_{I}(k,t)\textrm{d}k.$$
Here we have not changed the
notation for $\omega
_{Ik}$ nor for $\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)$, although $k$ now various continuously;
the normalization conditions remain (44) and (45). Of course, the integration
over $k$ here only ranges over the
values for which the modes are confined to the waveguide
structure; that is, the part of the electromagnetic field we
include in (54).2.2.4.2 Ring Resonators
Next we turn to the ring structure shown in Fig. 1, and consider the form of
the modes $\left
(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right
),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }\left (\boldsymbol{r}\right
)\right )$ that can at least be
approximated as confined to the ring. Here we use indices
$J$ to denote the modes, and
$\omega
_{J}$ their frequencies; the modes
can be taken to be of the form
(56)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)}{\sqrt{\mathcal{L}}}e^{i\kappa_{J}\zeta},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\textsf{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)}{\sqrt{\mathcal{L}}}e^{i\kappa_{J}\zeta},
\end{aligned}$$
where, as in Sec. 2.1, $\kappa _{J}=2\pi
m_{J}/\mathcal {L}$ where $m_{J}$ is an integer; we use
$J$ to denote the type of the
mode. The dependence of $\textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$ and $\textsf
{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$ on $\zeta$ arises because of components
of the vectors in the $xy$ plane. As $\zeta$ varies the direction of
those vectors will change, although $\textsf
{b}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )\cdot \textsf
{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$ and $\textsf
{d}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )\cdot \textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$ will be independent of
$\zeta$ and we can put
$\textsf
{b}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )\cdot \textsf
{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )=\textsf
{b}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };0)\cdot \textsf
{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };0)$ and $\textsf
{d}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )\cdot \textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )=\textsf
{d}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };0)\cdot \textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };0)$.The electromagnetic field operators associated with the
modes (56) can
then be written, using (38), as
(57)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2\mathcal{L}}}c_{J}(t)\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)e^{i\kappa_{J}\zeta}+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2\mathcal{L}}}c_{J}(t)\textsf{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)e^{i\kappa_{J}\zeta}+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where $J$ indicates both
$\kappa
_{J}$ and the type of mode,
(58)$$\begin{aligned}
& \left[c_{J}(t),c_{J'}(t)\right]=0,\\ &
\left[c_{J}(t),c_{J'}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right]=\delta_{JJ'},
\end{aligned}$$
and the Hamiltonian is
(59)$${H}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{L}}=\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J},$$
as in (2).The general normalization conditions (23) and (24) here become
(60)$$\int\frac{\textsf{b}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)}{\mu_{0}}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r_{{\perp}}}=1,$$
(61)$$\int\frac{\textsf{d}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r_{{\perp}}})}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}=1.$$
The second of these gives the
normalization condition for $\mathsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta$), because comparing (3) with the first
of (57) we see
that $\textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )=\epsilon
_{0}\varepsilon _{1}(\boldsymbol{r})\mathsf
{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta ).$For the curvature of the ring not too great, the fields
$(\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta
),\textsf{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta
))$ will be related to those
fields $(\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z),\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z))$ of a channel structure of
the same cross section according to
(62)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\textsf{d}_{J}(\rho,z;0)\approx\boldsymbol{d}_{I_{\alpha}k_{\alpha}}(R-\rho,z),\\
&
\textsf{b}_{J}(\rho,z;0)\approx\boldsymbol{b}_{I_{\alpha}k_{\alpha}}(R-\rho,z),
\end{aligned}$$
[and compare (44) and (45) with (60) and (61)].2.2.5 Including Dispersion
Up to this point we have assumed that the relative dielectric
constant $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$ is independent of the frequency
of the optical field. More generally, however, if we have electric
and displacement fields
(63)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r})e^{{-}i\omega
t}+\textrm{c.c.},\\ &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r})e^{{-}i\omega
t}+\textrm{c.c.}, \end{aligned}$$
which for the moment we consider
classical, they are related by a frequency dependent
$\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r},\omega ),$ (64)$$\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r})=\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r}).$$
The quantity $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )$ is in general complex, with its
real part describing dispersive effects and its imaginary part
describing absorption; they are linked by Kramers–Kronig relations
[55]. This more complicated
electrodynamics arises, of course, because of the involvement of
degrees of freedom of the underlying material medium. Quantizing
the dynamics then involves quantizing both the “bare”
electromagnetic field and those material degrees of freedom to
which it is coupled. Here we follow a strategy introduced earlier
[56]. Although the dynamics
over a wide frequency range was considered there, for integrated
photonic structures one is mainly interested in frequencies below
the bandgap of all materials, for which $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )$ may be a strong function of
frequency but is purely real. That is the regime we consider here;
the treatment of quantum electrodynamics in the regime where
absorption is presented has been investigated using this strategy
elsewhere [57].We begin by noting that for $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )$ purely real we can still
consider “modes” for $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$, as we did when dispersion was
neglected. Seeking solutions of Maxwell’s Eqs. (16) of the form (17), but now using the constitutive
relations
(65)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r},\omega_{\alpha})\boldsymbol{E}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=\mu_{0}\boldsymbol{H}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),
\end{aligned}$$
we find we require (66)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left[\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega_{\alpha})}\right]=\frac{\omega_{\alpha}^{2}}{c^{2}}\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\cdot\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=0,\\
&
\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{i}{\omega_{\alpha}\mu_{0}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}).
\end{aligned}$$
The first of these is more
complicated than the first of (18), with $\omega _{\alpha
}$ here appearing on both sides of
the eigenvalue equation. In general, for example for a photonic
crystal, determining the allowed $\omega _{\alpha
}$ must be done self-consistently,
with some iteration. For the simpler structures we consider here,
however, that will not be a problem. Note also that the mode
fields $\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $\boldsymbol{B}_{\beta }(\boldsymbol{r})$ associated with different
frequencies $\omega _{\alpha
}\neq \omega _{\beta }$ are, in general,
not orthogonal; the condition (22) does not hold here.
Mathematically, this arises because such a $\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ and a $\boldsymbol{B}_{\beta }(\boldsymbol{r})$ are eigenfunctions of
different Hermitian operators, because in (20) $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$ must be replaced by
$\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega_\alpha )$ when it acts on $\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$, and by $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega _{\beta })$ when it acts on $\boldsymbol{B}_{\beta }(\boldsymbol{r})$. Physically, it arises because
the true modes of the system involve both the electromagnetic
field and the degrees of freedom of the material medium; when
these full “polariton modes” are considered orthogonality
reappears [56].
Nonetheless, one finds that one can proceed with just
$(\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha
}(\boldsymbol{r}),\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha
}(\boldsymbol{r}))$, satisfying (66), in Eqs. (38) if the normalization
conditions (23)
and (24) are
modified; one formally introduces the material degrees of freedom
to show this, and then one need not explicitly deal with them
again. Once $\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$ are found from (66), for future use the appropriate
normalization condition is most usefully written in terms of
$\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha }(\boldsymbol{r})$, and for the case of periodic
boundary conditions is given by [56,58]
(67)$$\int_{V}\frac{\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{D}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega_{\alpha})}
\frac{v_{p}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega_{\alpha})}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega_{\alpha})}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}=1$$
instead of (24). Here (68)$$v_{p}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)=\frac{c}{n(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)}$$
is the local phase velocity at
frequency $\omega$, where $n(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )=\sqrt {\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )}$ is the local index of refraction
at that frequency, and (69)$$v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)=\frac{v_{p}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)}{1+\frac{\omega}{n(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)}\frac{\partial
n(\boldsymbol{r};\omega)}{\partial\omega}}$$
is the local group velocity at
frequency $\omega.$In Appendix A we consider
the inclusion of dispersion in a description of light in a uniform
medium. Here we begin with the inclusion of dispersion in the
description of channel waveguide structures, first considering
periodic boundary conditions. The mode frequencies
$\omega
_{Ik}$ must be found by solving (66) with modes of the
form (43);
following the discussion above, it is easy to show from (67) that the
normalization condition (45) is then replaced by
(70)$$\int\frac{\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\frac{v_{p}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}{v_{g}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z=1.$$
With this new normalization and
the corresponding scaling for $\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z;)$, the expressions (46), (47), and (48) for the field expansions, the
commutation relations, and the Hamiltonian still all hold. Forming
the Poynting vector $\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\times
\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$, if we look at a one-photon
state (71)$$\left|\Psi\right\rangle
=a_{Ik}^{{\dagger}}(0)\left\vert\text{vac}\right\rangle$$
we find (72)$$\int\left\langle
\Psi|\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)|\Psi\right\rangle
\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z=\frac{\hbar\omega_{Ik}}{L}v_{Ik},$$
where of course $(\hbar \omega
_{Ik}/L)$ is the photon energy per unit
length in the waveguide, and (73)$$v_{Ik}\equiv\frac{\partial\omega_{Ik}}{\partial
k}=\frac{1}{2}\int\left(\boldsymbol{e}_{Ik}(y,z)\times\boldsymbol{h}_{Ik}^{*}(y,z)+\boldsymbol{e}_{Ik}^{*}(y,z)\times\boldsymbol{h}_{Ik}(y,z)\right)\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z$$
is the group velocity of the mode,
including both modal and material dispersion; here (74)$$\begin{aligned}
&
\boldsymbol{e}_{Ik}(y,z)=\frac{\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})},\\
&
\boldsymbol{h}_{Ik}(y,z)=\frac{\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\mu_{0}},
\end{aligned}$$
and (73) can be derived from the
normalization condition (70), which we do in Appendix B. The appearance of the local group velocity in
the normalization expressions (67) and (70) is perhaps not surprising, as
the group velocity (73) of the mode, which determines the rate at which energy
is transported, depends on it [55]. If we pass to an infinite length waveguide structure,
then (53), (54), and (55) all hold, with the
$\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)$ found as in the periodic
boundary condition analysis, normalized according to (70).Finally, for the isolated ring the inclusion of dispersion leads to
using the mode forms (56) in (66)
to find the mode frequencies $\omega
_{J}$ and the fields $\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$ and $\textsf{b}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )$. Instead of the normalization
condition (61) we
use
(75)$$\int\frac{\textsf{d}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r_{{\perp}}};\omega_{J})}
\frac{v_{p}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{J})}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{J})}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}=1.$$
The field expansion (57), the commutation
relations (58), and
the form of the Hamiltonian (59) are all unchanged.2.3 Channel Fields and Ring–Channel Coupling
We now turn to the coupling between the channel and ring, in a
structure such as in Fig. 3. We
identify the isolated ring resonances $\omega _{J}$, restricting ourselves here to
resonances associated with one transverse mode; recall that the
isolated ring fields are given by (57), with in general the normalization
condition (75). Our
electromagnetic fields associated with the channel are expanded
as (54), with
commutation relations (53) and a Hamiltonian (55); the mode normalization condition is generally given
by (70). In those
expressions we have used the dummy index $I$ to indicate the mode type. For the
channel we now just consider one type, and use the dummy index
$J$ to label a range of $k$ (with a corresponding range of
$\omega _{Jk}$), introducing different wavenumber
ranges, each centered at a ring mode resonance.
If we denote the range of $k$ allotted to $J$ by $\mathscr
{R}(J)$, (see Fig. 4) we can then write
(76)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{J}\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Jk}}{4\pi}}a_{J}(k,t)\boldsymbol{d}_{Jk}(y,z)e^{ikx}\textrm{d}k+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{J}\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{Jk}}{4\pi}}a_{J}(k,t)\boldsymbol{b}_{Jk}(y,z)e^{ikx}\textrm{d}k+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where (77)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left[a_{J}(k,t),a_{J'}(k',t)\right]=0,\\ &
\left[a_{J}(k,t),a_{J'}^{{\dagger}}(k',t)\right]=\delta_{JJ'}\delta(k-k'),
\end{aligned}$$
and the Hamiltonian is (78)$$\textrm{H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{L}}=\sum_{J}H_{J}^{\text{L}},$$
where (79)$$H_{J}^{\text{L}}=\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\hbar\omega_{Jk}a_{J}^{{\dagger}}(k,t)a_{J}(k,t)\textrm{d}k.$$
For some applications it is convenient
to introduce “channel field operators,” (80)$$\psi_{J}(x,t)\equiv\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\frac{\textrm{d}k}{\sqrt{2\pi}}a_{J}(k,t)e^{i(k-k_{J})x},$$
where we use $k_{J}$ to denote a reference
$k$ in the center of the range
$\mathscr
{R}(J)$, and before considering the coupling
of the channel to the ring, we discuss these operators. From the
Hamiltonian (79) their
dynamics are given by (81)$$\begin{aligned}
\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial t} &
={-}i\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\frac{\textrm{d}k}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\omega_{Jk}a_{J}(k,t)e^{i(k-k_{J})x}\\
&
={-}i\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\frac{\textrm{d}k}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\left(\omega_{J}+v_{J}(k-k_{J})+\frac{1}{2}v'_{J}(k-k_{J})^{2}+\cdots\right)a_{J}(k,t)e^{i(k-k_{J})x},
\end{aligned}$$
where in the second line we have put
$\omega _{J}\equiv \omega
_{Jk_{J}}$ and assumed that in the range
$k\in \mathscr
{R}(J)$ the full modal dispersion is small
enough that an expansion of the dispersion relation is reasonable; we
have put $v_{J}\equiv
v_{Jk_{J}}$ and $v'_{J}\equiv
v'_{Jk_{J}}$, where (82)$$v'_{Jk}=\frac{\partial^{2}\omega_{Jk}}{\partial
k^{2}}.$$
Then we can write (81) as (83)$$\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
t}={-}i\omega_{J}\psi_{J}(x,t)-v_{J}\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
x}+\frac{1}{2}iv'_{J}\frac{\partial^{2}\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
x^{2}}+\cdots.$$
For many applications the GVD within
each channel range $\mathscr
{R}(J)$ can be neglected, and we can take
simply (84)$$\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
t}={-}i\omega_{J}\psi_{J}(x,t)-v_{J}\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
x}.$$
Under certain conditions the Hamiltonian (79) and the derivation of the dynamics
of $\psi
_{J}(x,t)$ that follow from it can be
simplified. We clearly have
(85)$$\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J'}(x',t)\right]=0,$$
and (86)$$\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J'}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]=0,$$
for $J\neq J'$, since different frequency ranges
are involved. In addition, (87)$$\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]=\int_{k\in\mathscr{R}(J)}\frac{\textrm{d}k}{2\pi}e^{i(k-k_{J})(x-x')},$$
where we have used the commutation
relations (77). Now
suppose, for example, $k\in \mathscr
{R}(J)$ for $-\Delta \kappa
/2<k-k_{J}<\Delta \kappa /2;$ then (88)$$\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]=\frac{1}{2\pi}\frac{\sin\left(\Delta\kappa\frac{x-x'}{2}\right)}{\frac{x-x'}{2}}.$$
We will usually be interested in
incident fields and generated fields near the frequencies of ring
resonances; if field excitations associated with the channel field
$\psi
_{J}(x,t)$ are centered at $k=k_{J}$ and extend over a range
$\Delta k\ll \Delta
\kappa$, then for calculations involving
those fields and other independent fields we can take (89)$$\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]\approx\delta(x-x'),$$
and if we neglect GVD for each channel
field, an expansion of the Hamiltonian $H_{J}^{\text
{L}}$ (79) along the lines used in (81) leads to (90)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{J}^{\text{L}} &
=\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)\psi_{J}(x,t)\textrm{d}x\\
& \quad -\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x,t)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x,t)\right)\textrm{d}x, \end{aligned}$$
with the neglect of GVD terms. With
the full Hamiltonian (78) and the commutation relations (91)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J'}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]=\delta_{JJ'}\delta(x-x'),\\
& \left[\psi_{J}(x,t),\psi_{J'}(x',t)\right]=0,
\end{aligned}$$
we indeed find Eqs. (84).To lowest order in $\Delta k/\Delta
\kappa$ we can write the electromagnetic
field operators (76) in
terms of the channel field operators by neglecting the variation of
$\omega _{Jk}$, and $\boldsymbol{b}_{Jk}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{d}_{Jk}(y,z)$, over the $\Delta k$ characterizing the excitation
bandwidth. Putting $\boldsymbol{b}_{J}(y,z)\equiv
\boldsymbol{b}_{Jk_{J}}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{d}_{J}(y,z)\equiv
\boldsymbol{d}_{Jk_{J}}(y,z)$, we have
(92)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\approx\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2}}\boldsymbol{d}_{J}(y,z)\psi_{J}(x,t)e^{ik_{J}x}+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\approx\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2}}\boldsymbol{b}_{J}(y,z)\psi_{J}(x,t)e^{ik_{J}x}+\textrm{H.c.}
\end{aligned}$$
At the same level of approximation we
have (93)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\approx\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2}}\boldsymbol{e}_{J}(y,z)\psi_{J}(x,t)e^{ik_{J}x}+\textrm{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\approx\sum_{J}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2}}\boldsymbol{h}_{J}(y,z)\psi_{J}(x,t)e^{ik_{J}x}+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where (94)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{e}_{J}(y,z)=\frac{\boldsymbol{d}_{J}(y,z)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{J})},\\
&
\boldsymbol{h}_{J}(y,z)=\frac{\boldsymbol{b}_{J}(y,z)}{\mu_{0}},
\end{aligned}$$
[cf. (74)]. The total power flow in the
waveguide is (95)$$P(x,t)=\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{x}},$$
with $\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\times
\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$. Even a classical field oscillating
at a single frequency will have terms in the Poynting vector that vary
as twice that frequency; as usual we are interested in the slowly
varying part of the total power flow, and so we omit terms in
$\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ that will arise from the terms
$\psi _{J}(x,t)\psi
_{J'}(x,t)$ and $\psi _{J}^{\dagger
}(x,t)\psi _{J'}^{\dagger }(x,t)$. We use the commutation
relations (91) to write
$\psi _{J}(x,t)\psi
_{J'}^{\dagger }(x,t)$ as $\psi _{J}^{\dagger
}(x,t)\psi _{J'}(x,t)$ plus a formally divergent [see the
discussion before (89)]
term proportional to $\delta
_{JJ'}$ that will, however, give a vanishing
contribution when channel modes going in the $+x$ and $-x$ directions are considered. For the
terms remaining proportional involving $\psi _{J}^{\dagger
}(x,t)\psi _{J'}(x,t)$, we neglect the contributions for
$J\neq J'$ under the assumption that any
distinction frequencies $\omega _{J}$ and $\omega _{J'}$ are far enough apart that
interference terms between them will be rapidly varying. The final
result is then [53]
(96)$$P(x,t)\rightarrow\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}v_{J}\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)\psi_{J}(x,t),$$
where $v_{J}$ is that of (84), and includes both material and
modal dispersion; corrections to (96) would arise if we considered
variations in $\psi
_{J}(x,t)$ more rapid than could be well
described by (84).We now consider the channel and ring close enough that coupling can
occur. The coupling arises because the evanescent fields associated
with the ring and the channel overlap, and light can move from the
channel to the ring and vice versa. The standard phenomenological
model for this coupling [59]
begins by treating the field in the ring in the same manner as one
treats the field in the channel; in our notation this involves
introducing a field $\psi
_r(\zeta,t)$, where $\zeta =0$ at the nominal coupling point, to
describe the propagation in the ring. If we let $x=0$ denote the nominal coupling point
for the channel field $\psi _J(x,t)$ associated with the ring resonance
of interest (see Fig. 4), we
then take the Fourier components of $\psi _J(x,t)$ and $\psi
_r(\zeta,t)$,
(97)$$\psi_{J}(x,\omega)=\int\frac{\textrm{d}t}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\psi_{J}(x,t)e^{i\omega
t},
\psi_{r}(\zeta,\omega)=\int\frac{\textrm{d}t}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\psi_{r}(\zeta,t)e^{i\omega
t},$$
and introduce self- and cross-coupling
coefficients, $\sigma$ and $\kappa$, respectively, that relate the
fields near the nominal coupling point, (98)$$\begin{aligned}
\begin{pmatrix} \psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega) \\ \psi_{r}(0^{+},\omega)
\end{pmatrix} = \left( \begin{array}{cc} \ \sigma & i\kappa \\
i\kappa & \sigma \\ \end{array} \right) \begin{pmatrix}
\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega) \\ \psi_{r}(0^{-},\omega) \end{pmatrix},
\end{aligned}$$
(see Fig. 5).Here we assume that the waveguide properties of the ring and channel
are the same, although the more general case can easily be considered.
Conventionally both $\sigma$ and $\kappa$ are taken to be real and positive;
then energy conservation yields
(99)$$\sigma^{2}+\kappa^{2}=1.$$
Generalizations to this are also
straightforward, including the introduction of different
$\sigma$ and $\kappa$ for frequencies close to different
ring resonance frequencies. Now because light propagates freely from
$\zeta =0^{+}$ to $\zeta =0^{-}$ within the ring, for fields of the
form (97) we have
(100)$$\psi_{r}(0^{-},\omega)=\psi_{r}(0^{+},\omega)
e^{ik\mathcal{L}},$$
where if the frequency
$\omega$ of interest is close to the
frequency $\omega _{J}$ of the $J$th resonance of the ring we can write
(101)$$ \begin{aligned}k
&=\frac{2\pi n_{J}}{\mathcal{L}}+(\omega-\omega_{J}) \left
(\frac{dk}{d\omega} \right)_{\omega_{J}}+\cdots\\ &=
\frac{2\pi
n_{J}}{\mathcal{L}}+\frac{\omega-\omega_{J}}{v_{J}}+\cdots.
\end{aligned}$$
Stopping the expansion at this point
we have $e^{ik\mathcal
{L}}=e^{i\eta }$, where (102)$$\eta=\left(\frac{\omega-\omega_J}{v_J} \right)
\mathcal{L}.$$
This can also be derived directly from
the version of (84)
that would hold for $\psi
_{r}(\zeta,t)$ in the ring. With this result used
in (101), when that
equation is inserted into (98) we can solve for $\psi _{J}(0^{+},\omega
)$ in terms of $\psi _{J}(0^{-},\omega
)$, (103)$$\psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega)=\left( \frac{\sigma-e^{i\eta}}{1-\sigma
e^{i\eta}} \right) \psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega),$$
where we have used (99). Recalling that we have taken
$\sigma$ to be real, from (103) we find that $|\psi _{J}(0^{+},\omega
)|^2=|\psi _{J}(0^{-},\omega )|^2$. That is, the coupled channel–ring
structure functions as an “all pass filter,” as would be expected.We are typically interested in frequencies $\omega$ such that $|\omega -\omega
_{J}|$ is much less than the frequency
difference between neighboring resonances; then we have
$|\eta | \ll
1$, and we can approximate
$e^{i\eta } \approx
1+i\eta$. We are also typically interested in
small ring–channel coupling, such that $\kappa \ll
\sigma$; then because $|\eta |\ll 1$, we can take $\eta \sigma \approx
\eta$, and using these approximations
in (103) we have
(104)$$\psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega)
\approx \frac{\omega-\omega_{J}-i \left( \frac{(1-\sigma) v_{J}}{
\mathcal{L}} \right)} {\omega-\omega_{J}+i \left( \frac{(1-\sigma)
v_{J}}{ \mathcal{L}} \right)} \psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega).$$
Note that the use of these two
approximations respects the all-pass nature of the coupled
channel–ring structure.Although a whole range of linear and nonlinear optical phenomena in
channel–ring structures can be considered at this level [59], for quantum nonlinear optics we
want to construct a quantum treatment of the channel–ring coupling
that can be built into a Hamiltonian framework. Beginning with the
linear regime, we can do this by formally introducing a point coupling
model [60], with a coupling
constant $\gamma _{J}$. The full linear Hamiltonian is
taken to be
(105)$$\begin{aligned}
\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}} &
=\sum_{J}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\\ & \quad
+\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}+\sum_{J}\left(\hbar\gamma_{J}^*c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J}\left(0\right)+\textrm{H.c.}\right).
\end{aligned}$$
The first term on the right-hand side
is the Hamiltonian (78)
for the channel fields, the second term is the Hamiltonian (59) for the modes in the
ring, and the third term represents a coupling that can either remove
a photon from the channel and create one in the ring or vice versa.
Here, as in the above, we consider only modes with $v_{J}>0$. If we take $\zeta =0$ to identify the point on the ring
closest to the channel, then because the coupling involves the fields
in the ring and channel near that point we can expect the
$\gamma _{J}$ to be only weakly dependent on
$J$; were $\zeta =\pi$ taken to identify that point we
would expect $\gamma _{J}\propto
(-1)^{J}$; in SCISSOR structures
(“side-coupled integrated spaced sequences of optical resonators”),
for example, both types of behavior arise [61].The Heisenberg equations of motion following from the
Hamiltonian (105) then
are
(106)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{J}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}+i\omega_{J}\right)\psi_{J}(x,t)={-}i\gamma_{J}c_{J}(t)\delta(x),\\
&
\left(\frac{d}{dt}+i\omega_{J}\right)c_{J}(t)={-}i\gamma_{J}^{*}\psi_{J}(0,t).
\end{aligned}$$
The formal solution of the first of
these is (107)$$\psi_{J}(x,t)=\psi_{J}(x-v_Jt,0)e^{{-}i\omega_{J}t}-\frac{i\gamma_{J}}{v_{J}}c_{J}(t-\tfrac{x}{v_{J}})\left[\theta(x)-\theta(x-v_{J}t)\right]
e^{{-}i\omega_{J}x/v_{J}}.$$
We then substitute this expression,
evaluated at $x=0$, back into the second of (106). Note that the
expression (107)
respects the discontinuity of $\psi
_{J}(x,t)$ across $x=0$ that was apparent in the standard
phenomenological model discussed above. As was implicitly done there,
we introduce one-sided limits (108)$$\psi_{J}(0^{{\pm}},t)=\lim_{x\rightarrow0^{{\pm}}}\psi_{J}(x,t),$$
and define $\psi
_{J}(x,t)$ at $x=0$ via (109)$$\psi_{J}(0,t)\rightarrow\frac{1}{2}\left(\psi_{J}(0^{-},t)+\psi_{J}(0^{+},t)\right);$$
see [60]. Using the limits (108) in (107) we find (110)$$\psi_{J}(0^{+},t)=\psi_{J}(0^{-},t)-\frac{i\gamma_{J}}{v_{J}}c_{J}(t),$$
and then with $\psi
_{J}(0,t)$ constructed from (109) and used in the second of (106) we find (111)$$\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\Gamma_{J}+i\omega_{J}\right)c_{J}(t)={-}i\gamma_{J}^{*}\psi_{J}(0^{-},t),$$
where (112)$$\Gamma_{J}=\frac{\left|\gamma_{J}\right|^{2}}{2v_{J}},$$
appears as an effective damping term
in (111)
characterizing the rate at which energy in the ring can be lost to the
channel. The full solution of Eqs. (106) then follows from solving for
$c_{J}(t)$ in terms of $\psi
_{J}(0^{-},t)$ from (111), and then the determination of
$\psi
_{J}(0^{+},t)$ from $\psi
_{J}(0^{-},t)$ from (110).If we then introduce Fourier components of $\psi _{J}(0^{\pm
},t)$ as in the first of (97), we find [60]
(113)$$\psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega)=\left[\frac{\omega_{J}-\omega+i\Gamma_{J}}{\omega_{J}-\omega-i\Gamma_{J}}\right]\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega),$$
This can be compared with (104), and the coupling
constant $\gamma _{J}$ of the Hamiltonian model can be
related to the self-coupling constant $\sigma$ of the standard phenomenological
model, (114)$$\frac{\left|\gamma_{J}\right|^{2}}{2v_{J}}=\frac{(1-\sigma)v_J}{\mathcal{L}}.$$
Ubiquitous scattering losses lead to
the break-down of the all-pass nature of this structure. We can model
these by introducing a “phantom channel” [60] (see Fig. 6) that models the loss of light into the environment, and
more generally the possible scattering of light into the system from
the environment. Note that we indicate the positive $x$ direction in the phantom channel in
the opposite direction of that in the real channel. Including the
phantom channel and the coupling of light into and out of it by taking
(115)$$\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}\rightarrow
\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}}+{\textrm{H}^{\textrm{phantom}}},$$
where (116)$$\begin{aligned}
{\textrm{H}^{\textrm{phantom}}} &
=\sum_{J}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\textrm{d}x
\right.\\&\quad\left.-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J\text{ph}}\int\left(\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\\ & \quad
+\sum_{J}(\hbar
\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\textrm{H.c.}).
\end{aligned}$$
Here the $\psi _{J\text
{ph}}(x,t)$ are the fields in the phantom
channel, taken to satisfy (117)$$\begin{aligned}&
\left[\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x,t),\psi_{J'\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x',t)\right]=\delta_{JJ'}\delta(x-x'),\\
&
\left[\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x,t),\psi_{J'\text{ph}}(x',t)\right]=0,
\end{aligned}$$
with an obvious generalization of the
real channel notation for the phantom channel parameters. In place
of (106) we have the
more general equations (118)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{J}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}+i\omega_{J}\right)\psi_{J}(x,t)={-}i\gamma_{J}c_{J}(t)\delta(x),\\
& \left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{J\text{ph}}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}+i\omega_{J}\right)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x,t)={-}i\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}(t)\delta(x),\\
&
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\omega_{J}\right)c_{J}(t)={-}i\gamma_{J}^{*}\psi_{J}(0,t)-i\gamma_{J\text{ph}}^{*}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0,t).
\end{aligned}$$
Following the same procedure as used
above but taking both the real and phantom channel into account, and
introducing (119)$$\begin{aligned}&
\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0^{{\pm}},\omega)=\int\frac{\textrm{d}t}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0^{{\pm}},t)e^{i\omega
t},\\ &
c_{J}(\omega)=\int\frac{\textrm{d}t}{\sqrt{2\pi}}c_{J}(t)e^{i\omega
t}, \end{aligned}$$
we find (120)$$c_{J}(\omega)={-}
\frac{\gamma_{J}^{*}\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega)+\gamma_{J\text{ph}}^{*}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0^{-},\omega)}{\omega_{J}-\omega-i\overline{\Gamma}_{J}},$$
where (121)$$\overline{\Gamma}_{J}=\Gamma_{J}+\Gamma_{J\text{ph}},$$
and (122)$$\Gamma_{J\text{ph}}=\frac{\left|\gamma_{J\text{ph}}\right|^{2}}{2v_{J\text{ph}}},$$
describes the scattering losses. For
the usual situation where $\left \langle \psi
_{J\text {ph}}(0^{-},\omega )\right \rangle =0$ we have (123)$$|\left\langle
c_{J}(\omega)\right\rangle|^{2}=\frac{|\gamma_{J}^{*}\left\langle\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega)\right\rangle|^{2}}{(\omega_{J}-\omega)^{2}+\overline{\Gamma}_{J}^{2}}.$$
From this we can identify the
full-width at half-maximum as $\Delta \omega
_{J}=2\overline {\Gamma }_{J}$, and so the “loaded” quality factor
$Q$ for the resonance is given by
(124)$$Q_{J}=\frac{\omega_{J}}{\Delta\omega_{J}}=\frac{\omega_{J}}{2\overline{\Gamma}_{J}}.$$
Defining an intrinsic $Q_{J\text
{int}}$ due to scattering losses and an
extrinsic $Q_{J\text
{ext}}$ due to the coupling of the ring to
the channel, we have (125)$$\frac{1}{Q_{J}}=\frac{1}{Q_{J\text{int}}}+\frac{1}{Q_{J\text{ext}}},$$
where (126)$$Q_{J\text{ext}}=\frac{\omega_{J}}{2{\Gamma}_{J}}$$
and (127)$$Q_{J\text{int}}=\frac{\omega_{J}}{2{\Gamma}_{J\text{ph}}}.$$
The solution of our general equations (118), again following the same
procedure as used above, gives
(128)$$\psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega)=\left[\frac{\omega_{J}-\omega+i(\Gamma_{J}-\Gamma_{J\text{ph}})}{\omega_{J}-\omega-i\overline{\Gamma}_{J}}\right],\,\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega)
+\left[\frac{2i\Gamma_{J\text{ph}}}{\omega_{J}-\omega-i\overline{\Gamma}_{J}}\right]\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0^{-},\omega)$$
where the term proportional to
$\psi _{J\text
{ph}}(0^{-},\omega )$ in (128) describes the input noise from the
loss channel; and again for the usual situation where $\left \langle \psi
_{J\text {ph}}(0^{-},\omega )\right \rangle =0$ we have (129)$$\left\langle
\psi_{J}(0^{+},\omega)\right\rangle
=\left[\frac{\omega_{J}-\omega+i(\Gamma_{J}-\Gamma_{J\text{ph}})}{\omega_{J}-\omega-i\overline{\Gamma}_{J}}\right]\left\langle
\psi_{J}(0^{-},\omega)\right\rangle,$$
and so-called “critical coupling” is
achieved if $\Gamma _{J}=\Gamma
_{J\text {ph}}$, for then $\left \langle \psi
_{J}(0^{+},\omega _{J})\right \rangle =0.$To avoid dealing with the fields $\psi _J(x,t)$ that have a discontinuity at
$x=0$, it is convenient to introduce
fields $\psi
_{J<}(x,t)$ and $\psi
_{J>}(x,t)$ associated with each
$\psi _J(x,t)$. The first of these is equal to
$\psi _J(x,t)$ for $x<0$ and, for $x\ge 0$, follows from the evolution
equation (84) that
would hold were there no coupling to the ring. Similarly,
$\psi
_{J>}(x,t)$ is given by $\psi _J(x,t)$ for $x>0$ and, for $x\le 0$, follows from that evolution
equation. Thus, the fields $\psi
_{J<}(x,t)$ and $\psi
_{J>}(x,t)$ are continuous even at
$x=0$, and we have $\psi _J(0^-,t)=\psi
_{J<}(0,t)$ and $\psi _J(0^+,t)=\psi
_{J>}(0,t)$.
Finally, because the free spectral range (FSR) in the neighborhood of
the $J$th resonance is given by
(130)$$\delta\omega_{J}=v_{J}\delta\kappa_{J}=v_J\frac{2\pi}{\mathcal{L}},$$
the finesse in the neighborhood of the
$J$th resonance is (131)$$\mathcal{F}=\frac{\delta\omega_{J}}{\Delta\omega_{J}}=\frac{\pi
v_{J}}{\overline{\Gamma}_{J} \mathcal{L}}.$$
From this expression one can see that
the finesse is a measurement of the effect of the resonant spatial and
temporal confinement of light inside the ring. Indeed, it is inversely
proportional to the resonator length and is directly proportional to
the photon dwelling time in the resonator. This quantity can be very
useful, because it is experimentally accessible from the structure
transmission spectrum, which gives information about the FSR and the
quality factor, and yet is also simply related to the on-resonance
field enhancement, $|\text {FE}(\omega
_J)|$. This can be defined as the modulus
of the ratio between the value of the displacement field measured in
the center of the waveguide in any point of the ring and the value
measured in the center of the channel waveguide before the point
coupling. One can show that, at critical coupling (i.e.,
$\Gamma _J=\Gamma
_{J\text {ph}}$), (132)$$\left\vert\text{FE}_\text{crit}\left(\omega_J\right)\right\vert^{2}\simeq\frac{\mathcal{F}}{\pi},$$
which means that at critical coupling
the intensity inside the ring is increased by a factor approximately
equal to a third of the finesse, with respect to that in the input
channel. A similar expression can be derived in the case of over
coupling (i.e., $\Gamma _J\gg \Gamma
_{J\text {ph}}$) (133)$$\left\vert\text{FE}_\text{over}\left(\omega_J\right)\right\vert^{2}\simeq\frac{2}{\pi}\mathcal{F}.$$
Although the point coupling model
introduced above has a wide range of applicability for ring–channel
systems [59], we note that it
is also possible to construct a more general treatment of the response
of these systems by the use of the asymptotic-in and -out fields
familiar from scattering theory [62], which also fits within the Hamiltonian framework we
describe here.2.4 Including Nonlinearities
We now turn to including the effects of nonlinearities. Considering a
very general dielectric structure, and beginning in the classical
regime, the usual description of the nonlinear response is in terms of
nonlinear response coefficients $\chi
_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})$ and $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}),$ etc., with the components of the
nonlinear polarization $\boldsymbol{P}_{\text
{NL}}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ given by
(134)$$P_{\text{NL}}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\epsilon_{0}\chi_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)
+\epsilon_{0}\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{l}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\cdots.$$
The displacement field
$\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ is then given by $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\epsilon
_{0}\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\boldsymbol{P}(\boldsymbol{r},t),$ where $\boldsymbol{P}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ is the full polarization, so
(135)$$D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\epsilon_{0}\chi_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)
+\epsilon_{0}\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{l}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\cdots.$$
Here we have neglected material
dispersion, and will formally do so in the nonlinear components of the
Hamiltonian in the rest of this tutorial. It many cases the effects of
material dispersion on the nonlinear components can be reasonably
supposed to be negligible. Of course, when particular nonlinear terms
are calculated the appropriate $\chi _{n}$ for the frequencies of the fields
involved can be employed; we implicitly assume that in the following.
In addition, in the following equations that involve $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})$, we use the $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r};\omega )$ for the frequencies involved.
However, the full inclusion of dispersive effects in the
$\chi _{n}$ themselves, for $n>1$, is an outstanding problem even at
frequencies where absorption is not present.Equation (135) is a
usual starting point for investigating the propagation of light in
nonlinear media. However, because our fundamental fields are taken to
be $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ and $\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$, we want to rewrite this as an
expression for $\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ in terms of $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t).$ To do that, write (135) as
(136)$$E^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\frac{D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}-\frac{\chi_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}
E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)-\frac{\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}E^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)E^{l}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\cdots.$$
In the absence of any nonlinearity
$E^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)/[\epsilon
_{0}\varepsilon _{1}(\boldsymbol{r})]$, of course, and we can iterate to
find (137)$$E^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\frac{D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}-\frac{\Gamma_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}}D^{j}
(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)-\frac{\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}}D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{l}(\boldsymbol{r},t)+\cdots,$$
where (138)$$\begin{aligned} &
\Gamma_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\chi_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}^{3}(\boldsymbol{r})},\\
&
\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}^{2}\varepsilon_{1}^{4}(\boldsymbol{r})}-2\frac{\chi_{2}^{ijm}(\boldsymbol{r})
\chi_{2}^{mkl}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}^{2}\varepsilon_{1}^{5}(\boldsymbol{r})},
\end{aligned}$$
and we have used the fact that the
$\chi
_{n}(\boldsymbol{r})$ are invariant under permutation of
their Cartesian components. Note that the $\Gamma _{n}$, which are dimensionless, are then
also invariant under permutation of their Cartesian components; they
are typically positive. Using (137) in the expression (4) we find (139)$$\begin{aligned}H &
=\int\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{2\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})}+\frac{\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\cdot\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{2\mu_{0}}\right)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}\\
& \quad
-\frac{1}{3\epsilon_{0}}\int\Gamma_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}\\
& \quad
-\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\int\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r},t)D^{l}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}+\cdots,
\end{aligned}$$
for the total energy. Adopting this as
the Hamiltonian, and using either the Poisson bracket
expressions (31) (in
the classical regime), or the corresponding commutation
relations (34) (in the
quantum regime), we find that the Hamiltonian leads to the dynamics
(140)$$\begin{aligned}&
\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}=\frac{1}{\mu_{0}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t),\\
& \frac{\partial\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)}{\partial
t}={-}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t),
\end{aligned}$$
where the components of
$\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)$ are given by (137). For the very general mode
expansion (38) we then
find the Schrödinger Hamiltonian (141)$$H=\sum_{\alpha}\hbar\omega_{\alpha}c_{\alpha}^{{\dagger}}c_{\alpha}+{\textrm{H}^{\textrm{NL}}},$$
where (142)$$\begin{aligned}
{\textrm{H}^{\textrm{NL}}} &
={-}\frac{1}{3\epsilon_{0}}\int\Gamma_{2}^{ijk}(\boldsymbol{r}):\left(D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r})\right):\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}\\
& \quad
-\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\int\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}):\left(D^{i}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{j}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{k}(\boldsymbol{r})D^{l}(\boldsymbol{r})\right):\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}+\cdots.
\end{aligned}$$
In (141) we have neglected the zero point
energy in the linear regime, and in (142) the notation “$:(\quad ):$” indicates that the operator
expressions inside should be normal ordered. The normal ordering of a
term will lead to new terms involving fewer raising and lowering
operators than the original term, and those new terms can be
considered as corrections to terms in the full Hamiltonian that,
before normal ordering, involved those fewer raising and lowering
operators. We consider all such corrections to be included in the
values of the appropriate material coefficients that we adopt.Using an expansion of $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r})$ in terms of the linear modes of the
system the form of ${\textrm{H}^{\textrm{NL}}}$ in terms of raising and lowering
operators can be explicitly constructed. We do this later in this
tutorial for SPDC and SFWM. In the rest of this section we treat the
special cases of SPM and XPM. For simplicity we assume that
$\Gamma
_{3}^{ijkl}$ receives significant contributions
only from $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}$, and not from $\chi
_{2}^{ijk}$ [see (138)]; that usually holds, but if it
does not the generalization of the formulas given in the following is
straightforward.
2.4.1 SPM and XPM in Channels
Considering an isolated channel, we still assume that we can take
our fields to be of the form (92), although the frequencies
$\omega
_{J}$ here are not linked to any ring
resonances, but merely identify the center frequencies of
different components of light that are well-separated from each
other in frequency. Assuming that we have just one such component;
taking $J=P$, its self-interaction is
described by $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r})$, and using (92) in (142) the term describing the
resulting SPM is
(143)$$\begin{aligned}
{H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}} &
={-}\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2}\right)^{2}\frac{4!}{2!2!}\left(\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)\left(d_{P}^{i}(y,z)d_{P}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}d_{P}^{k}(y,z)d_{P}^{l}(y,z)\right)\\
& \quad\times\int
\textrm{d}x\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}(x)\psi_{P}(x),
\end{aligned}$$
where the combinatorial factor
$4!/(2!2!)$ counts the number of ways, after
normal ordering, that the indicated combination of fields
$\psi
_{P}(x)$ and $\psi _{P}^{\dagger
}(x)$ arise. We use (138) to write $\Gamma
_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)$ in terms of $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)$, and use (94) to write the fields
$\boldsymbol{d}_{P}(y,z)$ in terms of $\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)$. Then (143) can be written as
(144)$${H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}
={-}{\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}\frac{\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}}{2}v_{P}^{2}\int
\textrm{d}x\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}(x)\psi_{P}(x),$$
where (145)$${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{P}\epsilon_{0}}{4v_{P}^{2}}\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)\left(e_{P}^{i}(y,z)e_{P}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}e_{P}^{k}(y,z)e_{P}^{l}(y,z).$$
The approximations involved in
deriving (145),
and other equations like it in the following, lead to nonlinear
coefficients evaluated only at a center frequency, despite the
fact that the light may be broadband. No simple prescription can
be given for determining the validity of this assumption, for it
will depend on the nature of the waveguide modes, how close one
might be to a cutoff frequency, etc. However, a first check of the
validity of the assumption can be made by evaluating (145) at a range of
frequencies corresponding to the pulse bandwidth, and checking to
see whether the variation in its value is indeed small.Taking as our Hamiltonian the sum of the linear Hamiltonian (90) and the nonlinear
contribution (144)
we find the Heisenberg equations of motion yield
(146)$$\frac{\partial\psi_{P}(x,t)}{\partial
t}={-}i\omega_{P}\psi_{P}(x,t)-v_{P}\frac{\partial\psi_{P}(x,t)}{\partial
x}+i{\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)\psi_{P}(x,t)\psi_{P}(x,t).$$
In the classical limit, letting
(147)$$\begin{aligned}
& \psi_{P}(x,t)\rightarrow\phi_{P}(x,t),\\ &
\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x,t)\rightarrow\phi_{P}^{*}(x,t),
\end{aligned}$$
where $\phi
_{P}(x,t)$ is a classical field, we find a
solution of the form $\phi _{P}(x,t)=\phi
_{P}(x)\exp (-i\omega _{P}t)$, where (148)$$\begin{aligned}
\frac{\textrm{d}\phi_{P}(x)}{\textrm{d}x} &
=i{\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}\left|\phi_{P}(x)\right|^{2}\phi_{P}(x)\\
& =i{\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}
P_{P}(x)\phi_{P}(x), \end{aligned}$$
where $P_{P}(z)$ is the power in the channel
[cf. (96)]. Thus,
we can identify ${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ as the SPM coefficient for the
channel [63].To write ${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ in a more transparent form,
divide the expression (145) for it by the square of
(149)$$\epsilon_{0}c\int\frac{n(y,z;\omega_{P})}{v_{g}(y,z;\omega_{P})}\boldsymbol{e}_{P}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z=1,$$
where the identify follows from
the normalization condition (70) and the relation (94) between
$\boldsymbol{d}_{P}(y,z)$ and $\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)$, as well as the
expression (68) for
the local phase velocity; we have also introduced the local index
of refraction $n(y,z;\omega )=\sqrt
{\varepsilon _{1}(y,z;\omega )}$. Then taking $\overline
{n}_{P}$ to be a characteristic value of
that index in the region where $\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)$ is nonvanishing, and
$\overline {\chi
}_{3}$ to be a characteristic value of
the nonlinear susceptibility tensor components in that region, we
can combine (145)
and (149) to write
(150)$${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{P}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\overline{n}_{P}^{2}c^{2}}\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PPPP}}},$$
where the effective area
${\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PPPP}}$ is given by (151)$$\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PPPP}}}=\frac{\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)/\overline{\chi}_{3}\right)\left(e_{P}^{i}(y,z)e_{P}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}e_{P}^{k}(y,z)e_{P}^{l}
(y,z)}{\left(\int\frac{n(y,z;\omega_{P})/\overline{n}_{P}}{v_{g}(y,z;\omega_{P})/v_{P}}\boldsymbol{e}_{P}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\right)^{2}}.$$
Note that if we define an
effective nonlinear index $n_{2}$ in terms of $\overline {\chi
}_{3}$ and $\overline
{n}_{P}$ in the usual way [63] (152)$$n_{2}=\frac{3\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}c\overline{n}_{P}^{2}},$$
as is appropriate for a uniform
medium, we have (153)$${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{\omega_{P}}{c}n_{2}\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PPPP}}},$$
the usual expression for
${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ in terms of an effective area
[63]. Further, if we
consider an electric field with only one component, put
$\overline {\chi
}_{3}$ equal to a typical value of the
relevant component of $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)$ in the region where
$\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)$ is nonvanishing, and set
$n(y,z;\omega
_{P})/\overline {n}_{P}\approx v_{g}(y,z;\omega
_{P})/v_{P}\approx 1$ as well in that region, we have
(154)$$\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PPPP}}}\approx\frac{\int\left|e_{P}(y,z)\right|^{4}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z}{\left(\int\left|e_{P}(y,z)\right|^{2}\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\right)^{2}},$$
the usual expression for the
effective area in that limit [63].We now consider XPM, a consequence of the nonlinear interaction
between a field $\psi
_{S}(x,t)$ with frequency centered at
$\omega
_{S}$ and a field $\psi
_{P}(x,t)$ with frequency centered at
$\omega
_{P}$. The contribution to the
nonlinear Hamiltonian responsible for XPM is
(155)$$\begin{aligned}
{H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{XPM}} &
={-}\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2}\right)\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{S}}{2}\right)4!\left(\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)\left(d_{P}^{i}(y,z)d_{S}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}d_{P}^{k}(y,z)d_{S}^{l}(y,z)\right)\\
& \quad\times\int
\textrm{d}x\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}(x)\psi_{S}(x),
\end{aligned}$$
where here the combinatorial
factor arising from normal ordering is $4!$, because there are four distinct
field operators. In many applications one of the fields is strong,
say that centered at $\omega
_{P}$, and we are interested in
describing its effect on the phase of the weaker field, say that
centered at $\omega
_{S}$. We introduce a XPM coefficient
${\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}$ that is appropriate in that
scenario, (156)$${\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}=\frac{3\epsilon_{0}\omega_{S}}{4v_{P}v_{S}}\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)\left(e_{P}^{i}(y,z)e_{S}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}e_{P}^{k}(y,z)e_{S}^{l}(y,z),$$
[cf. the expression (145) for
${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$] in terms of which we can write
(157)$${H}_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{XPM}}={-}2{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}v_{P}v_{S}\int
\textrm{d}x\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{P}(x)\psi_{S}(x).$$
Following the same strategy used
above (146), (147), and (148) in identifying the physical significance of
${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$, taking the Hamiltonian to be
the sum of the linear terms (90) and the nonlinear
contribution (157), in the classical limit we find (158)$$\begin{aligned}\frac{\textrm{d}\phi_{S}(x)}{\textrm{d}x}
&
=2i{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}\left|\phi_{P}(x)\right|^{2}\phi_{S}(x)\\
& =2i{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}
P_{P}(x)\phi_{S}(x), \end{aligned}$$
with the usual factor of
$2$ for XPM explicit [cf. (148)]. Dividing (156) by unity using the
left-hand side of (149), once at $\omega
_{P}$ and once at $\omega
_{S}$, we find (159)$${\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{S}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\overline{n}_{P}\overline{n}_{S}c^{2}}\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PSPS}}},$$
where (160)$$\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{chan}}^{PSPS}}}=\frac{\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(y,z)/\overline{\chi}_{3}\right)\left(e_{P}^{i}(y,z)e_{S}^{j}(y,z)\right)^{*}e_{P}^{k}(y,z)e_{S}^{l}
(y,z)}{\left(\int\frac{n(y,z;\omega_{P})/\overline{n}_{P}}{v_{g}(y,z;\omega_{P})/v_{P}}\boldsymbol{e}_{P}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{e}_{P}(y,z)\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\right)\left(\int\frac{n(y,z;\omega_{S})/\overline{n}_{S}}{v_{g}(y,z;\omega_{S})/v_{S}}\boldsymbol{e}_{S}^{*}(y,z)\cdot\boldsymbol{e}_{S}(y,z)\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\right)},$$
with $\overline
{n}_{P}$ and $\overline
{n}_{S}$ here typical values of
$n(y,z;\omega
_{P})$ and $n(y,z;\omega
_{S})$, respectively, in regions where
the associated electric fields are nonvanishing. Comparing these
equations with the corresponding expressions (150) and (151) for SPM, we see that for
$\omega
_{P}$ and $\omega
_{S}$ close we have ${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}} \approx
{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}}$, as expected.2.4.2 SPM and XPM in Rings
In a ring coupled to a channel, the usual approximation is to
assume that the important nonlinear interaction is in the ring,
because in usual applications the field is concentrated there.
Thus, to construct the appropriate Hamiltonian for SPM here we use
the expression (57)
for $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r})$ in the ring, keeping the
contribution from just one mode $P$ with frequency $\omega
_{P}$, in the general nonlinear
Hamiltonian (142).
Then keeping the contribution from $\chi
_{3}$, the form of the nonlinear
Hamiltonian closely follows that for a channel, and we have
(161)$${\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}} &
={-}\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)^{2}\frac{4!}{2!2!}\left(\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}d\zeta\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})\left(\textsf{d}_{P}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{d}_{P}^{j}
(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{d}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{d}_{P}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)\\
& \quad\times
c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}c_{P}.
\end{aligned}}$$
We can write this as (162)$$H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}}={-}\frac{\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}{\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}}{2\mathcal{L}}c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}c_{P},$$
where for convenience later we
have introduced $v_{P}$ as the group velocity at
$\omega
_{P}$ for light propagating in a
channel with a structure matching that of the ring, and
(163)$${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{P}\epsilon_{0}}{4v_{P}^{2}}\frac{1}{\mathcal{L}}\int\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})\left(\textsf{e}_{P}^{i}
(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{e}_{P}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textsf{e}_{P}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta,$$
where we have followed the
procedure used for the channel and written $\textsf
{d}_{P}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta )=\epsilon
_{0}n^{2}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega _{P})\textsf
{e}_{P}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\zeta ),$ and we have put $n(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega )=\sqrt {\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega )}$. We then use the normalization
condition (75) to
write (164)$$\epsilon_{0}c\int\frac{n(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})}\textsf{e}_{P}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)
\cdot\textsf{e}_{P}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}=1,$$
and again introducing
characteristic values $\overline
{n}_{P}$ and $\overline {\chi
}_{3}$ for, respectively,
$n(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega _{P})$ and the nonvanishing components
of $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp })$ in the region where these
quantities are important in the integrals appearing in (163) and (164), we can write
${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ as (165)$${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{P}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\overline{n}_{P}^{2}c^{2}}\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{ring}}^{PPPP}}},$$
where (166)$$\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{ring}}^{PPPP}}}=\frac{\mathcal{L}^{{-}1}\int\left(\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})/\overline{\chi}_{3}\right)\left(\textsf{e}_{P}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textsf{e}_{P}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{e}_{P}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta}{\left(\int\frac{n(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})/\overline{n}_{P}}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})/v_{P}}\textsf{e}_{P}^{*}
(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{e}_{P}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\right)^{2}}.$$
Comparing the results for a ring
with those (150)
and (151) for a
channel, we see that if the ring structure is just the channel
structure formed in a ring, and if the ring is large enough that
the mode fields are approximately the same (62) then we can expect
${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}} \approx
{\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ if the electric field amplitude
is largely in the $\boldsymbol{\hat
{z}}$ direction. However, if other
components are also important, differences between
${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ and ${\gamma_{\textrm{chan}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}$ can arise, depending on the
nonvanishing components of $\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}$ and their relative sizes.The treatment of XPM also follows that of the channel. Considering
ring fields at $\omega
_{P}$ and $\omega
_{S}$, the contribution to the
nonlinear Hamiltonian associated with XPM is
(167)$${\begin{aligned}H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{XPM}} &
={-}\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{P}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{S}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)4!\left(\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}d\zeta\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})\left(\textsf{d}_{P}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{d}_{S}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\right)^{*}\textsf{d}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{d}_{S}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)\\
& \quad\times
c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{S}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}c_{S}.
\end{aligned}}$$
As in the channel calculation, we
introduce a nonlinear coefficient ${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}$ appropriate to describe XPM
where there is a strong field at $\omega
_{P}$ modifying the phase of one at
$\omega
_{S}$, writing (168)$$H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{XPM}}={-}\frac{2{\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}v_{P}v_{S}}{\mathcal{L}}c_{P}^{{\dagger}}c_{S}^{{\dagger}}c_{P}c_{S},$$
where (169)$${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{S}\epsilon_{0}}{4v_{P}v_{S}}\frac{1}{\mathcal{L}}\int\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})\left(\textsf{e}_{P}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textsf{e}_{S}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{e}_{S}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta,$$
where as for ${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}$ we have written the expression
in terms of the $\textsf
{e}_{P,S}(\boldsymbol{r_{\perp }};\zeta )$. Again using the normalization
condition (164),
here for both $\omega
_{P}$ and $\omega
_{S}$, we can write (170)$${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{S}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\overline{n}_{P}\overline{n}_{S}c^{2}}\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{PSPS}}}},$$
where (171)$$\frac{1}{{\textrm{A}_{\textrm{ring}}^{PSPS}}}=\frac{\mathcal{L}^{{-}1}\int\left(\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}})/\overline{\chi}_{3}\right)\!\left(\textsf{e}_{P}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textsf{e}_{S}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{P}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)\textsf{e}_{S}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\zeta)
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta}{\left(\int\frac{n(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})/\overline{n}_{P}}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{P})/v_{P}}
\textsf{e}_{P}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{e}_{P}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\right)\!\left(\int\frac{n(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};
\omega_{S})/\overline{n}_{S}}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{S})/v_{S}}\textsf{e}_{S}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\cdot\textsf{e}_{S}
(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};0)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\right)}.$$
As in the channel calculation,
here we have ${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}} \approx
{\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{XPM}}}$ as long as $\omega
_{J}$ and $\omega
_{K}$ are close.We close this section by deriving the promised correct expression
for the SPM term arising in Sec. 2.1. In the special case considered there, we can identify
$\varepsilon
_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})$ with $\chi
_{3}^{zzzz}(\boldsymbol{r}),$ and from (163) we find
(172)$${\gamma_{\textrm{ring}}^{\textrm{SPM}}}=\frac{3\omega_{J}}{4v_{J}^{2}\mathcal{L}}K,$$
where $K$ is given by (11). Using this in (162) we have
(173)$$H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}}={-}\frac{3}{2}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{J}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)^{2}Kc_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}c_{J},$$
which leads to the
expression (13).3. Obtaining the Ket from the Equations of Motion
In this section we develop mathematical tools to describe the quantum
states that are typically generated in quantum nonlinear optical
processes. The Hamiltonians describing these processes are polynomials
with degree strictly greater than two in the electromagnetic fields, such
as those developed in the previous section. However, it is often the case
that some of the fields can be described classically, that is, replaced by
their classical expectation values, leading to Hamiltonians that, while
still nonlinear in the fields, are only quadratic in quantum operators.
The validity and usefulness of this approximation is made apparent in
subsequent sections, and thus for the moment we focus on the mathematical
tools necessary to obtain the quantum state generated by these
interactions. We stress that although there is a considerable reduction in
complexity working with Hamiltonians at most quadratic in the operators,
there are still significant complications stemming from the fact that
these Hamiltonians are still time-dependent and have nonvanishing
commutators at different times.
Before heading on directly to the most general problem one can tackle with
the tools from Gaussian quantum optics and the symplectic formalism [5,64–67] we consider simple examples
that help build intuition toward the most general results in Sec. 3.1. We assume the reader is familiar
with basic quantum mechanics, including the Schrödinger and Heisenberg
pictures [68,69]. In Sec. 3.2
we introduce the Dyson, Magnus, and Trotter–Suzuki expansions as methods
for the solution of linear differential equations, including the
Schrödinger and the Heisenberg equation. In Sec. 3.3 we use the first-order Magnus expansion to solve
the low-gain multimode squeezing problem and to introduce the concept of
Schmidt modes. In Sec. 3.4 we use
the fact that the solutions to the Heisenberg equations must preserve
equal-time commutation relations to derive important properties of the
Heisenberg propagator. In Sec. 3.5 we introduce the characteristic function and the Heisenberg
propagator to derive the form of the quantum state generated by a general
quadratic Hamiltonian in the spontaneous regime when the initial state is
vacuum. We specialize some of the results derived to the case of
nondegenerate squeezing in Sec. 3.6. Then we generalize the results related to the spontaneous
problem, when the input state is vacuum, to arbitrary input states in Sec.
3.7. In the last two subsections
we study the effect of loss in Sec. 3.8 and finally show how to calculate the statistics of homodyne
and photon-number resolved measurements in Sec. 3.9.
3.1 Squeezing Hamiltonians
To gain some insight into the Gaussian formalism we study a very simple
and well-known problem in quantum optics. We solve, both in the
Schrödinger and Heisenberg pictures, the dynamics generated by the
Hamiltonian
(174)$$H = i \frac{\hbar
g}{2}(e^{i \phi} a^{{\dagger} 2} - e^{{-}i \phi} a^2
),$$
where $a,a^\dagger$ are the annihilation and creation
operators of a harmonic oscillator that satisfy the usual commutation
relations $[a,a^\dagger ] =
1$. The evolution of any quantum
mechanical system is dictated by its Hamiltonian $H(t)$ via the Schrödinger equation,
(175)$$i \hbar
\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} \mathcal{U}(t,t_{\text{i}}) = H(t)
\mathcal{U}(t,t_{\text{i}}),$$
where $\mathcal {U}(t,t_{\text
{i}})$ is the time evolution operator that
satisfies the boundary condition $\mathcal {U}(t_{\text
{i}},t_{\text {i}}) = \mathbb {I}$ and $\mathbb {I}$ is the Hilbert space identity.For the very simple time-independent Hamiltonian of (174), we can immediately write
(176)$$\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) = \exp\left( - i
\frac{H}{\hbar} (t_{\text{f}}-t_{\text{i}}) \right) =
\exp\left(\tfrac{r}{2}\left[e^{i \phi} a^{{\dagger} 2} - e^{{-}i
\phi} a^2 \right] \right), r = g
(t_{\text{f}}-t_{\text{i}}).$$
The unitary operator above corresponds
to the so-called squeezing operator that when acted on vacuum yields a
single-mode squeezed vacuum state, which can be written as [43] (177)$$|{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})} =
\exp\left(\tfrac{r}{2}\left[ e^{i \phi} a^{{\dagger} 2} - e^{{-}i
\phi} a^2 \right] \right)|0 \rangle = \frac{1}{\sqrt{\cosh
r}}\sum_{n=0}^\infty e^{i n\phi} \tanh^n r \frac{\sqrt{2n!}}{2^n
n!} |2n \rangle,$$
where in the last equation we
introduced the Fock states (178)$$|{n} =
\frac{a^{{\dagger} n} }{ \sqrt{n!}} |{0},$$
and used the well-known disentangling
formula (cf. Appendix 5 of Barnett and Radmore [70]) (179)$$\begin{aligned}\exp\left(\tfrac{r}{2}\left[ e^{i \phi}
a^{{\dagger} 2} - e^{{-}i \phi} a^2 \right] \right) & =
\exp\left( \tfrac{1}{2} e^{i \phi } \tanh r \ a^{{\dagger}
2}\right) \\ & \quad\times \exp\left( - \left[ a^\dagger
a+\tfrac{1}{2} \right] \ln \cosh r \right)\\ & \quad\times
\exp\left( -\tfrac{1}{2} e^{{-}i \phi } \tanh r \ a^{ 2}\right).
\end{aligned}$$
One can easily verify the following
expectation values: (180)$$\begin{aligned}
\langle{a}_{t_{\text{f}}}\rangle & =
\langle{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})\rangle |a|\Psi(t_{\text{f}})} = 0, \\
n_{t_{\text{f}}} = \langle{a^\dagger a}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}}
& = \langle{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})|a^\dagger
a|\Psi(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle = \sinh^2 r,\\ m_{t_{\text{f}}}
=\langle{a^2}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} & =
\langle{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})|a^2|\Psi(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle =
\tfrac{1}{2}e^{i \phi} \sinh 2r,\\ \langle{a^\dagger a a^\dagger
a}\rangle_{t_\text{f}} & = 3 n_{t_\text{f}}^2+
2n_{t_\text{f}}. \end{aligned}$$
Introducing the Hermitian quadrature
operators (181)$$q =
\sqrt{\frac{\hbar}{2}} \left(a + a^\dagger \right), \quad p ={-}i
\sqrt{\frac{\hbar}{2}} \left(a - a^\dagger \right)$$
one can also verify the
moments(182)$$\begin{aligned}\langle{q}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} & =
\langle{p}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} = 0, \\
\langle{q^2}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} & =
\tfrac{\hbar}{2}\left(2n_{t_{\text{f}}}+1+
m_{t_{\text{f}}}+m_{t_{\text{f}}}^* \right) = \frac{\hbar}{2}
\left(\sinh (2 r) \cos (\phi )+2 \sinh ^2(r)+1 \right),\\
\langle{p^2}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} & =
\tfrac{\hbar}{2}\left(2n_{t_{\text{f}}}+1-
m_{t_{\text{f}}}-m_{t_{\text{f}}}^* \right)=\frac{\hbar}{2}
\left(-\sinh (2 r) \cos (\phi )+2 \sinh ^2(r)+1 \right),\\
\frac{\langle{qp+pq}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}}}{2} & = i
\tfrac{\hbar}{2} (m^* - m) =\frac{\hbar}{2} \sin(\phi) \sinh(2r).
\end{aligned}$$
These moments can be arranged into a
covariance matrix (183)$${\begin{aligned}V_{t_{\text{f}}} =\begin{pmatrix}
\langle{q}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}}^2 &
\frac{\langle{qp+pq}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}}}{2} \\
\frac{\langle{qp+pq}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}}}{2} &
\langle{p^2}\rangle_{t_{\text{f}}} \end{pmatrix} = \frac{\hbar}{2}
R(\phi/2) \begin{pmatrix} e^{2r} & 0 \\ 0 & e^{{-}2r}
\end{pmatrix} R(\phi/2)^T, \quad R(\phi) = \begin{pmatrix} \cos
\phi & - \sin \phi \\ \sin \phi & \cos \phi \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}}$$
We see that the quadrature along the
angle $\phi /2$ has increased fluctuations by amount
$e^{2r}$ relative the vacuum level, whereas
the quadrature in the direction perpendicular to $\phi /2$ has decreased (squeezed)
fluctuations by amount $e^{-2r}$. This is illustrated in Fig. 7.One can also solve the dynamics of this problem in the Heisenberg
picture. The operators are now dynamical quantities defined by
$O(t) = \mathcal
{U}^\dagger (t,t_{\text {i}})O(t_{\text {i}}) \mathcal
{U}(t,t_{\text {i}})$ and their dynamics is determined by
the Heisenberg equation of motion,
(184)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} O(t) = \frac{i}{\hbar}
[H(t),O(t)],$$
with the boundary condition
$O(t_{\text {i}}) \equiv
O$ where $O$ is simply the Schrödinger picture
operator. For the Hamiltonian of (174) and for $O \in \{a,a^\dagger
\}$ we find (185)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} a = \frac{i}{\hbar} [H,O] = g
e^{i \phi} a^\dagger, \frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} a^\dagger{=}
\frac{i}{\hbar} [H,O] = g e^{{-}i \phi} a,$$
or, more compactly, (186)$$\begin{aligned}\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} \begin{pmatrix} a
\\ a^\dagger \end{pmatrix} & ={-}i \underbrace{\begin{pmatrix}
0 & i g e^{i \phi}\\ i g e^{{-}i \phi} & 0 \end{pmatrix}
}_{{\equiv} \boldsymbol{A}}\begin{pmatrix} a \\ a^\dagger
\end{pmatrix}. \end{aligned}$$
Note that the matrix $\boldsymbol{A}$ defined in the last equation is
not Hermitian. It is instead an element of the Lie
algebra $\mathfrak
{su}(1,1)$ that generates a Heisenberg
propagator which is an element of the Lie group $SU(1,1)$ (cf. Appendix 11.1.4 of Klimov and
Chumakov [71]).We can immediately find the solution of the last differential equation
by exponentiation,
(187)$${\begin{aligned}\begin{pmatrix} a(t_{\text{f}}) \\
a^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) \end{pmatrix} = \exp({-}i
\boldsymbol{A}(t_{\text{f}}-t_{\text{i}})) \begin{pmatrix}
a(t_{\text{i}}) \\ a^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix} = \left(
\begin{array}{cc} \cosh g (t_{\text{f}} - t_{\text{i}}) & e^{i
\phi } \sinh g (t_{\text{f}} - t_{\text{i}}) \\ e^{{-}i \phi }
\sinh g(t_{\text{f}} - t_{\text{i}}) & \cosh g (t_{\text{f}} -
t_{\text{i}}) \\ \end{array} \right) \begin{pmatrix}
a(t_{\text{i}}) \\ a^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix},
\end{aligned}}$$
from which we can recover the moments
derived in the Schrödinger picture by the usual rule $\langle {O}_t\rangle =
\langle {\Psi (t_{\text {i}})|O(t)|\Psi (t_{\text {i}})}\rangle =
\langle {\Psi (t)|O(t_{\text {i}})|\Psi (t)}\rangle$.At this point it might seem like overkill to have derived the same
expectation value using two different methods. However, as we show in
a moment, it is useful to have two ways of looking at the problem
because there are situations where solving the Schrödinger equation
for the ket $| {\Psi (t)}$ is hopeless whereas solving the
Heisenberg equations is practical. Moreover, once the Heisenberg
equations are solved one can then write the sought after time-evolved
Schrödinger picture ket.
3.2 Multimode Squeezing: Dyson, Magnus, and Trotter–Suzuki
Let us consider a slightly more complicated Hamiltonian given by
(188)$$H(t) = \hbar \left\{
\sum_{i,j =1}^\ell \Delta_{ij}(t) a_i^\dagger a_j + i \frac12
\sum_{k,l=1}^\ell \left[ \zeta_{kl}(t) a_k^{{\dagger} }
a_{l}^{{\dagger}} -\text{H.c.} \right] \right\},$$
which is the most general bosonic
quadratic Hamiltonian on $\ell$ modes. In the last equation we have
introduced $\ell$ bosonic modes satisfying the usual
canonical commutation relations (189)$$[a_i,a_j] =
[a_i^\dagger,a_j^\dagger] = 0, \quad [a_i,a_j^\dagger] =
\delta_{ij},$$
we demand that $\Delta _{ij} = \Delta
_{ji}^*$ for the Hamiltonian to be Hermitian,
and assume without loss of generality that $\zeta _{kl} = \zeta
_{lk}$, because any anti-symmetric
contribution to $\zeta _{kl}$ will vanish upon contraction with
the permutation symmetric term $a_k^\dagger
a_l^\dagger$.In this section we do not attach any particular meaning to the mode
labels $i$ and $j$ in the last set of equations. In
subsequent sections these labels will correspond to, for example,
discretized wave vectors near a reference or central wave vector used
to obtain a simplified dispersion relation. In this case, the term
$\Delta _{ij}$ will correspond to a detuning
between the different wave vectors (and possibly XPM of a classical
pump on the quantum modes) whereas $\zeta _{kl}$ will correspond to wave-mixing
induced by a nonlinear process.
As before, we would like to find the ket obtained by evolving the
vacuum under this Hamiltonian, the so-called “spontaneous problem.”
Note that the Hamiltonian describing the dynamics is now
time-dependent and has three different terms that do not commute with
each other, making a more complex dynamics than that of the
single-mode problem analyzed in Sec. 3.1. In what follows we use boldface to refer to matrices
$\boldsymbol{M}$ while referring to their entries as
$M_{ij}$. In matrix notation, the constraints
described in the previous paragraph are simply $\boldsymbol{\Delta } =
\boldsymbol{\Delta }^\dagger$ and $\boldsymbol{\zeta } =
\boldsymbol{\zeta }^T$ where $\dagger$ and $T$ indicate the conjugate transpose and
the transpose, respectively.
We can formally solve the dynamics by writing the time-evolution
operator associated with this Hamiltonian as
(190)$$\mathcal{U}(t,t_{\text{i}}) = \mathcal{T}
\exp\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar} \int_{t_{\text{i}}}^t \textrm{d}t'
H(t') \right),$$
where $\mathcal {T}$ is the so-called time-ordering
operator. When applied to a product of Hamiltonians at different times
$t_1,\ldots,
t_n$ it simply orders them
chronologically (191)$$\mathcal{T}\left[H(t_1)
H(t_2) \ldots H(t_n) \right] = H(t_{i_1}) H(t_{i_2}) \ldots
H(t_{i_n}),$$
where $i_1,i_2\ldots,i_n$ is a permutation of the set
$[1,2,\ldots,n]$ such that $t_{i_1} \geq t_{i_2}\geq
\cdots \geq t_{i_n}$ [68,69].In practice, the expression (190) can be interpreted as a power series of the Dyson [72] or Magnus [73,74] type or
can be approximated using Trotterization [75,76]. In the
Dyson series the unitary evolution operator is written as an infinite
power series
(192)$$\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) =
\mathbb{I}+({-}i)\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_{\text{f}}} \textrm{d}t'
\frac{ H(t')}{\hbar}+({-}i)^2\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_{\text{f}}}
\textrm{d}t' \int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t'} \textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}
\frac{H(t') H(t^{\prime\prime})}{\hbar^2}+\cdots ,$$
whereas in the Magnus series one
writes the solution as the exponential of a series of nested
commutators at different times (193)$$\begin{aligned}\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) &
=\exp\big( \Omega_1(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}})+
\Omega_2(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}})+
\Omega_3(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}})+\cdots \big),
\end{aligned}$$
(194)$$\begin{aligned}\Omega_1(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) &
={-}\frac{i}{\hbar} \int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_{\text{f}}} \textrm{d}t
H(t), \end{aligned}$$
(195)$$\begin{aligned}
\Omega_2(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) & =\frac{({-}i)^2}{2
\hbar^2}\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_{\text{f}}} \textrm{d}t
\int_{t_{\text{i}}} ^{t} \textrm{d}t' \left[ H(t), H(t') \right],
\end{aligned}$$
(196)$$\begin{aligned}
\Omega_3(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) & =\frac{({-}i)^3}{6
\hbar^3}\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_{\text{f}}} \textrm{d}t
\int_{t_{\text{i}}} ^{t} \textrm{d}t' \int_{t_{\text{i}}} ^{t'}
\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime} \Big( \left[ H(t),\left[ H(t'),
H(t^{\prime\prime}) \right] \right]\\ & \quad +\left[\left[
H(t), H(t') \right], H(t^{\prime\prime}) \right] \Big).
\end{aligned}$$
For the quadratic Hamiltonians we investigate here, the unitary
evolution operator resulting from the Magnus expansion at any order
respects the photon statistics that the exact operator is known to
have, whereas that resulting from the Dyson expansion does not.
Furthermore, in the Magnus expansion all terms beyond $\Omega _1$ are clearly time-ordering
corrections, related to the fact that $\left [ H(t), H(t')
\right ] \neq 0$ whereas in the Dyson series each
successive term contains a part associated with time-ordering
corrections as well as a part associated with the solution that would
be obtained by ignoring time-ordering corrections and naïvely writing
$\mathcal {U}(t,t_{\text
{i}}) = \exp \left (-\frac {i}{\hbar } \int _{t_{\text {i}}}^t
\textrm{d}t' H(t') \right )$.
Finally, a third approach is to use the Trotter–Suzuki expansion to
approximate the time evolution operator as a product of time evolution
operators $\mathcal
{U}(t_i,t_i+\Delta t)$ where each Hamiltonian is assumed to
be roughly constant over small intervals of duration $\Delta t$, thus writing
(197)$$\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) = \exp\left({-}i
\frac{H(t_{N})}{\hbar} \Delta t \right) \exp\left({-}i
\frac{H(t_{N-1})}{\hbar} \Delta t \right) \ldots \exp\left({-}i
\frac{H(t_{\text{i}})}{\hbar} \Delta t \right),$$
where $t_j = t_{\text {i}} + j
\Delta t |_{j=0}^N$ and $\Delta t = (t_{\text
{f}}-t_{\text {i}})/N$. Regardless of which strategy is
chosen, one will have to deal with infinite-dimensional creation and
destruction operators acting on a Hilbert space. Even if these
operators are truncated at a finite Fock cutoff $c$, the dimensionality of the operators
appearing in any of the equations above will be $c^{2\ell }$, which will easily fit into computer
memory only for very modest $c$ and $\ell$.3.3 Low-Gain Solutions
The three strategies in the previous section have different strengths
and weaknesses. If the Hamiltonian satisfies $[H(t),H(t')]=0$ for all the times $t,t'$ between $t_{\text
{i}}$ and $t_{\text
{f}}$ then the Magnus expansion at the
first level immediately gives the exact solution. If the Hamiltonian
$H(t)$ is “weak” we can treat the Magnus or
Dyson series perturbatively and keep only the first few terms of
either of them.
The simplest approximation is to keep only the first term of either of
them. In this perturbative or low-gain limit one can obtain a simple
solution to the spontaneous problem
(198)$$\begin{aligned}
|{\overline{\Psi}(t_\text{f})}\rangle & \approx
\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i})\,
|{\text{vac}}\rangle, \end{aligned}$$
(199)$$\begin{aligned}\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i})
& = \exp\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar}
\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_\text{f}} \textrm{d}t' H(t') \right) =
\exp\left[ \tfrac{1}{2}\sum_{k,l} \overline{\mathit{J}}_{kl}
a_l^\dagger a_k^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.} \right],
\end{aligned}$$
where, for simplicity, we have assumed
that $\Delta _{ij}(t) =
0$ [77] and introduced $\overline
{\boldsymbol{J}} = \int _{t_{\text {i}}}^{t_{\text {f}}}
\textrm{d}t \ \boldsymbol{\zeta }(t)$, the so-called joint amplitude of
the squeezed state above. As detailed in the following, it is often
useful to rewrite this state by making use of the Takagi–Autonne
decomposition of the symmetric matrix $\overline
{\boldsymbol{J}} = \overline {\boldsymbol{J}}^T = \overline
{\boldsymbol{F}} [\oplus _{\lambda =1}^\ell \overline {r}_\lambda
] \overline {\boldsymbol{F}}^T$. Here $\overline
{\boldsymbol{F}}$ is unitary $\overline
{\boldsymbol{F}} \overline {\boldsymbol{F}}^\dagger = \mathbb
{I}_\ell$, the low-gain assumption is
reflected in the fact that $\overline
{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \ll 1$, we have used the direct-sum
notation $\oplus _{\lambda
=1}^\ell \overline {\mathit{r}}_\lambda$ to indicate a diagonal matrix square
with entries $\{\overline
{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \}$, and have used overbars to indicate
that quantities are associated with a low-gain solution. Note that the
symmetry of $\boldsymbol{J}$ simply follows from the symmetry of
$\boldsymbol{\zeta
}$. The Takagi–Autonne decomposition
(cf. Corollary 4.4.4 of Horn and Johnson [78]) is a singular value decomposition (SVD) where it
is made explicit that the matrix being decomposed is symmetric.
Numerical routines to perform this decomposition can be found in the
Python packages Strawberry Fields [79] and The Walrus [80].Using the Takagi–Autonne decomposition lets us introduce the Schmidt
(or broadband, or supermode) operators
(200)$$\overline{A}_\lambda^\dagger{=} \sum_{k=1}^\ell a_k^\dagger
\overline{F}_{k\lambda} \Longleftrightarrow a_k^\dagger{=}
\sum_{i=1}^\ell \overline{F}^*_{k\lambda}
\overline{A}_{\lambda}^\dagger,$$
which, due to the unitarity of
$\overline
{\boldsymbol{F}}$, satisfy bosonic canonical
commutation relations (201)$$[\overline{A}_{\lambda}, \overline{A}_{\lambda'}] = 0, \quad
[\overline{A}_{\lambda}, \overline{A}_{\lambda'}^\dagger] =
\delta_{\lambda,\lambda'}$$
that allows us to finally write [81,82] (202)$$\begin{aligned}|{\overline{\Psi}(t_\text{f})}\rangle & =
\exp\left[\tfrac12 \sum_{k,l=1}^\ell \overline{J}_{kl}
a^\dagger_{k} a^\dagger_l - \text{H.c.}\right]
|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \exp \left[ \tfrac12 \sum_{\lambda=1}^\ell
\overline{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \overline{A}_\lambda^{{\dagger} 2}
-\text{H.c.} \right] |{\text{vac}}\rangle \\ & =
\bigotimes_{\lambda=1}^\ell \exp \left[ \tfrac12
\overline{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \overline{A}_\lambda^{{\dagger} 2}
-\text{H.c.} \right] |{\text{vac}}\rangle.
\end{aligned}$$
The diagonal form of the exponential
argument allows us to identify the state generated in the spontaneous
problem as a manifold of squeezed states over the modes defined by
$\overline
{\boldsymbol{F}}$, i.e., the Schmidt modes of the
system for which we can easily write their photon number expansion as
(203)$$|{\overline{\Psi}(t_\text{f})}\rangle =
\bigotimes_{\lambda=1}^\ell \left[ \frac{1}{\sqrt{\cosh
\overline{\mathit{r}}_\lambda}}\sum_{n=0}^\infty \tanh^n
\overline{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \frac{\sqrt{(2n)!}}{2^n n!} |2n
\rangle_\lambda \right],$$
where $| {n}\rangle_\lambda
\equiv \frac {\overline {A}_\lambda ^{\dagger n}}{\sqrt {n!}} |
{0}\rangle$ is a Fock state in the Schmidt mode
labeled by $\lambda$.We can also use the form of the low-gain time-evolution operator to
transform the operators. Using the definitions of the Schmidt modes
one can easily find
(204)$$\begin{aligned}a_i(t_{\text{f}}) & =
\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i})^\dagger a_i(
t_\text{i}) \overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i}) =
\sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{V}_{ij} a_{j}(t_{\text{i}}) +
\sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{W}_{ij} a^\dagger _{j} (t_{\text{i}}),
\end{aligned}$$
(205)$$\begin{aligned}a_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) & =
\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i})^\dagger
a_i^\dagger( t_\text{i}) \overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f},
t_\text{i}) = \sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{V}^*_{ij}
a^\dagger_{j}(t_{\text{i}}) + \sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{W}^*_{ij}
a _{j}(t_{\text{i}}), \end{aligned}$$
where now (206)$$\overline{\boldsymbol{V}} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}} \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh \overline{\mathit{r}}_{\lambda}
\right] \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^\dagger, \quad
\overline{\boldsymbol{W}} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}} \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh \overline{\mathit{r}}_{\lambda}
\right] \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^T.$$
To lowest nonvanishing order in the
squeezing parameters $\overline
{\mathit{r}}_\lambda \ll 1$ one has $\overline
{\boldsymbol{V}} \approx \mathbb {I}_\ell$ and $\overline
{\boldsymbol{W}} \approx \overline {\boldsymbol{J}}$.3.4 Properties of the Solution to the Heisenberg Equations of Motion:
Bogoliubov Transformations
Let us now analyze this same problem in the Heisenberg picture for
arbitrary gain. We now find
(207)$$\begin{aligned}
\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a} \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \end{pmatrix} & ={-}i
\underbrace{\begin{pmatrix} - \boldsymbol{\Delta}(t) & i
\boldsymbol{\zeta}(t) \\ i \boldsymbol{\zeta}^*(t) &
\boldsymbol{\Delta}(t) \end{pmatrix} }_{{\equiv}
\boldsymbol{A}(t)}\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a} \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \end{pmatrix}, \end{aligned}$$
where we have introduced (208)$$\begin{aligned}\boldsymbol{a} = \begin{pmatrix} a_1 \\ \vdots
\\ a_\ell \end{pmatrix}, \quad \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger{=}
\begin{pmatrix} a^\dagger_1 \\ \vdots \\ a^\dagger_\ell
\end{pmatrix}. \end{aligned}$$
Just like the Schrödinger equation for
the time evolution operator of (175), for quadratic bosonic
Hamiltonians, the Heisenberg equations of motion are linear and
dictated by the matrix $\boldsymbol{A}$. We can formally solve these
equations using a time-ordered exponential as previously,
(209)$${\begin{aligned}
\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{f}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) \end{pmatrix} =
\mathcal{U}^\dagger(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}
\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}})= \mathcal{T} \exp\left( - i
\int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{_{\text{f}}} \textrm{d}t'\boldsymbol{A}(t')
\right) \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}
=\boldsymbol{K}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}})\begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}}$$
Yet while we still need to consider a
time-ordered exponential here, this problem is actually much simpler
than the one associated with (190). In particular, here $\boldsymbol{A}(t)$ is simply a $2 \ell \times 2
\ell$ matrix. It easily fits in the memory
of a computer, and using Trotter–Suzuki we can approximate
(210)$$\boldsymbol{K}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) \approx
\exp\left({-}i \Delta t \boldsymbol{A}(t_{N}) \right)
\exp\left({-}i \Delta t \boldsymbol{A}(t_{N-1}) \right) \ldots
\exp\left({-}i \Delta t \boldsymbol{A}(t_2) \right) \exp\left({-}i
\Delta t \boldsymbol{A}(t_{\text{i}}) \right),$$
where $t_j = t_{\text {i}} + j
\Delta t |_{j=0}^N$ and $\Delta t = (t_{\text
{f}}-t_{\text {i}})/N$ and we have discretized the time
evolution into $N+1$ slices. The solution of the problem
now boils down to the multiplication of matrices with size
proportional to the number of modes, and there is no need to even
introduce a cutoff in Fock space. Note that an alternative approach to
approximate the Heisenberg propagator is to employ the Magnus
expansion to a finite level as done by Lipfert et al.
[83]. Moreover, this approach
can also be applied to evolution equations in space instead of time,
as done in Ref. [84].From the fact that the transformations connecting initial- and
final-time Heisenberg operators are linear and the fact that these
solutions must respect the canonical commutation relation at each
time, one can obtain a number of useful properties. To simplify
notation, from now on we drop initial and final times from matrices,
writing, for example, $\boldsymbol{K}$ in place of $\boldsymbol{K}(t_{\text
{f}},t_{\text {i}})$. Let us start by writing the
Heisenberg propagator in block form
(211)$$\begin{aligned}\boldsymbol{K} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{V}
& \boldsymbol{W} \\ \boldsymbol{W}^* & \boldsymbol{V}^*
\end{pmatrix}, \end{aligned}$$
along with (212)$$\begin{aligned}
a_i(t_{\text{f}}) & = \mathcal{U}^\dagger a_i \mathcal{U} =
\sum_{j=1}^\ell V_{ij} a_{j}(t_{\text{i}}) + \sum_{j=1}^\ell
W_{ij} a^\dagger _{j} (t_{\text{i}}), \end{aligned}$$
(213)$$\begin{aligned}
a_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) & = \mathcal{U}^\dagger a_i^\dagger
\mathcal{U} = \sum_{j=1}^\ell V^*_{ij} a^\dagger_{j}(t_{\text{i}})
+ \sum_{j=1}^\ell W^*_{ij} a _{j}(t_{\text{i}}).
\end{aligned}$$
As $\mathcal {U}$ is a unitary operator in Hilbert
space, the bosonic operators at the final time must satisfy the same
equations as their initial time versions, i.e., (189) must hold if we replace
$a_i \to
a_i(t)$. From this alone we infer that
(214)$$ [a_i(t_{\text{f}}),
a_j(t_{\text{f}})] = 0 \Leftrightarrow \boldsymbol{W}
\boldsymbol{V}^T = \boldsymbol{V} \boldsymbol{W}^T, $$
(215)$$ [a_i(t_{\text{f}}),
a^\dagger_j(t_{\text{f}})] = \delta_{ij} \Leftrightarrow
\boldsymbol{V}^* \boldsymbol{V}^T - \boldsymbol{W}^*
\boldsymbol{W}^T = \mathbb{I}_M. $$
The constraints above imply that one
can write the following joint SVDs [6,85,86] (216)$$\boldsymbol{V} =
\boldsymbol{F} \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh r_{\lambda}
\right] \boldsymbol{G}, \quad \boldsymbol{W} = \boldsymbol{F}
\left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_{\lambda} \right]
\boldsymbol{G}^*,$$
where $\boldsymbol{F}$ and $\boldsymbol{G}$ are unitary matrices. As we show
later, the matrix $\boldsymbol{F}$ defines the (output) Schmidt modes
of the problem, the matrix $\boldsymbol{G}$ defines the input Schmidt modes of
the problem, and the quantities $r_\lambda$ are the squeezing parameters. Linear
transformation equations as in Eq. (212) that preserve the canonical
commutation relation are known as Bogoliubov transformations.It is useful to note that the entries of the matrix
(217)$$\boldsymbol{M} =
\boldsymbol{M}^T = \boldsymbol{W} \boldsymbol{V}^T$$
coincide with the following vacuum
expectation value (218)$$M_{ij} =
\langle{a_i(t_{\text{f}})a_j(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle_{|{\text{vac}}\rangle}
= \rangle{\text{vac}}|\mathcal{U}^\dagger a_i a_j \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \left( \boldsymbol{F} \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \tfrac{1}{2}\sinh 2r_\lambda \right]
\boldsymbol{F}^T \right)_{ij}.$$
Similarly we find that the entries of
the Hermitian matrix (219)$$\boldsymbol{N} =
\boldsymbol{N}^\dagger{=} \boldsymbol{W}^*
\boldsymbol{W}^T$$
coincide with (220)$$N_{ij} =
\langle{a_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}})a_j(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle_{|{\text{vac}}\rangle}
= \rangle{\text{vac}}|\mathcal{U}^\dagger a_i^\dagger a_j
\mathcal{U} |{\text{vac}}\rangle = \left( \boldsymbol{F}^* \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh^2r_\lambda \right] \boldsymbol{F}^T
\right)_{ij}.$$
Finally, based on the decompositions
of (216) we can easily
write (221)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{K} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{F} &
\boldsymbol{0} \\ \boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{F}^*
\end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh
r_{\lambda} & \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_{\lambda} \\
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_{\lambda} &
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh r_{\lambda} \end{pmatrix}
\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{G} & \boldsymbol{0} \\
\boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{G}^* \end{pmatrix},
\end{aligned}$$
and the inverse (222)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{K}^{{-}1} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{G}^\dagger
& \boldsymbol{0} \\ \boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{G}^T
\end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh
r_{\lambda} & -\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_{\lambda} \\
-\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_{\lambda} &
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh r_{\lambda} \end{pmatrix}
\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{F}^\dagger & \boldsymbol{0} \\
\boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{F}^T \end{pmatrix}=
\begin{pmatrix} \tilde{\boldsymbol{V}} &
\tilde{\boldsymbol{W}} \\ \tilde{\boldsymbol{W}}^* &
\tilde{\boldsymbol{V}}^* \end{pmatrix}, \end{aligned}$$
where we have introduced (223)$$\tilde{\boldsymbol{V}}
= \boldsymbol{G}^\dagger \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh
r_\lambda \right] \boldsymbol{F}^\dagger{=}
\boldsymbol{V}^\dagger, \quad \tilde{\boldsymbol{W}}
={-}\boldsymbol{G}^\dagger \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh
r_\lambda \right] \boldsymbol{F}^T ={-}
\boldsymbol{W}^T,$$
for the blocks of the matrix
$\boldsymbol{K}^{-1}$. These matrices are quite useful
when later we need to write the backward-evolved Heisenberg operators
(224)$$\begin{aligned}
\mathcal{U}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}
\mathcal{U}^\dagger(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) =
\boldsymbol{K}^{{-}1} \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}})
\\ \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix} =
\begin{pmatrix} \tilde{\boldsymbol{V}} &
\tilde{\boldsymbol{W}} \\ \tilde{\boldsymbol{W}}^* &
\tilde{\boldsymbol{V}}^* \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}$$
Finally, we note that these
transformations, that preserve the commutation relations, are called
symplectic transformations. They form a group and have been studied
extensively [5,64–67]; we provide some details of their properties in
Appendix D.3.5 Obtaining the Ket from the Bogoliubov Transformations
In the previous section we showed how to solve the Heisenberg equations
of motion, and, based on the fact that they correspond to unitary
operations in Hilbert space, we derived some of their properties. In
this section, we show how one can obtain the state that evolved under
$\mathcal {U}$. Before doing this we introduce a
useful object that uniquely describes a quantum state, its
characteristic function [70]
(225)$$\chi_{\rho}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) = \text{tr}\left(
\mathcal{D}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) \rho \right),$$
where $\rho$ is the density matrix of quantum
system. The characteristic function is also the starting point for the
calculation of any quasi-probability distribution, such as the Wigner
function, of a quantum state via Fourier transform over the real and
imaginary parts of $\boldsymbol{\alpha
}$ [70]. For a pure state $\rho = | {\Psi }\rangle
\rangle {\Psi }|$ and we write its characteristic
function as $\chi _{| {\Psi
}\rangle}(\boldsymbol{\alpha })$. The displacement operator is
defined as [87] (226)$$\begin{aligned}
\mathcal{D}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) & = \exp\left[
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger{-}
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \right] = \exp\left[
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \right] \exp\left[ -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \right] \exp[ -\tfrac12
\|\boldsymbol{\alpha} \|^2], \end{aligned}$$
(227)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{\alpha} & = (\alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_M)^T \in
\mathbb{C}^\ell, \end{aligned}$$
and in the last line we used a
well-known disentangling formula (cf. Appendix 5 of Barnett and
Radmore [70]).For the vacuum state the characteristic function is easily calculated,
and found to be a Gaussian in the complex amplitudes $\boldsymbol{\alpha
}$
(228)$$\chi_{|{\text{vac}}\rangle}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) = \exp[
-\tfrac12 \|\boldsymbol{\alpha} \|^2],$$
where we used the disentangling
formula for the displacement operator and the cyclic property of the
trace $\text {tr}(A B C) =
\text {tr}(BCA)$ together with $\rangle {\text {vac}}|
\exp \left [ \boldsymbol{\alpha } \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \right ]
= \rangle {\text {vac}}|$ and $\exp \left [ -
\boldsymbol{\alpha }^* \boldsymbol{a} \right ] | {\text
{vac}}\rangle = | {\text {vac}}\rangle$. The vacuum state is the simplest
state that has a Gaussian characteristic function. More generally, any
state that has a Gaussian characteristic function is called a Gaussian
state, and we show now that the state $\mathcal {U} | {\text
{vac}}\rangle$ is a member of this set. To this end
consider (229)$$\begin{aligned}
\chi_{\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) &
= \text{tr}\left( \mathcal{D}(\boldsymbol{\alpha})
\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}}|
\mathcal{U}^\dagger \right) \\ & =
\text{tr}\left(\mathcal{U}^\dagger
\mathcal{D}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) \mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \right)\\ & =
\text{tr}\left(\mathcal{U}^\dagger \exp\left[
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger{-}
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a}
\right]\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}}|
\right)\\ & = \text{tr}\left( \exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T
\mathcal{U}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \mathcal{U} -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \mathcal{U}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a}
\mathcal{U}\right]|{\text{vac}}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}}|
\right)\\ & = \text{tr}\left( \exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T
\left\{ \boldsymbol{V}^*\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger{+} \boldsymbol{W}^*
\boldsymbol{a} \right\} - \boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \left\{
\boldsymbol{V}\boldsymbol{a} + \boldsymbol{W}
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \right\}\right]|{\text{vac}}\rangle
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \right)\\ & = \text{tr}\left( \exp\left[
\left\{ \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{V}^* -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{W} \right\}
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger{-} \left\{
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger\boldsymbol{V} - \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T
\boldsymbol{W}^* \right\} \boldsymbol{a}
\right]|{\text{vac}}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}}| \right)\\ & =
\text{tr}\left( \mathcal{D}( \boldsymbol{V}^\dagger
\boldsymbol{\alpha} - \boldsymbol{W}^T \boldsymbol{\alpha}^* )
|{\text{vac}}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}}| \right)\\ & = \exp[
-\tfrac12 \| \boldsymbol{\xi} \|^2], \quad \boldsymbol{\xi} =
\boldsymbol{V}^\dagger \boldsymbol{\alpha} - \boldsymbol{W}^T
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^*. \end{aligned}$$
We can now write (230)$$\| \boldsymbol{\xi}\|^2
= \boldsymbol{\xi}^\dagger \boldsymbol{\xi} =
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{V} \boldsymbol{V}^\dagger
\boldsymbol{\alpha} - \boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{V}
\boldsymbol{W}^T \boldsymbol{\alpha}^* - \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T
\boldsymbol{W}^* \boldsymbol{V}^\dagger \boldsymbol{\alpha} +
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{W}^* \boldsymbol{W}^T
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^*,$$
and using the SVDs (216) we find (231)$$ \boldsymbol{V}
\boldsymbol{V}^\dagger = \boldsymbol{F} \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh^2 r_{\lambda} \right]
\boldsymbol{F}^\dagger{=} \mathbb{I}_{M}+ \boldsymbol{N}^*,
$$
(232)$$ \boldsymbol{V}
\boldsymbol{W}^T = \boldsymbol{F} \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell
\tfrac12 \sinh 2r_{\lambda} \right] \boldsymbol{F}^T = \left(
\boldsymbol{W}^* \boldsymbol{V}^\dagger \right)^\dagger{=}
\boldsymbol{M}, $$
(233)$$ \boldsymbol{W}^*
\boldsymbol{W}^T = \boldsymbol{F}^* \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell
\sinh^2 r_{\lambda} \right] \boldsymbol{F}^T = \boldsymbol{N},
$$
from which we conclude that
$\mathcal {U}| {\text
{vac}}\rangle$ only depends on the left singular
vectors $\boldsymbol{F}$ and the singular values
$r_{\lambda }$ or, equivalently, on the moments
$\boldsymbol{M}$ and $\boldsymbol{N}$ of the state $\mathcal {U}| {\text
{vac}}\rangle$ introduced in (218) and (220), respectively. Explicitly, we have
(234)$$\chi_{\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) =
\exp\left[- \tfrac12 \left\{ \|\boldsymbol{\alpha}\|^2 +
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{N}^* \boldsymbol{\alpha} -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{M} \boldsymbol{\alpha}^* -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{M}^* \boldsymbol{\alpha} +
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{N} \boldsymbol{\alpha}^*
\right\}\right].$$
Based on this observation we propose
that [88] (235)$$
|{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle \equiv
\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \exp\left[ \frac12
\sum_{k,l=1}^\ell J_{kl} a^\dagger_{k} a^\dagger_l -
\text{H.c.}\right]|{\text{vac}}\rangle, $$
(236)$$ \boldsymbol{J} =
\boldsymbol{F} \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell r_{\lambda} \right]
\boldsymbol{F}^T = \boldsymbol{J}^T, $$
where $\boldsymbol{J}$ is the (arbitrary gain) joint
amplitude of the squeezed state. To show that the equation above holds
we need to show that the $\boldsymbol{M}$ and $\boldsymbol{N}$ moments when calculated with the
right-hand side of the equation above coincide with the ones obtained
for the state $\mathcal {U}| {\text
{vac}}\rangle$. As these uniquely determine the
characteristic function, this is straightforward to do by reusing the
results from Sec. 3.3 but now
using the joint amplitude defined in the last equation. In fact,
noting that the solution above has exactly the same
form as the low-gain solution found at the end of
Sec. 3.3, we can write
exactly the same equation as in that section but now removing the
overbars to indicate an arbitrary gain solution. In addition, just
like in the low-gain regime, we can introduce Schmidt operators and
squeezing parameters. The fundamental difference is that here the
joint amplitude is determined by the Takagi–Autonne singular values
and vectors of the matrix moment $\boldsymbol{M}$ as defined in (218) which is obtained by solving the
Heisenberg equations of motion. The general procedure to solve for the
ket is schematically represented in Fig. 8 [89].3.6 Nondegenerate Squeezing
As we show later, it is often useful to split our $\ell$-modes into two separate groups,
called the signal and idler modes, for which we write ladder operators
$b_i$ and $c_j$, respectively, satisfying canonical
commutation relations
(237)$$[b_i, b_j] = [c_i,c_j]
= [b_i,c_j] = [b_i,c_j^\dagger] = 0, \quad [b_i,b_j^\dagger] =
[c_i,c_j^\dagger] = \delta_{ij}.$$
The signal and idlers have
$\ell _b$ and $\ell _c$ modes ($\ell _b+\ell _c =
\ell$), respectively, and we write their
nondegenerate squeezing Hamiltonian as (238)$$H(t) = \hbar
\left\{\sum_{i,j=1}^{\ell} \Delta^{b}_{ij}(t) b_i^\dagger b_j +
\sum_{i,j=1}^{\ell} \Delta^{c}_{ij}(t) c_i^\dagger c_j + i \left[
\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c} \zeta^{b,c}_{ij}(t)
b_i^\dagger c_j^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.} \right]
\right\}.$$
The separation between the
$b$ and $c$ modes is physically motivated by
observing that there might be situations where two different
polarizations, or spectral regions that are widely separated and have
disjoint support, interact. It is then convenient to assign different
operators to the two sets of modes participating in the Hamiltonian.
Whenever this is the case, we call the process described by the
Hamiltonian above nondegenerate squeezing; this is to contrast it with
the degenerate squeezing discussed in the previous section.The Hamiltonian in (238) looks superficially different to the one in (188) but it is easy to show
that the former is just a special case of the latter by identifying
(239)$${\begin{aligned}\boldsymbol{a} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{b}
\\ \boldsymbol{c} \end{pmatrix}, \;\; \boldsymbol{b} =
\begin{pmatrix} b_1 \\ \vdots \\ b_{\ell_b} \end{pmatrix}, \quad
\boldsymbol{c} = \begin{pmatrix} c_1 \\ \vdots \\ c_{\ell_c}
\end{pmatrix}, \;\; \boldsymbol{\Delta}(t) = \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{\Delta}_b(t) & \boldsymbol{0} \\ \boldsymbol{0}
& \boldsymbol{\Delta}_c(t) \end{pmatrix}, \;\;
\boldsymbol{\zeta}(t) = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{0} &
\boldsymbol{\zeta}^{b,c}(t)\\ [\boldsymbol{\zeta}^{b,c}(t)]^T
& \boldsymbol{0} \end{pmatrix}. \end{aligned}}$$
Having written this problem in the
general framework of the previous sections, we could simply use the
techniques developed previously to solve it. However, it is often more
useful to study this problem separately from the general problem
discussed before. Thus, we start by looking at perturbative solutions,
where we assume for simplicity that $\boldsymbol{\Delta
}^{b,c}(t) = 0$. Note that if these terms are time
independent, then one can without loss of generality transform to a
rotating frame where the only term appearing in the Hamiltonian is
that corresponding to $\boldsymbol{\zeta
}^{b,c}$. Under these assumptions we can use
the Magnus series at the first order to write the perturbative
solution to the spontaneous problem as [86,90,91] (240)$$
|{\overline{\Psi}(t_\text{f})}\rangle \approx
\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i})
|{\text{vac}}\rangle $$
(241)$$
\overline{\mathcal{U}}(t_\text{f}, t_\text{i}) =
\exp\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar} \int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_\text{f}}
\textrm{d}t' H(t') \right) = \exp\left[ \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b}
\sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c} \overline{J}^{b,c}_{ij} b_i^\dagger
c_j^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.}\right], $$
where $\overline
{\boldsymbol{J}}^{b,c} = \int _{t_{\text {i}}}^{t_{\text {f}}} dt\
\boldsymbol{\zeta }^{b,c}(t)$ is the joint amplitude of the
nondegenerate squeezed state. As before, it is often useful to rewrite
this state by making use of a decomposition of $\boldsymbol{J}$, here the SVD (242)$$\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{b,c} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b}
\ \overline{\boldsymbol{D}} \ [\overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c}
]^T,$$
where $\overline
{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b/c}$ are $\ell _{b/c} \times \ell
_{b/c}$ unitary matrices and
$\boldsymbol{D}$ is an $\ell _b \times \ell
_{c}$ diagonal matrix with entries
$\{\overline
{r}_1,\ldots, \overline {r}_{\ell _{\rm min} } \}$ with $\ell _{\rm min} = \min
(\ell _b, \ell _c)$. We can use this SVD to introduce
Schmidt modes for the signal and idler operators (243)$$
\overline{B}_\lambda^\dagger{=} \sum_{k=1}^{\ell_b} b_k^\dagger
\overline{F}^b_{k,\lambda} \Longleftrightarrow b_k^\dagger{=}
\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} [\overline{F}^b]^*_{k,\lambda}
\overline{B}_{\lambda}^\dagger, $$
(244)$$
\overline{C}_\lambda^\dagger{=} \sum_{k=1}^{\ell_c} c_k^\dagger
\overline{F}^c_{k,\lambda} \Longleftrightarrow c_k^\dagger{=}
\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_c} [\overline{F}^c]^*_{k,\lambda}
\overline{C}_{\lambda}^\dagger. $$
The Schmidt operators satisfy
bona fide bosonic commutation relations and we can
finally write the output ket as (245)$$\begin{aligned}
|{\overline{\Psi}(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle& = \exp\left[
\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\ell_{\rm min}} \overline{r}_{\lambda}
\overline{B}_{\lambda}^\dagger \overline{C}_{\lambda}^\dagger{-}
\text{H.c.}\right] |{\text{vac}}\rangle =
\bigotimes_{\lambda=1}^{\ell_{\rm min}} \exp\left[
\overline{r}_{\lambda} \overline{B}_{\lambda}^\dagger
\overline{C}_{\lambda}^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.}\right]
|{\text{vac}}\rangle\\& = \bigotimes_{\lambda=1}^{\ell_{\rm
min}} \left[ \frac{1}{\cosh \overline{r}_\lambda}
\sum_{n=0}^\infty \tanh^n \overline{r}_\lambda
|{n,n}\rangle_{\lambda} \right],\end{aligned}$$
where in the last line we have used a
well-known disentangling identity (cf. Appendix 5 of Barnett and
Radmore [70]) (246)$$\begin{aligned} \exp(r
e^{i \phi} b^\dagger c^\dagger{-}\text{H.c.}) = & \exp\left(
e^{i \phi} \tanh r \ c^{{\dagger} } b^\dagger\right) \\ &
\times \exp\left( - \left[ c^\dagger c+ b^\dagger b +1\right] \ln
\cosh r \right)\\ & \times \exp\left( - e^{{-}i \phi} \tanh r
\ c b\right), \end{aligned}$$
and introduced (247)$$|{n,n}\rangle_{\lambda}
= \frac{\overline{B}_\lambda^{{\dagger} n}
\overline{C}_\lambda^{{\dagger} n}}{n!}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle.$$
We can also use the low-gain
perturbative solution in (240) to transform the operators, for which we find
(248)$$ b_i(t_{\text{f}}) =
\overline{\mathcal{U}}^\dagger b_i(t_{\text{i}})
\overline{\mathcal{U}} = \sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{V}^{b,b}_{ij}
b_{j}(t_{\text{i}}) + \sum_{j=1}^\ell \overline{W}^{b,c}_{ij}
c^\dagger _{j} (t_{\text{i}}), $$
(249)$$
c_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) = \overline{\mathcal{U}}^\dagger
c_i^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \overline{\mathcal{U}} = \sum_{j=1}^\ell
\left[\overline{V}^{(c,c)}_{ij}\right]^*
c^\dagger_{j}(t_{\text{i}}) + \sum_{j=1}^\ell
\left[\overline{W}^{c,b}_{ij}\right]^* b _{j}(t_{\text{i}}),
$$
where now (250)$$
\overline{\boldsymbol{V}}^{b,b} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b}
\left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh \overline{r}_{\lambda}
\right] \left[\overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b} \right]^\dagger, \quad
\overline{\boldsymbol{V}}^{(c,c)} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c}
\left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh \overline{r}_{\lambda}
\right] \left[\overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c} \right]^\dagger,
$$
(251)$$
\overline{\boldsymbol{W}}^{b,c} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b}
\left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh \overline{r}_{\lambda}
\right] \left[\overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c} \right]^T, \quad
\overline{\boldsymbol{W}}^{c,b} = \overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c}
\left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh \overline{r}_{\lambda}
\right] \left[\overline{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b} \right]^T = \left[
\overline{\boldsymbol{W}}^{b,c} \right]^T. $$
To lowest nonvanishing order in the
squeezing parameters $\overline {r}_\lambda
\ll 1$, one has (252)$$\overline{\boldsymbol{V}}^{b,b} \approx \mathbb{I}_{\ell_b},
\overline{\boldsymbol{V}}^{c,c} \approx \mathbb{I}_{\ell_c} \quad
\text{and} \quad \overline{\boldsymbol{W}}^{b,c} =
\left[\overline{\boldsymbol{W}}^{c,b} \right]^T \approx
\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{b,c}.$$
As the inverse of the unitary operator
$\overline {\mathcal
{U}}$ can be obtained by reversing the
sign of $\overline
{\boldsymbol{J}}^{b,c}$ inside the exponential, it is
straightforward to show the backward-Heisenberg evolved operators
$\overline {\mathcal {U}}
b_i(t_{\text {i}}) \overline {\mathcal {U}} ^\dagger$ can be obtained from (248) by negating the sign of
the terms $\overline
{\boldsymbol{W}}^{b,c}$ and $\overline
{\boldsymbol{W}}^{c,b}$.We can now move to the high-gain regime, where we find that the
solution to the spontaneous problem has exactly the same form as in
the low-gain regime, but now the joint amplitude of the nondegenerate
squeezed state will be inferred from the SVD of a second-order moment
of the operators. As previously, we write the equations of motion for
$\boldsymbol{b}$ and $\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger$ as
(253)$$\begin{aligned}\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{b} \\ \boldsymbol{c}^\dagger \end{pmatrix} ={-}i
\underbrace{\begin{pmatrix} - \boldsymbol{\Delta}_b(t) & i
\boldsymbol{\zeta}^{b,c}(t) \\ i
[\boldsymbol{\zeta}^{b,c}(t)]^\dagger &
\boldsymbol{\Delta}_c(t) \end{pmatrix} }_{{\equiv}
\boldsymbol{A}^{b,c}(t)} \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{b} \\
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger \end{pmatrix}. \end{aligned}$$
The solution to this equation can be
found with the same techniques as before, yielding (254)$$\begin{aligned}\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{b}(t_{\text{f}}) \\
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) \end{pmatrix} = &
\mathcal{T}\exp\left[ - i \int_{t_{\text{i}}}^{t_\text{f}}
\textrm{d}t \boldsymbol{A}^{b,c}(t) \right] \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{b}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix} =
\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{V}^{b,b} & \boldsymbol{W}^{b,c} \\
(\boldsymbol{W}^{c,b})^* & (\boldsymbol{V}^{c,c})^*
\end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{b}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix} \\ = &
\boldsymbol{K}^{b,c}(t_{\text{f}},t_{\text{i}}) \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{b}(t_{\text{i}}) \\
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger(t_{\text{i}}) \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}$$
These transfer functions can be
accessed using classical intensity measurements as shown in Fig. 9. By correctly modeling the
different terms in the equations of motion one can obtain excellent
agreement between theory and simulation.Using this input–output relation we can now calculate the (nonzero)
second-order moments
(255)$$\begin{aligned}N^b_{ij}
= \rangle{\text{vac}}| b_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) b_j(t_{\text{f}})
|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger
b_i^\dagger b_j \mathcal{U} |{\text{vac}}\rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
(256)$$\begin{aligned}N^c_{ij}
= \rangle{\text{vac}}| c_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) c_j(t_{\text{f}})
|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger
c_i^\dagger c_j \mathcal{U} |{\text{vac}}\rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
(257)$$\begin{aligned}M^{b,c}_{ij} = \rangle{\text{vac}}|
b_i(t_{\text{f}}) c_j(t_{\text{f}}) |{\text{vac}}\rangle =
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger b_i c_j \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle, \end{aligned}$$
and verify that the following moments
are identically zero (258)$$\begin{aligned}N^{b,c}_{ij} = \rangle{\text{vac}}|
b_i^\dagger(t_{\text{f}}) c_j(t_{\text{f}}) |{\text{vac}}\rangle =
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger b_i^\dagger c_j
\mathcal{U} |{\text{vac}}\rangle = 0, \end{aligned}$$
(259)$$\begin{aligned}M^{b}_{ij} = \rangle{\text{vac}}|
b_i(t_{\text{f}}) b_j(t_{\text{f}}) |{\text{vac}}\rangle =
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger b_i b_j \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle =0, \end{aligned}$$
(260)$$\begin{aligned}M^{c}_{ij} = \rangle{\text{vac}}|
c_i(t_{\text{f}}) c_j(t_{\text{f}}) |{\text{vac}}\rangle =
\rangle{\text{vac}}| \mathcal{U}^\dagger c_i c_j \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle =0. \end{aligned}$$
Note that if we identify again the
$\boldsymbol{b}$ and $\boldsymbol{c}$ modes as a subset of the larger set
of $\boldsymbol{a}$ modes we can write the moments of
the latter as (261)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{N} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{N}^b &
\boldsymbol{0} \\ \boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{N}^c
\end{pmatrix}, \quad \boldsymbol{M} = \begin{pmatrix}
\boldsymbol{0} & \boldsymbol{M}^{b,c} \\
[\boldsymbol{M}^{b,c}]^T & \boldsymbol{0} \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}$$
Finally, after having the moments we
simply need to find the SVD [92] (262)$$\boldsymbol{M}^{b,c} =
{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b} \ {\boldsymbol{D}} \ [{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c}
]^T,$$
where $\boldsymbol{F}^{b/c}$ are $\ell _{b/c} \times \ell
_{b/c}$ unitary matrices and
$\boldsymbol{D}$ is an $\ell _b \times \ell
_{c}$ diagonal matrix with entries
$\{\tfrac 12 \sinh
2{r}_1,\ldots, \tfrac 12 \sinh 2{r}_{\ell _{\rm min} }
\}$ where $\ell _{\rm min} = \min
(\ell _b, \ell _c)$.Note that the output of the spontaneous problem is also a Gaussian
state, characterized by its second-order moments and that we can write
the output ket as
(263)$$|{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle = \mathcal{U} |{\text{vac}}\rangle
= \exp\left[ \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c}
{J}^{b,c}_{ij} b_i^\dagger c_j^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.}\right]
|{\text{vac}}\rangle,$$
where now $\boldsymbol{J}^{b,c} =
{\boldsymbol{F}}^{b} \ {\boldsymbol{R}} \ [{\boldsymbol{F}}^{c}
]^T$ where $\boldsymbol{R}$ is an $\ell _b \times \ell
_{c}$ diagonal matrix with entries
$\{{r}_1,\ldots,
{r}_{\ell _{\rm min} } \}$ that is directly related to the
matrix $\boldsymbol{D}$ in the SVD of $\boldsymbol{M}^{b,c}$ of (262). This form is functionally the
same as the ket in the low-gain regime, and thus arbitrary-gain
Schmidt modes can be introduced in exactly the same way as before.3.7 Solution to the Stimulated Problem
Having solved the spontaneous problem
associated with a general quadratic Hamiltonian, we now solve the
associated stimulated problem, i.e., we study the evolution of other
states different from vacuum. One can write an arbitrary input state
as
(264)$$|{\Psi(t_{\text{i}})}\rangle = f(a_i^\dagger)
|{\text{vac}}\rangle,$$
where $f$ is either a polynomial or a power
series of the creation operators. The parametrization
above is the so-called Bargmann–Segal or stellar representation of a
bosonic quantum state [29,93,94]. For a single photon and a coherent state we can write,
respectively, (265)$$|{1_{\boldsymbol{\alpha}}}\rangle = \sum_{i=1}^\ell \alpha_i
a_i^\dagger |{\text{vac}}\rangle, \quad
|{\boldsymbol{\alpha}}\rangle =
\mathcal{D}(\boldsymbol{\alpha})|{\text{vac}}\rangle =
e^{-\tfrac12 \| \boldsymbol{\alpha}\|^2} \exp\left[
\sum_{i=1}^\ell \alpha_i a_i^\dagger \right]
|{\text{vac}}\rangle.$$
We can then write the output ket as
(266)$$|{\Psi(t_{\text{f}})}\rangle =
\mathcal{U}|{\Psi(t_{\text{i}})}\rangle = \mathcal{U}
f(a_i^\dagger)\mathcal{U}^\dagger
\mathcal{U}|{\text{vac}}\rangle,$$
the part $\mathcal {U}| {\text
{vac}}\rangle$ corresponds to the spontaneous
problem solved in the previous section. For the second part,
$\mathcal {U}
f(a_i^\dagger )\mathcal {U}^\dagger$ we can write (267)$$\mathcal{U}
f(a_i^\dagger)\mathcal{U}^\dagger{=} f(\mathcal{U} a_i^\dagger
\mathcal{U}^\dagger) = f\left(\sum_{k=1}^\ell \tilde{V}^*_{ik}
a_k^\dagger{+} \sum_{k=1}^\ell \tilde{W}^*_{ik} a_k
\right),$$
where in the last line we used the
fact that $\mathcal {U} O^m
\mathcal {U}^\dagger = \left [ \mathcal {U} O \mathcal {U}^\dagger
\right ]^m$ and the backward-Heisenberg
transformation of (222). Going back to the initial states considered before
in (266) we find that
an input single photon becomes a superposition of a photon added and a
photon subtracted squeezed state (268)$$\mathcal{U}|{1_{\boldsymbol{\alpha}}}\rangle =
\left(\sum_{k=1}^\ell \tilde{V}^*_{ik} a_k^\dagger{+}
\sum_{k=1}^\ell \tilde{W}^*_{ik} a_k \right) \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle,$$
whereas
for an input coherent state, the reader can confirm that (269)$$\mathcal{U}|{\boldsymbol{\alpha}}\rangle = \mathcal{D}\left(
\boldsymbol{V}\boldsymbol{\alpha} + \boldsymbol{W}
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^* \right) \mathcal{U}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle$$
and, thus, the output is a
displaced-squeezed state, where the input coherent displacement is
transformed in precisely the same way as the bosonic operators
[cf. (212)]. Note also
that the information about the JSA of the squeezed part of the state
$\mathcal {U} | {\text
{vac}}\rangle$ is imprinted in the displacement
since it depends on $\boldsymbol{V}$ and $\boldsymbol{W}$ which uniquely determine
$\boldsymbol{J}$. For the case of nondegenerate
squeezing this connection can be made more explicit in the low-gain
regime discussed at the beginning of Sec. 3.6. Consider the following coherent state input
in the idler modes: (270)$$|{\boldsymbol{\nu}}\rangle = \mathcal{D}_c(\boldsymbol{\nu})
|{\text{vac}}\rangle = \exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\nu}^T
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger{-} \boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger \boldsymbol{c}
\right] |{\text{vac}}\rangle.$$
Using the results from that section,
and to lowest nonvanishing order in the squeezing parameters, we find
(271)$$\begin{aligned}\overline{\mathcal{U}}
|{\boldsymbol{\nu}}\rangle & = \overline{\mathcal{U}}
\exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\nu}^T \boldsymbol{c}^\dagger{-}
\boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger \boldsymbol{c} \right]
\overline{\mathcal{U}}^\dagger \overline{\mathcal{U}}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle \\ & =\exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\nu}^T
\overline{\mathcal{U}} \boldsymbol{c}^\dagger
\overline{\mathcal{U}}^\dagger{-} \boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger
\overline{\mathcal{U}}\boldsymbol{c}\overline{\mathcal{U}}^\dagger
\right] \overline{\mathcal{U}} |{\text{vac}}\rangle.
\end{aligned}$$
Recalling that the backward-Heisenberg
operator $\overline {\mathcal {U}}
\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger \overline {\mathcal
{U}}^\dagger$ can be obtained from the
forward-Heisenberg operators in the low-gain regime (248) and (252) by letting $r_\lambda \to
-r_\lambda$ (equivalently letting
$\boldsymbol{J}^{b,c} \to
- \boldsymbol{J}^{b,c}$), we obtain (272)$$\begin{aligned}
\overline{\mathcal{U}} |{\boldsymbol{\nu}}\rangle &
=\exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\nu}^T \left(\boldsymbol{c}^\dagger{-}
[\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{c,b}]^* \boldsymbol{b} \right) -
\boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger \left(\boldsymbol{c} -
\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{c,b} \boldsymbol{b}^\dagger \right)
\right] \overline{\mathcal{U}} |{\text{vac}}\rangle \nonumber\\
& =\exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\nu}^T \boldsymbol{c}^\dagger{-}
\boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger \boldsymbol{c} \right] \exp\left[
\boldsymbol{\nu}^\dagger \overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{c,b}
\boldsymbol{b}^\dagger{-} \boldsymbol{\nu}^T
[\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{c,b}]^* \boldsymbol{b} \right]
\overline{\mathcal{U}} |{\text{vac}}\rangle \\ & =
\mathcal{D}_{\boldsymbol{c}}(\boldsymbol{\nu})
\mathcal{D}_{\boldsymbol{b}}( [\overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{c,b}]^T
\boldsymbol{\nu}^*) \overline{\mathcal{U}}
|{\text{vac}}\rangle\nonumber\\ & =
\mathcal{D}_{\boldsymbol{c}}(\boldsymbol{\nu})
\mathcal{D}_{\boldsymbol{b}}( \overline{\boldsymbol{J}}^{b,c}
\boldsymbol{\nu}^*) \exp\left[ \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b}
\sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c} \overline{J}^{b,c}_{ij} b_i^\dagger
c_j^\dagger{-} \text{H.c.}\right] |{\text{vac}}\rangle.
\end{aligned}$$
Note that now the joint amplitude of
the nondegenerate squeezed state not only determines the squeezed part
of the state but it also appears as a response function telling us the
displacement imparted to the signal modes ($\boldsymbol{b}$) when the idler modes
($\boldsymbol{c}$) are seeded by a coherent
displacement amplitude $\boldsymbol{\nu
}$.3.8 Passive Operations and Loss
An important set of processes in the evolution of bosonic modes are
given by passive operations, i.e., linear operations where the energy
is not increased. In these process, the modes of an environment
prepared in the vacuum couple to the modes of interest via a
beam-splitter-like interaction, which in the Heisenberg picture we
write as [95–97]
(273)$$\boldsymbol{a}(t_\text{f}) = \mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}}^\dagger
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}} =
\boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) +
\sqrt{\mathbb{I}_\ell - \boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{L}^\dagger }
\boldsymbol{e},$$
where $\boldsymbol{L}$ is a loss matrix, that in order to
represent a physical process satisfies that all its singular values
are bounded by 1 and $\boldsymbol{e}$ are bosonic destruction operators of
the environment. Note, in particular, that if the losses are uniform,
then $\boldsymbol{L} = \sqrt
{\eta } \mathbb {I}_\ell$ with $0 \leq \eta \leq
1$ being the net energy transmission.
The case of nonlossy operation is obtained when the matrix
$\boldsymbol{L}$ is unitary, in which case
$\boldsymbol{L} =
\boldsymbol{U}$ and, thus, (274)$$\boldsymbol{a}(t_\text{f}) = \mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}}^\dagger
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}} =
\boldsymbol{U} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}).$$
As the transformations above are
linear, we can show directly that if the input state at time
$t_{\text
{i}}$ is Gaussian, then the output state
is also Gaussian. This implies that the output state is uniquely
characterized by the $\boldsymbol{M}$ and $\boldsymbol{N}$ moments. We can see how they
transform by writing, for example, (275)$$\begin{aligned}M_{ij}
(t_{\text{f}}) & = \text{tr}\left( a_i a_j
\mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}} \left[ \rho_{S} \otimes
|{\text{vac}_e}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}_e}| \right]
\mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}}^\dagger \right) \\ & =\text{tr}\left(
\mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}}^\dagger a_i a_j \mathcal{U}_{\text{BS}}
\left[ \rho_{S} \otimes |{\text{vac}_e}\rangle
\rangle{\text{vac}_e}| \right] \right)\\ & =\text{tr}\left(
\left[\boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) +
\sqrt{\mathbb{I}_\ell - \boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{L}^\dagger } \
\boldsymbol{e}\right]_i \left[\boldsymbol{L}
\boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) + \sqrt{\mathbb{I}_\ell -
\boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{L}^\dagger } \ \boldsymbol{e}\right]_j
\left[ \rho_{S} \otimes |{\text{vac}_e}\rangle
\rangle{\text{vac}_e}| \right] \right)\\ & =\text{tr}\left(
\left[\boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \right]_i
\left[\boldsymbol{L} \boldsymbol{a}(t_{\text{i}}) \right]_j \left[
\rho_{S} \otimes |{\text{vac}_e}\rangle \rangle{\text{vac}_e}|
\right] \right)\\ & =\text{tr}\left( \sum_{k=1}^\ell L_{ik}
{a}_k(t_{\text{i}}) \sum_{l=1}^\ell L_{jl} {a}_l(t_{\text{i}})
\rho_{S} \right) = \left[ \boldsymbol{L}
\boldsymbol{M}(t_{\text{i}}) \boldsymbol{L}^T \right]_{ij},
\end{aligned}$$
where we used the cyclic property of
the trace and the fact that $\boldsymbol{e} | {\text
{vac}_e}\rangle = 0$, and wrote $\rho _S$ for the density operator of the
input modes. Similarly, by using the cyclic property of the trace, one
finds that (276)$$\boldsymbol{N}(t_{\text{f}}) = \boldsymbol{L}^*
\boldsymbol{N}(t_{\text{i}}) \boldsymbol{L}^T.$$
Note that in the special case where
the loss is uniform we have (277)$$\boldsymbol{N}(t_{\text{f}}) =\eta
\boldsymbol{N}(t_{\text{i}}), \quad \boldsymbol{M}(t_{\text{f}}) =
\eta \boldsymbol{M}(t_{\text{i}}),$$
which gives the identity operation
when $\eta =1$ (no loss) and the complete loss
channel when $\eta =0$.3.9 Photon-Number and Homodyne Statistics
In this section we study properties of the photon number and quadrature
statistics of the Gaussian states described in the previous sections.
We first look at pure lossless states of the form given in (235) and ask what can be
said about the statistical moments of the total
photon number observable
(278)$$N_{\boldsymbol{a}} =
\sum_{i=1}^\ell a_i^\dagger a_i.$$
Although the mean photon number is
simply the sum of the means of the different “bare” modes labeled by
$i$, the variance of the total photon
number is not the sum of the variances of the “bare” modes because
these modes will be, in general, correlated. We can rewrite the total
photon number in terms of the Schmidt operators finding (279)$$N_{\boldsymbol{a}} =
\sum_{\lambda=1}^\ell A_\lambda^\dagger A_\lambda,$$
and, thus, since the Schmidt modes are
not correlated, we can use (180) to obtain (280)$${\displaystyle\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{a}}}\rangle =
\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\ell} n_\lambda, \quad
\text{Var}(N_{\boldsymbol{a}}) = \sum_{\lambda=1}^{\ell}
\text{Var}( A^\dagger_\lambda A_\lambda) = \sum_{\lambda=1}^{\ell}
2 n_\lambda (1+n_\lambda), \quad n_\lambda =
\langle{A^\dagger_\lambda A_\lambda}\rangle = \sinh^2
r_\lambda,}$$
where we introduced the variance as
$\text {Var}(O) = \langle
{O^2}\rangle - \langle {O}\rangle^2$. Similarly, for nondegenerate
squeezed states we can easily use their Schmidt decomposition to write
(281)$$\begin{aligned}\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}}}\rangle & =
\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{c}}}\rangle =
\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\min\{\ell_b, \ell_c\}} n_\lambda,
\end{aligned}$$
(282)$$\begin{aligned}\text{Var}(N_{\boldsymbol{b}}) & =
\text{Var}(N_{\boldsymbol{c}})\\& =
\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\min\{\ell_b, \ell_c\}} \text{Var}(
B^\dagger_\lambda B_\lambda) = \sum_{\lambda=1}^{\min\{\ell_b,
\ell_c\}} n_\lambda (1+n_\lambda), \quad n_\lambda =
\langle{A^\dagger_\lambda A_\lambda}\rangle = \sinh^2 r_\lambda.
\end{aligned}$$
More generally, assume that we have a
state $\rho$ and that we wish to evaluate some
normal-ordered moment of the form (283)$$\left\langle
\prod_{i=1}^\ell a_i^{{\dagger} m_i } \prod_{i=1}^\ell a_i^{n_i }
\right\rangle.$$
These moments can be obtained by
taking derivatives of the normal-ordered characteristic function
$\chi
^{N}(\boldsymbol{\alpha })$ which is related to the
(symmetric-)ordered characteristic function introduced in (229) as (284)$$\chi^{N}_{\rho}(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) =
\chi(\boldsymbol{\alpha}) e^{\tfrac12 \|\boldsymbol{\alpha}\|^2} =
\left\langle \exp\left[ \boldsymbol{\alpha}^T
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \right] \exp\left[ -
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \right]
\right\rangle_\rho,$$
from which we easily confirm that
(285)$$\left\langle
\prod_{i=1}^\ell a_i^{{\dagger} m_i } \prod_{i=1}^\ell a_i^{n_i }
\right\rangle = \left. ({-}1)^{\sum_{i=1}^\ell
n_i}\frac{\partial^{m_1}}{\partial \alpha_1^{m_1}} \ldots
\frac{\partial^{m_\ell}}{\partial \alpha_\ell^{m_\ell}}
\frac{\partial^{n_1}}{\partial \alpha_1^{*n_1}} \ldots
\frac{\partial^{n_\ell}}{\partial \alpha_\ell^{* n_\ell}}
\chi^{N}_\rho(\boldsymbol{\alpha})
\right|_{\boldsymbol{\alpha}=\boldsymbol{\alpha}^* =
0}.$$
For a Gaussian state (having a
Gaussian characteristic function) one easily finds (286)$$\begin{aligned}
\langle{n_i}\rangle & = N_{i,i}, \end{aligned}$$
(287)$$\begin{aligned}\text{Var}(n_i) & = \langle{n_i^2}\rangle -
\langle{n_i}\rangle^2 = |M_{i,i}|^2 + N_{i,i}(N_{i,i}+1),
\end{aligned}$$
(288)$$\begin{aligned}\text{Cov}(n_i,n_j) & = |M_{ij}|^2 +
|N_{ij}|^2, \end{aligned}$$
(289)$$\begin{aligned}\text{Var}(n_i-n_j) & = \text{Var}(n_i) +
\text{Var}(n_j) - 2 \ \text{Cov}(n_i,n_j) \\ & = |M_{i,i}|^2 +
N_{i,i}(N_{i,i}+1) + |M_{j,j}|^2 + N_{j,j}(N_{j,j}+1) - 2 \left(
|M_{ij}|^2 + |N_{ij}|^2 \right),\\ \end{aligned}$$
(290)$$\begin{aligned}\text{Var}(N) & = \sum_{i=1}^\ell
\text{Var}(n_i) + 2 \sum_{i<j}^\ell \text{Cov}(n_i,n_j),
\end{aligned}$$
with $n_i = a_i^\dagger
a_i$ and $n_i^2 = a^\dagger _i a_i
a^\dagger _i a_i = a_i^{\dagger 2}a_i^2 + a^\dagger _i
a_i$.Let us apply these results to study so-called coherence functions
[98]. For a beam with
destruction operators $b_i$ the second-order coherence function
is defined as
(291)$$g^{(2)}_{\boldsymbol{b}} = \frac{\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}}^2 -
N_{\boldsymbol{b}}}\rangle}{\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}}}\rangle^2}
= \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \sum_{j=1}^{\ell_b}
\langle{b_i^\dagger b_j^\dagger b_i b_j}\rangle }{\left(
\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \langle{b_i^\dagger
b_i}\rangle\right)^2},$$
where in analogy to (278) we define the total photon number
of the signal modes $\boldsymbol{b}$ as $N_{\boldsymbol{b}} =
\sum _{i=1}^{\ell _b} b_i^\dagger b_i$. Note that a similar quantity can be
introduced for the idler modes by letting $b \to c$ in the last equation. One can also
introduce the cross-beam second-order coherence function as
(292)$$g^{(1,1)}_{\boldsymbol{b},\boldsymbol{c}} =
\frac{\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}}
N_{\boldsymbol{c}}}\rangle}{\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}}}\rangle
\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{c}}}\rangle} = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b}
\sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c} \langle{b_i^\dagger c_j^\dagger b_i
c_j}\rangle }{\left( \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \langle{b_i^\dagger
b_i}\rangle\right) \left( \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_c} \langle{c_i^\dagger
c_i}\rangle\right)}.$$
The first interesting property of these
quantities is that they are not affected by a loss. Assume, for
example, that a beam is prepared in certain quantum state
$\rho
_{\boldsymbol{b}}$ and then undergoes uniform loss by
energy transmission $\eta
_{\boldsymbol{b}}$ as described in Sec. 3.8. It is straightforward to see
that because the numerator and denominator of (291) are normal ordered in the creation
and annihilation operators of the beam $\boldsymbol{b}$, then each of them will pick up a
factor of $\eta
_{\boldsymbol{b}}^2$ that will cancel out. Similarly, for
the case of the cross-beam second-order correlation function, if beams
$\boldsymbol{b}$ and $\boldsymbol{c}$ undergo uniform loss by energy
transmissions $\eta
_{\boldsymbol{b}}$ and $\eta
_{\boldsymbol{c}}$, respectively, then both the
numerator and denominator in the right-hand side of (292) will pick up a factor
$\eta _{\boldsymbol{b}}
\eta _{\boldsymbol{c}}$ that will cancel out. We emphasize
that these results are true irrespective of the state prepared before
loss. We now use these results to investigate the
correlation functions of degenerate and
nondegenerate squeezed light. For nondegenerate squeezed states it is
easy to show [99]
(293)$$g^{(2)}_{\boldsymbol{b}} = g^{(2)}_{\boldsymbol{c}} = 1 +
\frac{1}{K}, \text{ where } K = \frac{ \left[
\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\min(\ell_c,\ell_b)} \langle{A_\lambda^\dagger
A_\lambda}\rangle \right]^2
}{\sum_{\lambda=1}^{\min(\ell_c,\ell_b)} \langle{A_\lambda^\dagger
A_\lambda}\rangle^2}.$$
The quantity $K$ is the so-called Schmidt number of
the of nondegenerate squeezed state. Note that this quantity is equal
to one only if one of the Schmidt modes is occupied $\langle {A_1^\dagger
A_1}\rangle >0$ and all the rest ($\lambda
>1$) have zero photons $\langle {A_\lambda
^\dagger A_\lambda }\rangle =0$. If more than one Schmidt is
occupied, then $K>1$ and $g^{(2)}_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}} <2$. Similarly, we find that the cross
correlation function is given by (294)$$g^{(1,1)}_{\boldsymbol{b},\boldsymbol{c}} = 1 + \frac{1}{K} +
\frac{1}{\langle{N}\rangle},$$
where we wrote the total photon number
of either the signal or idler beam as $\langle {N}\rangle =
\sum _{\lambda =1}^{\min (\ell _c,\ell _b)} \langle {A_\lambda
^\dagger A_\lambda }\rangle$. Note that this is the total photon
number before any propagation loss occurs, thus, by subtracting the
second-order correlation function of either of the beams from the
cross correlation coherence function one has access to the absolute
number of photons generated by the source. These can be compared with
the total average photon numbers measured in the detectors allowing to
obtain the inefficiencies, or energy transmission factors,
$\eta
_{\boldsymbol{b}},\eta _{\boldsymbol{c}}$; if we write the measured mean
photon numbers after transmission $\eta
_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}}$ as (295)$$\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}}}\rangle =
\eta_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}}
\langle{N}\rangle,$$
then we can obtain an absolute
determination of the transmission by forming (296)$$\eta_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}} =
\langle{N_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}}}\rangle \left(
g^{(2)}_{\boldsymbol{b}/\boldsymbol{c}} -
g^{(1,1)}_{\boldsymbol{b},\boldsymbol{c}} \right),$$
which is a photon-number resolved
extension of the elegant Klyshko method
[42].The question of calculating individual photon-number probabilities of a
multimode Gaussian state has led to the introduction of the Gaussian
boson sampling problem [100–102]. In general the evaluation of these
probabilities is computationally hard. Moreover, even the
computational task of generating samples that distribute according to
this probability distribution is believed to be hard (modulo
reasonable complexity-theoretic assumptions [103]). The study of this problem is beyond the scope
of this tutorial, however we point the reader to a number of recent
theoretical [9,97,104] and experimental advances [105,106].
One can also study homodyne measurements where now one is interested in
statistics of the quadrature observable:
(297)$$X_{\phi} = e^{i \phi}
\sum_{i=1}^\ell \alpha_i^* a_i + \text{H.c.}$$
It is direct to see that this
observable has $\langle {X_\phi }\rangle
= 0$ and variance (298)$$V_{\phi} =
\|\boldsymbol{\alpha}\|^2 + 2\boldsymbol{\alpha}^T \boldsymbol{N}
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^* + \left( e^{2i\phi}
\boldsymbol{\alpha}^\dagger \boldsymbol{M} \boldsymbol{\alpha}^*
+\text{c.c.} \right).$$
Note that only the phase-sensitive
moment $\boldsymbol{M}$ couples to the local oscillator (LO)
phase $\phi$. The phase insensitive moment
$\boldsymbol{N}$ only adds noise to the variance.
Moreover, if we select $\alpha _k = F_{k,\lambda
}$ for a fixed Schmidt mode
$\lambda$ then the maximum and minimum
variance as $\phi$ is varied are given by (299)$$V_{\phi}^{\rm max/min}
= e^{{\pm} 2 r_\lambda},$$
where $r_\lambda$ is the squeezing parameter of the
Schmidt mode $\lambda$ and we have used the fact that the
Schmidt mode functions have unit norm. This is exactly like the
single-mode case described at the end of Sec. 3.1.Considering now nondegenerate squeezing, assuming the LOs for the
signal and idler modes are given by the amplitudes $\boldsymbol{\mu
}$ and $\boldsymbol{\nu
}$ respectively and defining the
quadrature observable
(300)$$X_{\phi} = e^{i \phi}
\left[ \sum_{i=1}^{\ell_b} \mu_i^* b_i + \sum_{j=1}^{\ell_c}
\nu_j^* c_j\right] + \text{H.c.},$$
we find that the variance is given by
(301)$$V_{\phi} =
\|\boldsymbol{\nu}\|^2 + \|\boldsymbol{\mu}\|^2 +
2\boldsymbol{\mu}^T \boldsymbol{N}^{b} \boldsymbol{\mu}^* + 2
\boldsymbol{\nu}^T \boldsymbol{N}^{c} \boldsymbol{\nu}^* +\left[ 2
e^{2i \phi} \boldsymbol{\mu}^\dagger \boldsymbol{M}^{b,c}
\boldsymbol{\nu}^* + \text{c.c.} \right].$$
To obtain this result we use (261) mapping a nondegenerate
state into a degenerate squeezer and write the equivalent degenerate
squeezer LO as amplitude $\boldsymbol{\alpha } =
\left ( \begin {smallmatrix} \boldsymbol{\mu } \\ \boldsymbol{\nu
} \end {smallmatrix} \right )$.4. Heisenberg Equations for Waveguides
In this section, following [107]
and [108], we present a general
formalism for considering degenerate as well as nondegenerate squeezing in
waveguides where either a second- or third-order nonlinearity is dominant.
The six nonlinear optical processes that this includes are SPDC, SP-SFWM,
and DP-SFWM for the creation of degenerate squeezed vacuum (DSV) states
such as those in Sec. 3.5 as well
as SPDC, SP-SFWM, and DP-SFWM for the creation of nondegenerate squeezed
vacuum (NDSV) states such as those in Sec. 3.6. Beginning with Hamiltonians of the form presented
in Sec. 2, suited to integrated
photonic structures, we find that the Heisenberg equations of motion, in
the limit of strong classical pumps and the undepleted pump approximation,
lead to the expected classical coupled mode equations for the pump fields,
as well as coupled operator equations for the generated fields. We then
discretize coupled operator equations to arrive at compact equations of
the form of (207), which
can subsequently be solved according to the methods of Sec. 3.4. Perhaps somewhat surprisingly,
despite having different physical origins, all of the coupled operator
equations can be cast in the same general form.
All of the processes have the same linear Hamiltonian, which we write
as (90) plus the GVD term,
i.e.,
(302)$$\begin{aligned}
\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}} & =\sum_{J}\int\textrm{d}x\,\hbar\left\{
\omega_{J}\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)+\frac{i}{2}v_{J}\left[\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}\left(x\right)-\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}\left(x\right)}{\partial
x}\right]\right.\\ &
\left.\quad+\frac{v_{J}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)}{\partial
x}\frac{\partial\psi_{J}\left(x\right)}{\partial x}+\cdots\right\}.
\end{aligned}$$
Nonlinear Hamiltonians can be constructed
from (142) as in Sec.
2.2. As a concrete example, we
present the relevant Hamiltonian and resulting mode and coupled operator
equations for the process of SP-SFWM to produce a NDSV state here, but
note that the remaining five are presented in Appendix F. Assuming three relevant modes of
interest $J=\left \{P,S,I\right
\}$ for pump, signal, and idler,
respectively, satisfying $k_{S}+k_{I}=2k_{P}$, we find that the Hamiltonian consists
of a SP-SFWM term, an SPM term for the pump, an XPM term for the pump’s
effect on the signal, and an XPM term for the pump’s effect on the idler.
Putting it all together we have (303)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{NDSV}}^{\text{SP-SFWM}} &
={-}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}\overline{v}_{SIPP}^{2}\int\textrm{d}{x}\,\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)+\textrm{H.c.}\\
&
\quad-\frac{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP}}{2}\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\int\textrm{d}{x}\,\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\\
&
\quad-2\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PSPS}\hbar^{2}\sqrt{\omega_{P}\omega_{S}}v_{P}v_{S}\int\textrm{d}{x}\,\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}\left(x\right)\\
&
\quad-2\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PIPI}\hbar^{2}\sqrt{\omega_{P}\omega_{I}}v_{P}v_{I}\int\textrm{d}{x}\,\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}\left(x\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where it is convenient to introduce a
general form for the coupling coefficients, (304)$$\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}} =
\frac{3\overline{\omega}_{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\left(\overline{n}_{J_{1}}\overline{n}_{J_{2}}\overline{n}_{J_{3}}\overline{n}_{J_{4}}\right)^{1/2}c^{2}}\frac{1}{A_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}},$$
with effective areas $A_{\text
{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}$ given by (305)$$\frac{1}{A_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}}=\frac{\int\textrm{d}{y}\textrm{d}{z}\frac{\chi^{ijkl}_{3}\left(y,z\right)}{\overline{\chi}_{3}}\left[e_{J_{1}}^{i}\left(y,z\right)e_{J_{2}}^{j}\left(y,z\right)\right]^{*}e_{J_{3}}^{k}\left(y,z\right)e_{J_{4}}^{l}\left(y,z\right)}{\mathcal{N}_{J_{1}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{2}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{3}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{4}}},$$
where (306)$$\overline{\omega}_{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}=\left(\omega_{J_{1}}\omega_{J_{2}}\omega_{J_{3}}\omega_{J_{4}}\right)^{1/4},
\quad\overline{v}_{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}J_{4}}=\left(v_{J_{1}}v_{J_{2}}v_{J_{3}}v_{J_{4}}\right)^{1/4},$$
and (307)$$\mathcal{N}_{J}=\sqrt{\int\text{d}y\text{d}z\frac{n\left(y,z;\omega_{J}\right)/\overline{n}_{J}}{v_{g}\left(y,z;\omega_{J}\right)/v_{J}}\boldsymbol{e}_{J}^{*}\left(y,z\right)\cdot\boldsymbol{e}_{J}\left(y,z\right)}.$$
One can readily identify $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{SIPP}$ as characterizing the strength of
SP-SFWM, $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{PPPP}$ as characterizing the strength of SPM of
the pump, and $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{PSPS}$ and $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{PIPI}$ as characterizing the strength of the
XPMs of the signal and the idler, respectively, by the pump. Comparing
with our earlier expressions (150) and (159), we
see that special cases of the coefficients $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}$ are related to the standard coefficient
describing SPM of the pump $P$, (308)$$\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{SPM}}=\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP},$$
and to the standard coefficient describing
XPM of the signal $S$ by the pump $P$, (309)$$\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{\text{XPM}}=\sqrt{\frac{\omega_S}{\omega_P}}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PSPS}.$$
To simplify the equations resulting from the sum of the Hamiltonians
$H^{\text {L}}$ and $H_{\text {NDSV}}^{\text
{SP-SFWM}}$ above, we put
(310)$$\overline{\psi}_{J}\left(x,t\right)=e^{i\omega_{J}t}\psi_{J}\left(x,t\right),$$
such that $\overline {\psi
}$ is slowly varying in both time and
space. With $\omega _{S}+\omega
_{I}=2\omega _{P}$, we find that the Heisenberg equations
of motion yield (311)$$\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{P}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,$$
(312)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right) &
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}\overline{v}_{SIPP}^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
^{2}\overline{\psi}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\quad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PSPS}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P}\omega_{S}}v_{P}v_{S}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right),\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{I}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{I}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right) &
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}\overline{v}_{SIPP}^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\quad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PIPI}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P}\omega_{I}}v_{P}v_{I}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where, under the assumption of strong
classical pumps, we have made the approximation (313)$$\psi_{P}\left(x,t\right)\rightarrow\left\langle\psi_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle.$$
With this example in front of us, we note that its coupled operator
equations (312) are of the
form
(314)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right) &
=i\mathcal{\tilde{S}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)+2i\mathcal{\tilde{M}_{S}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right),\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{I}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{I}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right) &
=i\mathcal{\tilde{S}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)+2i\mathcal{\tilde{M}_{I}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right).
\end{aligned}$$
In fact, as we show in Appendix G,
whether due to waveguide SPDC, SP-SFWM, or DP-SFWM, coupled operator
equations for generating NDSV states can be placed in this general form.
Similarly, as shown by Helt and Quesada [107], coupled operator equations for SPDC, SP-SFWM, or DP-SFWM
generating DSV states in waveguides can be written in the form
(315)$$\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}\left(x,t\right)=i\tilde{\mathcal{S}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)+2i\tilde{\mathcal{M}}\left(x,t\right)\overline{\psi}\left(x,t\right),$$
Equations for mean fields, e.g., (311), can be solved using standard approaches, such as split-step
Fourier or finite difference methods [109]. The operator equations, on the other hand, can be solved
using methods first sketched by Vidrighin [110] and further elaborated by Helt and Quesada [107] and Quesada et al.
[108], which we detail in the
following.
4.1 Solving the Coupled Operator Equations
Defining
(316)$$\begin{aligned}\omega_{J}\left(\kappa\right) &
=v_{J}\kappa+\frac{v_{J}^\prime}{2}\kappa^{2},\\
\tilde{\mathcal{S}}\left(x,t\right) &
=\int\textrm{d}{\kappa}\frac{e^{i\kappa
x}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa,t\right),\\
\tilde{\mathcal{M}_{J}}\left(x,t\right) &
=\int\textrm{d}{\kappa}\frac{e^{i\kappa
x}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{J}\left(\kappa,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where $\mathcal {M}_{J}\left
(\kappa,t\right )=\mathcal {M}_{J}^{*}\left (-\kappa,t\right
)$ and using (317)$$\overline{\psi}_{J}\left(x,t\right)=\int\textrm{d}{\kappa}\frac{e^{i\kappa
x}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}b_{J}\left(\kappa,t\right),$$
where we have put $b_{J}\left
(\kappa,t\right )=a_{J\left (k_{J}+\kappa \right )}\left (t\right
)$, we can rewrite (315) and (314) as (318)$${\begin{aligned}
\left[\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+i\omega_{S}\left(\kappa\right)\right]b_{S}\left(\kappa,t\right)
&
=i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa+\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right)+2i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{S}\left(\kappa-\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{S}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right),\\
\left[\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+i\omega_{I}\left(\kappa\right)\right]b_{I}\left(\kappa,t\right)
&
=i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa+\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right)+2i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{I}\left(\kappa-\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{I}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right),
\end{aligned}}$$
and (319)$${\displaystyle\left[\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+i\omega\left(\kappa\right)\right]b\left(\kappa,t\right)=i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa+\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b^{{\dagger}}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right)+2i\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}\left(\kappa-\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right),}$$
respectively, forms highly amenable to
numeric evaluation. We note that higher-order dispersion can be
considered by including more terms in the linear Hamiltonian (302), thus resulting in more
terms in $\omega _{J}\left (\kappa
\right )$ above.To solve these equations, we discretize $\kappa _{j}=j\Delta
\kappa$ and write
(320)$$\begin{aligned}\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa+\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right)
&
\approx\sum_{j^{\prime}}\sqrt{\frac{\Delta\kappa}{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa_{j}+\kappa_{j^{\prime}},t\right)a_{J;j^{\prime}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right),\\
\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\kappa}^{\prime}}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{J}\left(\kappa-\kappa^{\prime},t\right)b_{J}\left(\kappa^{\prime},t\right)
&
\approx\sum_{j^{\prime}}\sqrt{\frac{\Delta\kappa}{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{J}\left(\kappa_{j}-\kappa_{j^{\prime}},t\right)a_{J;j^{\prime}}\left(t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where $a_{J;j}\left (t\right
)=\sqrt {\Delta \kappa }b_{J}\left (\kappa _{j},t\right
)$, such that $\left [a_{J;j}\left
(t\right ),a^\dagger _{J^\prime ;j^\prime }\left (t\right )\right
]=\delta _{JJ^\prime }\delta _{jj^\prime }$. Introducing (321)$$\textbf{A}^{J_{1}J_{2}}\left(t\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\boldsymbol{\Delta}_{J_{1}}\left(t\right) &
\boldsymbol{\zeta}\left(t\right)\\
-\boldsymbol{\zeta}^{*}\left(t\right) &
-\boldsymbol{\Delta}_{J_{2}}^{*}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right),$$
where (322)$$\begin{aligned}\Delta_{J;jj^{\prime}}\left(t\right) &
={-}\frac{\omega_{J}\left(\kappa_{j}\right)}{\Delta\kappa}\delta_{jj^{\prime}}+2\sqrt{\frac{\Delta\kappa}{2\pi}}\mathcal{M}_{J}\left(\kappa_{j}-\kappa_{j^{\prime}},t\right),\\
\zeta_{jj^{\prime}}\left(t\right) &
=\sqrt{\frac{\Delta\kappa}{2\pi}}\mathcal{S}\left(\kappa_{j}+\kappa_{j^{\prime}},t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
as well as the vector $\textbf
{a}_{J}(t)$ with entries $a_{J;j}(t)$, then allows us to rewrite (318) and (319) compactly as (323)$$\frac{\partial}{\partial t}\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{S}\left(t\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right)=i\textbf{A}^{SI}\left(t\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{S}\left(t\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right),$$
and (324)$$\frac{\partial}{\partial t}\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}\left(t\right)\\ \textbf{a}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right)=i\textbf{A}\left(t\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}\left(t\right)\\ \textbf{a}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right),$$
respectively. Note that the matrix
$\boldsymbol{\zeta
}=\boldsymbol{\zeta }^{T}$ is symmetric and $\boldsymbol{\Delta
}_{J}=\boldsymbol{\Delta }_{J}^{\dagger }$ is Hermitian. For a small enough
propagation forward in time $\Delta t$, these have the solution
[recall (209)]
(325)$$\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{J_{1}}\left(t+\Delta t\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{J_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t+\Delta t\right)
\end{array}\right)=\textbf{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t)\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{J_{1}}\left(t\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{J_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)
\end{array}\right),$$
where the (single-time) infinitesimal
propagator is defined as (326)$$\textbf{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t)=\exp\left[i\Delta
t\textbf{A}^{J_{1}J_{2}}\left(t\right)\right]=\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\textbf{V}_{J_{1}}(t) & \textbf{W}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(t)\\
\textbf{W}_{J_{2}J_{1}}^{*}(t) & \textbf{V}_{J_{2}}^{*}(t)
\end{array}\right).$$
Propagation over a finite interval can then be calculated by
concatenating infinitesimal propagators $\textbf
{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t)$ to form the (two-argument)
Heisenberg picture propagator [108]
(327)$$\begin{aligned}
\textbf{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t,t_0) = \prod_{j=1}^\ell
\textbf{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t_j) = \left(\begin{array}{cc}
\textbf{V}_{J_{1}}(t,t_0) & \textbf{W}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(t,t_0)\\
\textbf{W}_{J_{2}J_{1}}^{*}(t,t_0) &
\textbf{V}_{J_{2}}^{*}(t,t_0) \end{array}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where $t_j = t_0+j \Delta
t$ and $\Delta t =
(t-t_0)/\ell$, as (328)$$\begin{aligned}\left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{J_{1}}\left(t\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{J_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right) \end{array}\right) =
\textbf{K}^{J_{1}J_{2}}(t,t_0) \left(\begin{array}{c}
\textbf{a}_{J_{1}}\left(t_{0}\right)\\
\textbf{a}_{J_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t_{0}\right)
\end{array}\right), \end{aligned}$$
and the product in (327) is taken in chronological order.
Reverting back to continuous notation, we note that we may also write
the solutions of (318)
and (319) as
(329)$$\begin{aligned}b_{S}(\kappa,t) & = \int \textrm{d}\kappa'\,
\mathcal{V}_{S}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0) b_{S}(\kappa',t_0)+ \int
\textrm{d}\kappa'\, \mathcal{W}_{SI}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0)
b_{I}^\dagger(\kappa',t_0)\\ b_{I}^\dagger(\kappa,t) & = \int
\textrm{d}\kappa'\, \mathcal{W}_{IS}^{*}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0)
b_{S}(\kappa',t_0) + \int \textrm{d}\kappa'\,
\mathcal{V}_{I}^{*}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0)
b_{I}^\dagger(\kappa',t_0) \end{aligned}$$
and (330)$$b(\kappa,t) = \int
\textrm{d}\kappa'\, \mathcal{V}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0)
b(\kappa',t_0)+ \int \textrm{d}\kappa'\,
\mathcal{W}(\kappa,\kappa';t,t_0)
b^\dagger(\kappa',t_0),$$
where (331)$$\begin{aligned}
\mathcal{V}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(\kappa_j,\kappa_{j'};t,t_0) & =
V_{J_{1}J_{2};j,j'}(t,t_0)/\Delta \kappa,\\
\mathcal{W}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(\kappa_j,\kappa_{j'};t,t_0) & =
W_{J_{1}J_{2};j,j'}(t,t_0)/\Delta \kappa.
\end{aligned}$$
We note that similar input–output
relations were also derived in [86,111–113], albeit with different labels.4.2 Including Loss
With these expressions known, we may now form the phase-sensitive and
phase-insensitive moments (cf. Secs. 3.5 and 3.6)
(332)$$\begin{aligned}
N_{J;i,j}\left(t\right) & =\left\langle
a_{J;i}^{{\dagger}}\left(t\right)a_{J;j}\left(t\right)\right\rangle,\\
M_{J_{1}J_{2};i,j}\left(t\right) & =\left\langle
a_{J_{1};i}\left(t\right)a_{J_{2};j}\left(t\right)\right\rangle.
\end{aligned}$$
We note that, because the generated state is Gaussian, it is completely
characterized by these two moments, and thus any experimentally
accessible quantity, such as coherence functions [38,99], can be written in terms of them. Following Sec. 3.8, including loss is then simply
a matter of properly updating the moments. In particular, for uniform
waveguide loss
(333)$$\textbf{N}_{J}(t+\Delta
t) = \eta_{J} \textbf{N}_{J}(t), \quad
\textbf{M}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(t+\Delta t) =
\sqrt{\eta_{J_{1}}\eta_{J_{2}}}
\textbf{M}_{J_{1}J_{2}}(t),$$
where (334)$$\eta_{J} =
\exp(-\rho_{J} \Delta t),$$
and $\rho _{J}$ can be easily obtained from the
standard attenuation constant $\alpha _{J}$ [109].4.3 Example: “Separable” JSAs
The formalism presented above is quite general in that it allows for
the calculation of squeezed vacuum states in waveguides where either a
second- or third-order nonlinearity is dominant, correctly accounting
for dispersion to any desired order, SPM and XPM, if present, and
loss, in either the so-called low- or high-gain regime. However, it is
also something of a black box, in that it relies on numerics. Thus, to
help build intuition as one moves from the low- to the high-gain
regime, here we provide an illustrative calculation of a lossless
waveguide SP-SFWM process engineered to produce a separable JSA in the
low-gain regime ignoring GVD, SPM, and XPM under three scenarios: (i)
ignoring time-ordering corrections to arrive at an idealized analytic
result; (ii) considering leading-order time-ordering corrections via
the Magnus expansion; and (iii) using the full formalism presented
previously. We note that we neglect GVD, SPM, and XPM in (iii) not
because the numerical formalism cannot include them, but because doing
so simplifies comparisons against the analytic results.
For completeness, using (79) and (303)
we write the linear and nonlinear Hamiltonians as
(335)$$\begin{aligned}\textrm{H}^{\textrm{L}} & =
\sum_{J=P,S,I}\int\textrm{d}{k}\,\hbar\omega_{Jk}a_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(k\right)a_{J}\left(k\right)
\end{aligned}$$
(336)$$\begin{aligned}{\textrm{H}^{\textrm{NL}}} &
={-}\frac{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}\overline{v}_{SIPP}^{2}}{4\pi^{2}}\\
&
\quad\times\int\textrm{d}{k}_{1}\textrm{d}{k}_{2}\textrm{d}{k}_{3}\textrm{d}{k}_{4}\textrm{d}{x}\,e^{{-}i\left(k_{1}+k_{2}-k_{3}-k_{4}\right)x}a_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(k_{1}\right)a_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(k_{2}\right)
a_{P}\left(k_{3}\right)a_{P}\left(k_{4}\right)+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
respectively. Switching to a
description in terms of frequency [114], and moving to the interaction picture, we write the
corresponding interaction Hamiltonian as (337)$$\begin{aligned}H_{I}\left(t\right) &
={-}\frac{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}}{4\pi^{2}}\int\textrm{d}{\omega}_{1}\textrm{d}{\omega}_{2}\textrm{d}{\omega}_{3}\textrm{d}{\omega}_{4}\int\textrm{d}{x}\,e^{i\left(\omega_{1}+\omega_{2}-\omega_{3}-\omega_{4}\right)t}\\
& \quad \times
e^{{-}i\left[k_{S}\left(\omega_{1}\right)+k_{I}\left(\omega_{2}\right)-k_{P}\left(\omega_{3}\right)-k_{P}\left(\omega_{4}\right)\right]x}a_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{1}\right)a_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{2}\right)a_{P}\left(\omega_{3}\right)a_{P}\left(\omega_{4}\right)+\textrm{H.c.}
\end{aligned}$$
Expanding dispersion relations
(338)$$k_{J}\left(\omega\right)=k_{J}+\frac{\omega-\omega_{J}}{v_{J}},$$
and approximating the pump operators
as classical waveforms (339)$$a_{P}\left(\omega\right)\rightarrow\left\langle
a_{P}\left(\omega\right)\right\rangle
=\sqrt{\frac{N_{P}\tau}{\left(\pi/2\right)^{1/2}}}e^{-\tau^{2}\left(\omega-\omega_{P}\right)^{2}},$$
normalized such that $\int \textrm{d}{\omega
}\left \langle a^{\dagger }_{P}\left (\omega \right )a_{P}\left
(\omega \right )\right \rangle = N_{P}$, we first focus on the integration
over $\omega _{3}$ and $\omega _{4}$. In particular, putting
(340)$$\omega_{{\pm}}=\omega_{3}\pm\omega_{4},$$
we find (341)$$\begin{aligned}&
\int\textrm{d}{\omega_{3}}\textrm{d}{\omega_{4}}\,e^{{-}i\left(\omega_{3}+\omega_{4}\right)t}e^{i\frac{\omega_{3}+\omega_{4}-2\omega_{P}}{v_{P}}x}e^{-\tau^{2}\left(\omega_{3}-\omega_{P}\right)^{2}}e^{-\tau^{2}\left(\omega_{4}-\omega_{P}\right)^{2}}\\
= &
\int\textrm{d}{\omega_{+}}\,e^{{-}i\omega_{+}t}e^{i\frac{\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}}{v_{P}}x}e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\left(\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}\right)^{2}}\int\frac{\textrm{d}{\omega_{-}}}{2}e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\omega_{-}^{2}}\\
= &
\int\textrm{d}{\omega_{+}}\,e^{{-}i\omega_{+}t}e^{i\frac{\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}}{v_{P}}x}e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\left(\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}\right)^{2}}\frac{\left(\pi/2\right)^{1/2}}{\tau},
\end{aligned}$$
and, thus, can rewrite (342)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{I}\left(t\right) &
={-}\frac{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}L
N_{P}}{4\pi^{2}}\int\text{d}\omega_{1}\textrm{d}{\omega_{2}}\textrm{d}{\omega_{+}}e^{i\left(\omega_{1}+\omega_{2}-\omega_{+}\right)t}F\left(\omega_{1},\omega_{2},\omega_{+}\right)\\
& \quad\times
e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\left(\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}\right)^{2}}a_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{1}\right)a_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{2}\right)+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where the phase-matching function
(PMF) (343)$$\begin{aligned}F\left(\omega_{1},\omega_{2},\omega_{+}\right)
&
=\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\frac{\textrm{d}{x}}{L}e^{{-}i\left(\frac{\omega_{1}-\omega_{S}}{v_{S}}+\frac{\omega_{2}-\omega_{I}}{v_{I}}-\frac{\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}}{v_{P}}\right)x}\\
&
=\text{sinc}\left[\left(\frac{\omega_{1}-\omega_{S}}{v_{S}}+\frac{\omega_{2}-\omega_{I}}{v_{I}}-\frac{\omega_{+}-2\omega_{P}}{v_{P}}\right)\frac{L}{2}\right],
\end{aligned}$$
and we have taken the nonlinear region
to extend from $-L/2$ to $L/2$. The associated time evolution
operator for this Hamiltonian is (344)$$\mathcal{U}=\mathcal{T}\exp{\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}
\textrm{d}{t^{\prime}}H_{I}\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right)},$$
with $\mathcal {T}$ the time-ordering operator, which
can be applied to a vacuum state to yield the state of generated
photons. A similar Hamiltonian can be formed for SPDC generating NDSV
states in waveguides [115].4.3.1 Low-Gain Regime
In the low-gain regime, a common, and safe, approximation is to
neglect time-ordering effects and, instead, using $\int _{-\infty
}^{\infty }\textrm{d}{t^{\prime }}\,e^{i\Delta t^{\prime
}}=2\pi \delta \left (\Delta \right )$, write
(345)$$\begin{aligned}
\mathcal{U} &
=\exp{\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}
\textrm{d}{t^{\prime}}H_{I}\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right)}\\
&
=\exp{\left(i\int\textrm{d}{\omega_{1}}\textrm{d}{\omega_{2}}\,J_{1;SI}\left(\omega_{1},\omega_{2}\right)a_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{1}\right)a_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(\omega_{2}\right)+\textrm{H.c.}\right)},
\end{aligned}$$
where we have introduced the JSA
neglecting time-ordering corrections (346)$$J_{1;SI}\left(\omega_{1},\omega_{2}\right)=\frac{\Phi\tau}{2\pi}F\left(\omega_{1},\omega_{2},\omega_{1}+\omega_{2}\right)e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\left(\omega_{1}+\omega_{2}-2\omega_{P}\right)^{2}},$$
and the dimensionless quantity
(347)$$\Phi=\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIPP}\frac{\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SIPP}N_{P}}{\tau}L,$$
similar to the so-called nonlinear
phase shift [109]. Further
approximating the phase-matching sinc function as a Gaussian via
$\text {sinc}\left
(x\right )\approx \exp \left (-sx^{2}\right )$, for $s\approx
0.193$, or, in fact, engineering the
nonlinearity along the waveguide to produce a Gaussian PMF [116–120], allows us to go further and calculate the Schmidt
decomposition of $J_{1;SI}\left
(\omega _{1},\omega _{2}\right )$ analytically.Here we choose to write the Schmidt decomposition of such a JSA as
(348)$$J_{SI}(\omega,\omega')=\sum_{\lambda} \xi_{\lambda}
f_{\lambda;S}(\omega) f_{\lambda;I}(\omega'),$$
with Schmidt number (349)$$K=\frac{\left(\sum_{\lambda}
\sinh^2\xi_\lambda\right)^2}{\sum_{\lambda}
\sinh^4\xi_\lambda}.$$
Note that the Schmidt number of a separable JSA, $J_{SI}(\omega,\omega
')=\xi _0 f_{0;S}(\omega ) f_{0;I}(\omega ')$, is 1, whereas JSAs that are not
separable have $K>1$. Further note that we have
chosen to work with unnormalized JSAs. Although this marks a
departure from more common usage, we find it useful here for
comparing the results of this subsection against those that move
beyond the approximations used in deriving $J_{1;SI}\left
(\omega _{1},\omega _{2}\right )$. In the low-gain regime, where
$K\approx \left (\sum
_{\lambda } \xi ^{2}_{\lambda }\right )^2/\sum _{\lambda } \xi
^{4}_{\lambda }$, the Schmidt number is
insensitive to a scaling transformation of $J_{SI}$. That is, $J_{SI}$ and $l J_{SI}$ have the same Schmidt number for
any $l \neq 0$, though this does not hold in
general.
Putting
(350)$$\begin{aligned}\Omega_{1} & = \omega_{1} -
\omega_{S},\\ \Omega_{2} & = \omega_{2} - \omega_{I},
\end{aligned}$$
we write (351)$$\begin{aligned}J_{1;SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)
&
=\frac{\Phi\tau}{2\pi}e^{{-}s\left(\Omega_{1}v_{S}^{{-}1}+\Omega_{2}v_{I}^{{-}1}-\left(\Omega_{1}+\Omega_{2}\right)v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)^{2}\frac{L^{2}}{4}}e^{-\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\left(\Omega_{1}+\Omega_{2}\right)^{2}}\\
& =
\frac{\Phi\tau}{2\pi}e^{-\Omega_{1}^{2}\left(s\left(v_{S}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)^{2}\frac{L^{2}}{4}+\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\right)}e^{-\Omega_{2}^{2}\left(s\left(v_{I}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)^{2}\frac{L^{2}}{4}+\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\right)}\\
& \quad\times
e^{{-}2\Omega_{1}\Omega_{2}\left(s\left(v_{S}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)\left(v_{I}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)\frac{L^{2}}{4}+\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}\right)},
\end{aligned}$$
where we have used the fact that
$\omega _{S}+\omega
_{I}=2\omega _{P}$, and see that the JSA is
separable when (352)$$s\left(v_{S}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)\left(v_{I}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)\frac{L^{2}}{4}+\frac{\tau^{2}}{2}=0.$$
We note, in passing, that the only square integrable function that
is separable and has elliptical (or circular) contours is
precisely a two-dimensional Gaussian, and that, moreover, only a
combination of a Gaussian PMF and a Gaussian pump can give a
separable JSA in the low-gain regime [121,122]. Under this condition (352), and introducing
(353)$$\tau_{J}^{2}=s\left(v_{J}^{{-}1}-v_{P}^{{-}1}\right)^{2}\frac{L^{2}}{4}+\frac{\tau^{2}}{2},$$
we write the final form of the
JSA, neglecting GVD, SPM, XPM, and time-ordering corrections, that
has been engineered to be separable in the low-gain regime as
(354)$$J_{1;SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)=\xi_{0}f_{0;S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)f_{0;I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right),$$
with (355)$$f_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right)=\sqrt{\frac{\tau_{J}}{\left(\pi/2\right)^{1/2}}}e^{-\Omega^{2}\tau_{J}^{2}}\equiv
\phi_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right),$$
the Schmidt functions
corresponding to the (only nonzero) Schmidt value (356)$$\xi_{0}=\frac{\Phi\tau}{2\left(2\pi\tau_{S}\tau_{I}\right)^{1/2}}\equiv
\overline{\xi}.$$
We note that this JSA is a two-dimensional Gaussian with elliptical
contours, becoming a two-dimensional Gaussian with circular
contours for $\tau _{S}=\tau
_{I}=\tau$. Using (352) to show that
(357)$$\tau_{S}^{2}+\tau_{I}^{2} =
s\left(v_{S}^{{-}1}-v_{I}^{{-}1}\right)^{2}\frac{L^{2}}{4},$$
then allows interpretation of the
factor (358)$$\sqrt{\frac{\tau^{2}}{\tau_{S}\tau_{I}}}=\sqrt{\frac{2\tau_{S}\tau_{I}}{\tau_{S}^{2}+\tau_{I}^{2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{2R}{1+R^{2}}}\le
1,$$
where the aspect ratio
(359)$$R =
\frac{\tau_{S}}{\tau_{I}},$$
as measuring the departure from
circular contours.4.3.2 Magnus Expansion
Such an analysis describes the state of generated photons well for
small enough $\Phi$. However, as $\Phi$ increases, whether through an
increase in $\gamma _{\text
{chan}}^{SIPP}$, waveguide length
$L$, or pump pulse energy via
$N_{P}$, time-ordering corrections must
be considered for a correct description. Using the Magnus
expansion, discussed in Sec. 3.2, one can show that the leading-order corrections
rewrite the JSA as [115,123]
(360)$$J_{SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)\approx
J_{1;SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right) +
J_{3;SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)- i
K_{3;SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right),$$
where the terms with subscript 3
are proportional to $\Phi
^{3}$ and the next-order corrections
are proportional to $\Phi
^{5}$.The quantities $J_{3;SI}$ and $K_{3;SI}$ have been calculated previously
[115,123,124]
and we can write them in closed form when (352) holds as
(361)$$\begin{aligned}
J_{3;SI}(\Omega_1,\Omega_2)-i K_{3;SI}(\Omega_1,\Omega_2)
& =\overline{\xi}^3
\Bigg(\frac{\phi_{0;S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\phi_{0;I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)-\phi_{1;S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\phi_{1;I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)}{12}\\
& \quad
-i\frac{\phi_{0;S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\phi_{1;I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)-\phi_{1;S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\phi_{0;I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)}{4\sqrt{3}}\Bigg),
\end{aligned}$$
where we have introduced
(recall (355) and
see Fig. 10) (362)$$\phi_{1;J}\left(\Omega\right)=\sqrt{3}\phi_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right)\text{erfi}\left(\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}}\tau_{J}\Omega\right),$$
and the imaginary error function
$\text {erfi}\left
(z\right )=-i\text {erf}\left (iz\right )$ with $\text
{erf}$ the error function, satisfying
(363)$$\int\textrm{d}{\Omega} \ \phi_{i;J}^*(\Omega)
\phi_{j;J}(\Omega)=\delta_{i,j}.$$
This allows us to write the JSA up to these corrections as
(364)$$J_{SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)\approx
\textbf{u}_{S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\textbf{L}\left[\textbf{u}_{I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)\right]^{{\dagger}},$$
where (365)$$\begin{aligned}\textbf{L} & =\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\overline{\xi}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{12} &
-i\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{4\sqrt{3}}\\
i\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{4\sqrt{3}} &
-\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{12} \end{array}\right)\\ &
=\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\mathbb{I}_{2}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{4\sqrt{3}}\sigma_{2}+\left(\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{3}}{12}\right)\sigma_{3}\\&=\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(\mathbb{I}_{2}+\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\textbf{n}\cdot{\boldsymbol{\sigma}}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
with $\mathbb
{I}_{2}$ the $2 \times
2$ identity matrix,
$\boldsymbol{\sigma
}=\left (\sigma _{1}, \sigma _{2}, \sigma _{3}\right
)$, $\sigma
_{i}$ the Pauli matrices,
$\textbf {n}=\left
(0,\sin \theta,\cos \theta \right )$, and (366)$$\textbf{u}_{J}\left(\Omega\right)=\left(\phi_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right),\phi_{1;J}\left(\Omega\right)\right).$$
Note that when $\Phi \ll
1$ the matrix $\textbf {L}\approx
\left ( \begin {array}{cc} \overline {\xi } & 0\\ 0 &
0\\ \end {array} \right )$ and we recover the results
obtained in (354).
More interestingly, past this limit we can obtain the new
time-ordering corrected Schmidt values and functions and verify
that they are no longer linear functions of $\Phi$ and independent of
$\Phi$,
respectively.
As we have written the JSA as quadratic form (the matrix
$\textbf
{L}$) in the orthonormal basis
$\{\phi
_{i;J}\}$, obtaining the Schmidt
decomposition of $J_{SI}$ is equivalent to obtaining the
SVD of the matrix $\textbf
{L}$. In particular, because
$\textbf
{L}$ is Hermitian, its SVD is related
to its eigendecomposition and we can rewrite (364) as
(367)$$J_{SI}\left(\Omega_{1},\Omega_{2}\right)\approx
\textbf{u}^\prime_{S}\left(\Omega_{1}\right)\textbf{L}^\prime\left[\textbf{u}^\prime_{I}\left(\Omega_{2}\right)\right]^{{\dagger}},$$
where the diagonal matrix
$\textbf {L}^\prime
=\textbf {R}^{\dagger }\left (\theta \right )\textbf
{L}\textbf {R}\left (\theta \right )=\left ( \begin
{array}{cc} \xi _{+} & 0\\ 0 & \xi _{-}\\ \end {array}
\right )$ with (368)$$\xi_{{\pm}}=\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1\pm\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right),$$
and $\textbf {u}^{\prime
}_{J}\left (\Omega \right )= \textbf {u}_{J}\left (\Omega
\right ) \textbf {R}\left (\theta \right )$ with (369)$$\textbf{R}\left(\theta\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\cos\left(\frac{\theta}{2}\right) &
i\sin\left(\frac{\theta}{2}\right)\\
i\sin\left(\frac{\theta}{2}\right) &
\cos\left(\frac{\theta}{2}\right)
\end{array}\right),\quad\tan(\theta)=\frac{\overline{\xi}^2}{2\sqrt{3}(1+\overline{\xi}^2/6)}.$$
Written in this form, it is easy to see that now the Schmidt values
are simply the absolute values of the eigenvalues of
$\textbf
{L}$ [cf. (356)], $\xi _0=|\xi _+|, \
\xi _1=|\xi _-|$ and the Schmidt functions are
the eigenfunctions of $\textbf
{L}$
(370)$$\begin{aligned}f_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right) &
=\cos\left(\tfrac{\theta}{2}\right)\phi_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right)+i\sin\left(\tfrac{\theta}{2}\right)\phi_{1;J}\left(\Omega\right),\\
f_{1;J}\left(\Omega\right) &
=\cos\left(\tfrac{\theta}{2}\right)\phi_{1;J}\left(\Omega\right)+i\sin\left(\tfrac{\theta}{2}\right)\phi_{0;J}\left(\Omega\right).
\end{aligned}$$
Thus, the JSA that started as separable in the low-gain regime does
not remain so as $\Phi$ increases sufficiently.
4.3.3 Comparisons
We are now in a position to compare
the average number of generated pairs per pump pulse
(371)$$\begin{aligned}\left\langle n_{\text{pairs}}\right\rangle
&
={\left\langle\textrm{vac}\right\vert}\mathcal{U}^{{\dagger}}\int\text{d}\Omega\,a_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(\Omega\right)a_{S}\left(\Omega\right)\mathcal{U}\left\vert\text{vac}\right\rangle\\
&
={\left\langle\textrm{vac}\right\vert}\mathcal{U}^{{\dagger}}\int\text{d}\Omega\,a_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(\Omega\right)a_{I}\left(\Omega\right)\mathcal{U}\left\vert\text{vac}\right\rangle\\
& =\sum_{\lambda}\sinh^{2}\xi_{\lambda},
\end{aligned}$$
and Schmidt number (349), for the
approximations in Secs. 4.3.1 and 4.3.2, as well as the full numerical apparatus as
$\Phi$ increases. In particular,
neglecting time-ordering corrections we have (372)$$\left\langle
n_{\text{pairs}}\right\rangle=\sinh^{2}\overline{\xi},$$
and whereas including time-ordering
corrections up to $\Phi ^3$ we have (374)$$\left\langle
n_{\text{pairs}}\right\rangle=\sinh^{2}\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1+\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right]
+\sinh^{2}\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1-\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right],$$
and (375)$$K=1+2\frac{\sinh^{2}\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1+\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right]
\sinh^{2}\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1-\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right]}{\sinh^{4}
\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1+\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right]
+\sinh^{4}\left[\frac{\overline{\xi}}{2}\left(1-\sqrt{1+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{2}}{3}+\frac{\overline{\xi}^{4}}{9}}\right)\right]}.$$
We plot these, as well as a full numerical solution, as functions
of $\Phi$, setting $\tau _{S}=\tau
_{I}=\tau$, so that
(376)$$\overline{\xi} =
\frac{\Phi}{2\left(2\pi\right)^{1/2}},$$
for convenience, in Figs. 11(a) and 11(b), respectively. Note how the
time-uncorrected approximations only remain valid up until
$\Phi \approx
2$ or so. We also plot the absolute
values of the corresponding JSAs at $\Phi =4$ in Figs. 12(a), 12(b), and 12(c),
as well as $\Phi =11$ in Figs. 12(d), 12(e), and 12(f).
For large enough $\Phi$ [see Fig. 11(b)], JSAs that appear separable when
time-ordering effects are neglected, as in Figs. 12(a) and 12(b), are seen to not actually be so when such effects
are included.5. Heisenberg Equations for Rings
In this section we build on top of Sec. 2 to continue the analysis of ring resonators in the presence of
second- or third-order nonlinearities. Integrated optical resonators are
some of the most efficient and successful sources of quantum states of
light, thanks to the large field enhancements and the possibility to
tailor independently the density of states of each mode involved in the
nonlinear process, thereby controlling the statistical properties of the
generated quantum light [125,126]. A wide range of integrated source
geometries have been proposed and analyzed, including Fabry–Perot
cavities, ring resonators, photonic crystal cavities, and multi-resonator
designs, each with a variety of coupling and pumping schemes.
Here, to provide a simple and intuitive example, we restrict the discussion
to a simple ring resonator point-coupled to a channel waveguide following
the prescriptions of Sec. 2, and
sketched in Fig. 13. Similar
derivations can be carried out with more complex resonator or coupler
designs [128,129], resulting in analogous conclusions.
When this idealized structure is pumped by bright classical fields, it
proves an efficient, stable, and compact source of NDSV [130] or DSV states [131,132]. In the following, we discuss the generation of such states
using second- and third-order nonlinearities in the most common pumping
schemes, namely SP-SFWM, DP-SFWM, and SPDC (as illustrated in Fig. 14), and present some simplified
cases.
5.1 SFWM Hamiltonian
Considering a ring with a third-order nonlinearity, first we can extend
Sec. 2.4.2 to include SFWM,
the driver of squeezing in such a ring. Starting from the form (57) of the $\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r})$ operators, we restrict our attention
to three resonant modes, with equally spaced wave vectors,
conventionally labeled pump, signal, and idler, with frequencies
$\omega _{\text
{P}}$, $\omega _{\text
{S}}$, and $\omega _{\text
{I}}$, respectively. Here we have chosen
to reduce the scope of this discussion to a three-resonance system,
because it greatly simplifies the description of its dynamics. Indeed,
with an unconstrained set of resonances, other processes, usually
referred to as spurious, and that involve resonant
modes beyond the three of interest here can lead to nonlinear
frequency shifts and undesired parametric noise being generated
completely or partly in the signal mode, affecting the quantum
properties of the photons generated by SFWM [133,134].
Although the restriction to a three-resonance system is a practical
expedient to simplify our discussion, it should be noted that a
variety of interesting and complex quantum states can be generated
across more than three resonances, and often extend over entire
frequency combs [135–137].
The third-order SFWM contribution to the nonlinear Hamiltonian (141) is
(377)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SFWM}} = &
-\frac{1}{4\epsilon_{0}}\left(\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{P}}}{2\mathcal{L}}\right)\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{S}}}{2\mathcal{L}}\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{I}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\left(\frac{4!}{2!1!1!}\right)\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}d\zeta\
\Gamma_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta) \\ & \times
\left(\textsf{d}_{\text{S}}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{d}_{\text{I}}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{d}_{\text{P}}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{d}_{\text{P}}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)e^{i\Delta\kappa\zeta}c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}c_{\text{P}}
+ \textrm{H.c.}, \end{aligned}$$
with $\Delta \kappa =2\kappa
_{\text {P}}-\kappa _{\text {S}}-\kappa _{\text {I}}$ and we assume $\Delta \kappa
=0$ for the resonances are equally
spaced in $\kappa$. Similarly to the general case of
SPM and XPM, cf. Eqs. (162) and (168), and for nonlinear processes in channel waveguides, cf.
Eqs. (F5), (303), and (F6), we can introduce a
general form of the nonlinear coefficient $\gamma _{\text
{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}$ such that (378)$$H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SFWM}}={-}\frac{\hbar^{2}\left(\omega_{\text{P}}^{2}\omega_{\text{S}}\omega_{\text{I}}\right)^{\frac{1}{4}}v_{\text{P}}\sqrt{v_{\text{S}}v_{\text{I}}}\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SIPP}}}{\mathcal{L}}c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}c_{\text{P}}
+ \textrm{H.c.},$$
where (379)$$\begin{aligned}
\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}= &
\frac{3\left(\omega_{J_1}\omega_{J_2}\omega_{J_3}\omega_{J_4}\right)^{\frac{1}{4}}\epsilon_{0}}{4\sqrt{v_{J_1}v_{J_2}v_{J_3}v_{J_4}}}\frac{1}{\mathcal{L}}\\
& \times\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta\
\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\left(\textsf{e}_{J_3}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{e}_{J_4}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{J_1}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{e}_{J_2}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta).
\end{aligned}$$
The expression (379), which is also useful for
describing SPM and XPM in different pumping regimes, considers that
$\textsf
{d}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp },\zeta )=\epsilon
_{0}n^{2}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega _{J})\textsf
{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp },\zeta )$, and uses $n_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega )=\sqrt {\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp };\omega _{J})}$. Using the normalization
condition (164) and,
as usual, introducing characteristic group velocities $\overline
{n}_{J}$ and $\overline {\chi
}_{3}$ for the indices $n(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp
};\omega _{J})$ and the nonvanishing components of
$\chi
_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{\perp },\zeta )$, the general nonlinear coefficient
$\gamma _{\text
{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}$ takes the same form of (304) (380)$$\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}=\frac{3\left(\omega_{J_1}\omega_{J_2}\omega_{J_3}\omega_{J_4}\right)^{\frac{1}{4}}\overline{\chi}_{3}}{4\epsilon_{0}\sqrt{\overline{n}_{J_1}\overline{n}_{J_2}\overline{n}_{J_3}\overline{n}_{J_4}}c^{2}}\frac{1}{A_{\text{ring
}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}},$$
with the effective area
$A_{\text
{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}$ defined as (381)$$\frac{1}{A_{\text{ring}}^{J_1J_2J_3J_4}} =
\frac{\mathcal{L}^{{-}1}\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}{\rm d}\zeta\
\left(\chi_{3}^{ijkl}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)/\overline{\chi}_{3}\right)\left(\textsf{e}_{J_3}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)
\textsf{e}_{J_4}^{l}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right)^{*}\textsf{e}_{J_1}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{e}_{J_2}^{j}
(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)}{\mathcal{N}_{J_{1}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{2}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{3}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{4}}},$$
with (382)$$\mathcal{N}_{J} =
\sqrt{\int\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\frac{n(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};\omega_{J})/\overline{n}_{J}}{v_{g}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}};
\omega_{J})/v_{J}}\textsf{e}_{J}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},0)\cdot\textsf{e}_{J}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},0)}.$$
In the expression of the effective area (381), as well as throughout the rest of
the section, we assume that dispersion can be neglected within the
frequency range of each ring resonance. Therefore, in the field
normalization we can truncate the dispersion to the first derivative
of the wave vectors. However, considering nonlinear processes that
involve multiple resonances, we do not make any further assumptions on
the effect of material and waveguide dispersion on the central
frequencies of the resonant modes.
5.2 SPDC Hamiltonian
When the ring is characterized by a second-order nonlinear response,
and we now consider the three relevant modes conventionally labeled
second harmonic (SH), and fundamentals (F1 and F2) with frequencies
$\omega _{\text
{SH}}$, $\omega _{\text
{F1}}$ and $\omega _{\text
{F2}}$, respectively, the SPDC contribution
to the nonlinear Hamiltonian (142) is
(383)$${\begin{aligned}H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}} = &
-\frac{2}{3\epsilon_{0}^{2}}\Big(\frac{3!}{1!1!1!}\Big)\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{SH}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{F1}}}{2\mathcal{L}}\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{F2}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\\
& \times
\int\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta\
\Gamma_{ijk}^{(2)}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{d}_{\text{SH}}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\left[\textsf{d}_{\text{F1}}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right]^{*}\left[\textsf{d}_{\text{F2}}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right]^{*}e^{i\Delta\kappa\zeta}c_{\text{SH}}c_{\text{F1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}
+ \textrm{H.c.}\\ \equiv &
-\hbar\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}}c_{\text{SH}}c_{\text{F1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}+\textrm{H.c.},
\end{aligned}}$$
where $\Delta \kappa =\kappa
_{\text {SH}}-\kappa _{\text {F1}}-\kappa _{\text
{F2}}=0$ in a ring with equally spaced
resonances, and we immediately jump to the definition of (384)$$\begin{aligned}
\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}} = &
-\frac{1}{3\epsilon_{0}}\Big(\frac{3!}{1!1!1!}\Big)\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{SH}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{F1}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\\
& \times
\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{F2}}}{2\mathcal{L}}}\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}}\textrm{d}\zeta\
\Gamma_{ijk}^{(2)}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\textsf{d}_{\text{SH}}^{i}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\left[\textsf{d}_{\text{F1}}^{j}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right]^{*}\left[\textsf{d}_{\text{F2}}^{k}(\boldsymbol{r}_{{\perp}},\zeta)\right]^{*},
\end{aligned}$$
as the characteristic coefficient of
the SPDC process in the ring.5.3 General Expression of the Dynamic Equation
Before diving into particular scenarios, it is useful to write down the
expression of the Heisenberg equation
(385)$$i\hbar\frac{\textrm{d}\mathcal{O}(t)}{\textrm{d}t}=\left[\mathcal{O}(t),H_{\text{ring}}\right],$$
with $H_{\text
{ring}}$ being the nonlinear Hamiltonian for
a ring resonator point-coupled to a channel waveguide and
$\mathcal
{O}(t)$ any of the ring Heisenberg
operators. Following (105) and (116), the full Hamiltonian is (386)$${\begin{aligned}H_{\text{ring}} = &
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{L}}+H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{NL}}\\ = &
\sum_{J}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\\ &
+\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}+\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J}(0)+\textrm{H.c.})\\
&
+\sum_{J}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J\text{ph}}\int\left(\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\\ &
+\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\textrm{H.c.})+H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{NL}},
\end{aligned}}$$
where, of course, the expression of
$H_{\text {ring}}^{\text
{NL}}$ is case-specific. Using this
in (385), we obtain
(387)$$\begin{aligned}
i\hbar\frac{d\mathcal{O}(t)}{dt} = &
\sum_{J}\hbar\omega_{J}\left[\mathcal{O}(t),c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}\right]
+\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J}\left[\mathcal{O}(t),c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\right]\psi_{J}(0)+\textrm{H.c.})\\
& +\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J\text{ph}}
\left[\mathcal{O}(t),c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\right]\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\textrm{H.c.})\\
&
+\left[\mathcal{O}(t),H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{NL}}\left(\left\{
c_{J}(t)\right\},\left\{
c_{J}^{{\dagger}}(t)\right\};t\right)\right],
\end{aligned}$$
where the otherwise implicit
dependence of the nonlinear Hamiltonian on the ring operators and time
is made explicit. In the limiting case of vanishing nonlinearity, the
Heisenberg equation is just (41) and after solving the commutators in (387) we recover (118).5.4 SP-SFWM
The resonant wavelengths of the idealized three-mode system introduced
above are solutions of $\kappa _{m}\mathcal
{L}=\frac {2\pi }{\lambda _{m}}n_{\text {P}}(\omega
_{m})\mathcal{L}=2\pi m$ with $m\in \mathbb
{Z}$ and are equally spaced in
$\kappa$. Solutions are solely affected by
the ring geometry, the material and the waveguide dispersion. Let the
pump be the central resonance, surrounded by the signal and idler
resonances, as sketched in Fig. 15. Although here we consider the interaction between
nearest-neighbor resonances, any triple can be considered, as long as
equally spaced in $\kappa$.
In Sec. 2.3 we have already
introduced the channel field operators (80), the
formalism for the channel–ring coupling (105)–(111), and the
related derivation of the full coupling coefficients $\overline {\Gamma
}_{J}$ including the scattering loss
modeled by a phantom channel (112), (121),
and (122). It is worth
recalling at this point that such an approach is only suitable for
high-finesse systems (131), but this is typically verified for integrated photonic
structures at frequencies below the bandgap in most common material
platforms such as silicon on insulator (SOI), silicon nitride
($\text {Si}_3\text
{N}_4$), lithium niobate on insulator
(LNOI), aluminum gallium arsenide (AlGaAs), aluminum nitride (AlN),
and chalcogenide glasses.
We illuminate the ring with a single, bright light source, where it is
implicit that its bandwidth cannot exceed that of the central
resonance. We refer to this case as SP-SFWM. From the full Hamiltonian
of the system by composition of the linear Hamiltonian (105) and the nonlinear
response due to SPM (161), XPM (168), and SFWM (377), we obtain
(388)$${\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SP-SFWM}} = &
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{L}}+H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SP-SFWM,NL}}\\ =
&
\sum_{J\in\{\text{P,S,I}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\\ & +
\sum_{J\in\{\text{P,S,I}\}}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}+\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J}(0)+\text{H.c.})\\
& +
\sum_{J\in\{\text{P,S,I}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J\text{ph}}\right.\\&\times\left.\int\left(\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)+\sum_{J}(\hbar\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\text{H.c.})\\
& +
\left(-\hbar\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SFWM}}c_{\text{P}}c_{\text{P}}c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}+\text{H.c.}\right)-\hbar\eta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}}c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}c_{\text{P}}-\hbar\zeta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{XPM}}\left(c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{S}}c_{\text{P}}+c_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{I}}c_{\text{P}}\right),
\end{aligned}}$$
where using the general definition of
the nonlinear coefficient (379) (389)$$\begin{aligned}\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SFWM}} &
=\frac{\hbar\left(\omega_{\text{P}}^{2}\omega_{\text{S}}\omega_{\text{I}}\right)^{\frac{1}{4}}v_{\text{P}}\sqrt{v_{\text{S}}v_{\text{I}}}\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SIPP}}}{\mathcal{L}},\\
\eta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}} &
=\frac{\hbar\omega_{\text{P}}v_{\text{P}}^{2}\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{\textrm{PPPP}}}{2\mathcal{L}},\\
\zeta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{XPM}} &
=\frac{2\hbar\omega_{\text{P}}v_{\text{P}}v_{S(I)}\gamma_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SS(II)PP}}}{\mathcal{L}},
\end{aligned}$$
and for the last expression we allow
$\omega _{\text
{S}}\simeq \omega _{\text {I}}$. It is also worth pointing out that,
in most practical cases, $\omega _{\text
{P}}\simeq \omega _{\text {S}}\simeq \omega _{\text
{I}}$ and, therefore, $\eta _{\text
{ring}}^{\text {SPM}}\simeq \frac {1}{2}\Lambda _{\text
{ring}}^{\text {SFWM}}$ and $\zeta _{\text
{ring}}^{\text {XPM}}\simeq 2\Lambda _{\text {ring}}^{\text
{SFWM}}$. From the comparison of the
nonlinear Hamiltonian in (388) and the expression (188) it becomes apparent that once the
pump operators are replaced by their expectation values, such a
process generates a NDSV state in the signal and idler modes.In the interest of simplifying notation, throughout the rest of this
section we drop the superscripts and subscripts unless necessary.
Given the full Hamiltonian (388) we can now calculate the Heisenberg equations of motion
for the ring operators following (387), and obtain
(390)\begin{align}
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P}}+i\omega_{\text{P}}-2i\eta
c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)c_{\text{P}}(t)\right)c_{\text{P}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{P}}^{*}\psi_{\text{\text{P}<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Pph}}^{*}\psi_{\text{Pph}<}(0,t)\nonumber\\&\quad+2i\Lambda^{*}c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)c_{\text{S}}(t)c_{\text{I}}(t),\nonumber\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}+i\omega_{\text{S}}-i\zeta
c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)c_{\text{P}}(t)\right)c_{\text{S}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\psi_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\psi_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)\nonumber\\&\quad+i\Lambda
c_{\text{P}}(t)c_{\text{P}}(t)c_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t),\nonumber\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}+i\omega_{\text{I}}-i\zeta
c_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)c_{\text{P}}(t)\right)c_{\text{I}}(t),
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{I}}^{*}\psi_{\text{I<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Iph}}^{*}\psi_{\text{Iph<}}(0,t)\nonumber\\&\quad+i\Lambda
c_{\text{P}}(t)c_{\text{P}}(t)c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t),
\end{align}
with damping rates $\overline {\Gamma
}_{J}=\Gamma _{J}+\Gamma _{J\text {ph}}=\frac {|\gamma
_{J}|^{2}}{2v_{J}}+\frac {|\gamma _{J\text {ph}}|^{2}}{2v_{J\text
{ph}}}$. Note that within the approximations
introduced, for each resonance the coupling constant $\gamma _{J}$ can be related to the channel–ring
self-coupling coefficient $\sigma$ using (114). That self-coupling coefficient,
which can be different for different resonances $J$, can be computed numerically in a
straightforward way, e.g., via finite difference time domain (FDTD)
simulations [138].Let us then remove the rapidly oscillating part of the fields, by
defining $\overline
{c}_{J}(t)=e^{i\omega _{J}t}c_{J}(t)$ and $$\overline{\psi}_{J\lt}(0,t)=e^{i\omega_{J}t}\psi_{J\lt}(0,t)$$so that the equations of motion
become
(391)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P}}-2i\eta\overline{c}_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{P}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{P}<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Pph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{Pph}<}(0,t)\\&\quad+2i\Lambda^{*}\overline{c}_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{I}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)\\&\quad+i\Lambda\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{I}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{I}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{I<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Iph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{Iph<}}(0,t)\\&\quad+i\Lambda\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},
\end{aligned}$$
where $\Delta _{\text
{ring}}=2\omega _{\text {P}}-\omega _{\text {S}}-\omega _{\text
{I}}$. Note that commonly $\Delta _{\text
{ring}}=0$ because, neglecting the waveguide
GVD, the ring resonances are equally spaced in wavelength.To solve Eqs. (391) let
us restrict the discussion to the case of a coherent laser pump, thus
treated classically. In this instance, the pump mode operator is
replaced by its expectation value
(392)$$\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\rightarrow\left\langle
\overline{c}_{\text{P}}(t)\right\rangle
e^{i\Delta_{\text{P}}t}\equiv\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{P}}t},$$
where we allow for a possible pump
detuning $\Delta _{\text
{P}}$ from $\omega _{\text
{P}}$. Furthermore, if we assume that the
pump is undepleted, then we can safely neglect the term
$\overline {c}_{\text
{P}}^{\dagger }(t)\overline {c}_{\text {S}}(t)\overline {c}_{\text
{I}}(t)e^{i\Delta _{\text {ring}}t}$ in the pump operator equation. The
pump equation is now fully self-contained, and reads (393)$$\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P}}+i\Delta_{\text{P}}-2i\eta|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)|^{2}\right)\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)={-}i\gamma_{\text{P}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{P}<}(0,t),$$
where we defined $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{P}<}(0,t)=\overline {\psi }_{\text {P}<}(0,t)e^{-i\Delta
_{\text {P}}t}$ and we have additionally ignored any
input contribution form the phantom channel. Within these limits and
assumptions, the equation for the pump can be solved independently.
Once such solution is found, analytically or numerically, the signal
and idler equations can be written (394)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\Delta_{\text{P}}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right|^{2}\right)\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)\\&\quad+i\Lambda\left[\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right]^{2}\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\Delta_{\text{P}}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right|^{2}\right)\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{I}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Iph}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Iph<}}(0,t)\\&\quad+i\Lambda\left[\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right]^{2}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},
\end{aligned}$$
where we have defined $\tilde {c}_{\text
{S,I}}(t)=e^{-i\Delta _{\text {P}}t}\overline {c}_{\text
{S,I}}(t)$, $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{S,I}<}(0,t)=e^{-i\Delta _{\text {P}}t}\overline {\psi }_{\text
{S<}}(0,t)$, and $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{Sph<,Iph<}}(0,t)=e^{-i\Delta _{\text {P}}t}\overline {\psi
}_{\text {Sph<}}(0,t)$.We can reformulate the Heisenberg equations of motion (394) for a ring under SP-SFWM in matrix
form as
(395)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}=M_{\text{SP-SFWM}}(t)\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}+D_{\text{SP-SFWM}}(t),$$
where (396)$$M_{\text{SP-SFWM}}(t)=\begin{pmatrix}-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}-i\Delta_{\text{P}}+i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right|^{2}
&
i\Lambda\left[\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right]^{2}e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}\\
-i\Lambda^{*}\left[\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}^{*}(t)\right]^{2}e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}
&
-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}+i\Delta_{\text{P}}-i\zeta^{*}\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P}}(t)\right|^{2}
\end{pmatrix},$$
and (397)$$D_{\text{SP-SFWM}}(t)=\begin{pmatrix}-i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)\\
i\gamma_{\text{I}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)+i\gamma_{\text{Iph}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Iph<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)
\end{pmatrix}.$$
The solution of (395)
is exact within the assumptions introduced, and can, in general, be
found numerically. One common approach to solve (395) is to use the Green function
formalism, hence identifying a matrix $G(t,t')$ that satisfies $G(t_{0},t_{0})=\mathbb
{I}$ and
(398)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}G(t,t')=M_{\text{SP-SFWM}}(t)G(t,t').$$
The full solution can be eventually written as
(399)$$\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}=G(t_{0},t)\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{I}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}+\int_{-\infty}^{t}\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\
\theta(t-t')G\left(t,t^{\prime}\right)D\left(t^{\prime}\right).$$
Once the Green function has been calculated, it can be used to derive
the $N$ and $M$ moments of the converted photon
distribution, defined as
(400)$$\begin{aligned}
N_{\text{S(I)}}(t_{1},t_{2}) & \equiv
v_{\text{S(I)}}\left\langle
\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S(I)>}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t_{1})\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S(I)>}}(0,t_{2})\right\rangle
\\ M_{\text{SI(IS)}}(t_{1},t_{2}) &
\equiv\sqrt{v_{\text{S(I)}}v_{\text{I(S)}}}\left\langle\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S(I)>}}(0,t_{1})\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I(S)>}}(0,t_{2})\right\rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
where the connection between the
$\tilde {\psi
}_{J>}(0,t)$ and $\tilde {\psi
}_{J<}(0,t)$ operators is provided by
(401)$$\tilde{\psi}_{J>}(0,t)=\tilde{\psi}_{J<}(0,t)-\frac{i\gamma_{J}}{v_{J}}\tilde{c}_{J}(t),$$
and thanks to (399) the expression of the
$\tilde
{c}_{J}(t)$ is now known. The explicit
calculation of the N moment for the signal mode yields (402)$$\begin{aligned}N_{\text{S}}(t_{1},t_{2}) = &
v_{\text{S}}\left\langle
\left[\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t_{1})+\frac{i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}}{v_{\text{S}}}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t_{1})\right]\left[\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t_{2})-\frac{i\gamma_{\text{S}}}{v_{\text{S}}}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t_{2})\right]\right\rangle
\\ = &
v_{\text{S}}\frac{|\gamma_{\text{S}}|^{2}}{v_{\text{S}}^{2}}\int_{-\infty}^{t_{1}}\textrm{d}t'\
\int_{-\infty}^{t_{2}}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}\
G_{12}^{*}\left(t_{1},t'\right)G_{12}(t_{2},t^{\prime\prime})\\
& \times\left\langle
\left({-}i\gamma_{\text{I}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I<}}(0,t')-i\mu_{\text{I}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Iph<}}(0,t')\right)\left(i\gamma_{\text{I}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t^{\prime\prime})+i\mu_{\text{I}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Iph<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t^{\prime\prime})\right)\right\rangle\\
= &
2\Gamma_{\text{S}}2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}\int_{-\infty}^{t_{1}}\textrm{d}t'\
\int_{-\infty}^{t_{2}}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}\
G_{12}^{*}\left(t_{1},t'\right)G_{12}(t_{2},t^{\prime\prime})\delta(t'-t^{\prime\prime})\\
= & 4\Gamma_{\text{S}}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}\int
\textrm{d}\tau\
G_{12}^{*}\left(t_{1},\tau\right)\theta(t_{1}-\tau)G_{12}(t_{2},\tau)\theta(t_{2}-\tau),
\end{aligned}$$
and a similar expression holds for the
idler mode. The $M_{\text
{SI}}$ moment is (403)$$\begin{aligned}
M_{\text{SI}}(t_{1},t_{2})&=
\sqrt{v_{\text{S}}v_{\text{I}}}\left\langle
\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S>}}(0,t_{1})\tilde{\psi}_{\text{I>}}(0,t_{2})\right\rangle
=
-2\sqrt{\eta_{\text{S}}\eta_{\text{I}}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}}\left(\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{I}}\right)\\&\quad\times\int
\textrm{d}\tau\
\left[G_{21}^{*}(t_{1},\tau)G_{22}^{*}(t_{2},\tau)-G_{22}^{*}(t_{1},\tau)G_{21}^{*}(t_{2},\tau)\right]\theta(t_{2}-t_{1})\theta(t_{1}-\tau)\\
&\quad +2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int \textrm{d}\tau\
G_{11}(t_{1},\tau)\theta(t_{1}-\tau)G_{21}^{*}(t_{2},\tau)\theta(t_{2}-\tau).
\end{aligned}$$
As discussed in Sec. 3.9 the
$N$ and $M$ moments are instrumental in
calculating key quantities such as the average photon number of the
squeezed state, its variance and covariance matrix (286).
5.5 DP-SFWM
In a variety of applications, such as quantum sensing or photonic
quantum computing, it is preferable to generate DSV rather than NDSV
states; yet, the SP approach described in the previous section (where
one neglects the bright squeezed state generated in the P mode), is
not suitable for the task. Nonetheless, with the same high-finesse
resonator and still restricting our discussion to three isolated
modes, one can invert the pumping scheme and readily obtain a DSV
state. Let us illuminate the ring with two individual pumps, named
$\text {P1}$ and $\text {P2}$, addressing the side resonances as
prescribed in the previous section and represented in Fig. 16.
Incidentally, we note that a two-lobed pump where each lobe is in
correspondence of a ring resonance is a completely equivalent view of
the pumping scheme. We can conveniently rename the three ring
resonances as P1, S, and P2, respectively, where it is assumed that
the DSV state is generated in the S resonance by SFWM. We refer to
this pumping scheme as DP-SFWM.
The full Hamiltonian of the process is
(404)\begin{align}
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{DP-SFWM}} &
=H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{L}}+H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{DP-SFWM},\text{NL}}\nonumber\\
&=
\sum_{J\in\{\text{S,P1,P2}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J}(x)\textrm{d}x\right.\nonumber\\&\quad\left.-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\nonumber\\ &
+\sum_{J\in\{\text{S,P1,P2}\}}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}+\sum_{J\in\{\text{S,P1,P2}\}}(\hbar\gamma_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J}(0)+\text{H.c.})\nonumber\\
& +
\sum_{J\in\{\text{S,P1,P2}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\textrm{d}x\right.\nonumber\\&\quad\left.-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J\text{ph}}\int\left(\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\nonumber\\ &
+\sum_{J\in\{\text{S,P1,P2}\}}(\hbar\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\text{H.c.})\nonumber\\
&
-\left(\hbar\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{DP-SFWM}}c_{\text{P1}}c_{\text{P2}}c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}+\text{H.c.}\right)-\hbar\eta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPM}}(c_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P1}}c_{\text{P1}}+c_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P2}}c_{\text{P2}})\nonumber\\
&
-\hbar\zeta_{\text{ring}}^{\text{XPM}}\left(c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{S}}c_{\text{P1}}+c_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}
c_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{S}}c_{\text{P2}}+c_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{P1}}c_{\text{P2}}\right),
\end{align}
where, now, together with the SFWM
term, we have two SPM terms, one for each pump, and three XPM terms,
between each pump and the signal mode, and between the two pumps. As
one can now appreciate from the comparison of (404) and (174), DP-SFWM leads to the generation
of a DSV state in the signal resonance.As before, in the following we drop the unnecessary subscripts for the
sake of clarity. We can proceed with the same reasoning as in the
SP-SFWM case and work out the Heisenberg equations of motion, to
obtain
(405)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P1}}-2i\eta\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}(t)-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}(t)
\\ & \quad \quad
=-i\gamma_{\text{P1}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{P1<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{P1ph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{P1ph<}}(0,t)+i\Lambda^{*}\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},\\
&
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P2}}-2i\eta\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}(t)-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}(t)
\\ & \quad
\quad=-i\gamma_{\text{P2}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{P2<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{P2ph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{P2ph<}}(0,t)+i\Lambda^{*}\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},\\
&
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}(t)-i\zeta\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}(t)
\\ & \quad
\quad=-i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{S\text{ph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)+2i\Lambda\overline{c}_{\text{P1}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{P2}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},
\end{aligned}$$
where, now, $\Delta _{\text
{ring}}=\omega _{\text {P1}}+\omega _{\text {P2}}-2\omega _{\text
{S}}$.As usual, we assume the pumps to be coherent lasers, thus treated
classically. Each pump mode operator is then replaced by its
expectation value
(406)$$\overline{c}_{\text{P1(P2)}}(t)\rightarrow\left\langle
\overline{c}_{\text{P1(P2)}}(t)\right\rangle
e^{i\Delta_{\text{P1(P2)}}t}\equiv\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1(P2)}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{P1(P2)}}t},$$
once more allowing for optional pump
detunings $\Delta _{\text
{P1(P2)}}$. With undepleted pumps, neglecting
the $\overline {c}_{\text
{P1(P2)}}^{\dagger }(t)\overline {c}_{\text {S}}(t)\overline
{c}_{\text {S}}(t)e^{i\Delta _{\text {ring}}t}$ terms, we have (407)$$\begin{aligned}\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\Delta_{\text{P1}}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P1}}-2i\eta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right|^{2}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right|^{2}\right)\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{P1}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{P1<}}(0,t),\\
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\Delta_{\text{P2}}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{P2}}-2i\eta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right|^{2}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right|^{2}\right)\overline{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)
&
={-}i\gamma_{\text{P2}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{P2<}}(0,t),
\end{aligned}$$
where $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{P1(P2)<}}(0,t)=\overline {\psi }_{\text
{P1(P2)<}}(0,t)e^{-i\Delta _{\text {P1(P2)}}t}$, and we ignored the input
contribution of the phantom channel. The dynamic equation of the
signal mode is now (408)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+i\frac{\Delta_{\text{P1}}+\Delta_{\text{P2}}}{2}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right|^{2}-i\zeta\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right|^{2}\right)\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)
\\ & \quad \quad
=-i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)+2i\Lambda\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\tilde{b}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t},
\end{aligned}$$
where, as for the pump equations, we
defined $\tilde {c}_{\text
{S}}(t)=e^{-i\frac {\Delta _{\text {P1}}+\Delta _{\text
{P2}}}{2}t}\overline {c}_{\text {S}}(t)$, $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{S<}}(0,t)=\overline {\psi }_{\text {S<}}(0,t)e^{-i\frac
{\Delta _{\text {P1}}+\Delta _{\text {P2}}}{2}t}$, and $\tilde {\psi }_{\text
{Sph<}}(0,t)=\overline {\psi }_{\text {Sph<}}(0,t)e^{-i\frac
{\Delta _{\text {P1}}+\Delta _{\text {P2}}}{2}t}$.The analog of the Heisenberg equations of motion (395) for DP-SFWM is
(409)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t) \end{pmatrix} =
M_{\text{DP-SFWM}}(t)\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}+D_{\text{DP-SFWM}}(t),$$
but now (410)$$\begin{aligned} &
M_{\text{DP-SFWM}}(t)= -\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\mathbb{I} \\
&\quad + \begin{pmatrix}
-i\frac{\Delta_{\text{P1}}+\Delta_{\text{P2}}}{2}+i\zeta\left[\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right|^{2}+\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right|^{2}\right]
&
2i\Lambda\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}\\
-2i\Lambda^{*}\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}^{*}(t)\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}^{*}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}
&
\begin{array}{c}\frac{\Delta_{\text{P1}}+\Delta_{\text{P2}}}{2}-i\zeta^{*}\left[\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P1}}(t)\right|^{2}\right.\left.+\left|\tilde{\beta}_{\text{P2}}(t)\right|^{2}\right]\end{array}\end{pmatrix},
\end{aligned}$$
and (411)$$D_{\text{DP-SFWM}}(t)=\begin{pmatrix}-i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}(0,t)\\
i\gamma_{\text{S}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)+i\gamma_{\text{Sph}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{Sph<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)
\end{pmatrix}.$$
We can finally calculate the $N$ and $M$ moments of the photon distribution
as
(412)$$\begin{aligned}N_{\text{S}}(t_{1},t_{2}) & \equiv
v_{\text{S}}\left\langle\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S>}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t_{1})\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S>}}(0,t_{2})\right\rangle,
\\ M_{\text{SS}}(t_{1},t_{2}) &
\equiv\sqrt{v_{\text{S}}v_{\text{S}}}\left\langle\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S>}}(0,t_{1})\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S>}}(0,t_{2})\right\rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
and the output fields are connected to
the ring operators by (401). Having solved the Green function equation, the moments
can be expressed as (413)$$\begin{aligned}
N_{\text{S}}(t_{1},t_{2}) &
=2\Gamma_{\text{S}}2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int_{-\infty}^{t_{1}}\textrm{d}t'\
\int_{-\infty}^{t_{2}}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}\
G_{21}\left(t_{1},t'\right)G_{12}(t_{2},t^{\prime\prime})\delta(t'-t^{\prime\prime})\\
& =4\Gamma_{\text{S}}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int
\textrm{d}\tau\
G_{21}\left(t_{1},\tau\right)\theta(t_{1}-\tau)G_{12}(t_{2},\tau)\theta(t_{2}-\tau),
\end{aligned}$$
and (414)$$\begin{aligned}
M_{\text{SS}}(t_{1},t_{2})&=
v_{\text{S}}\left[\frac{\gamma_S^2}{v_S^2}\int_{-\infty}^{t_2}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}\
G_{12}(t_2,t^{\prime\prime})\delta(t_1-t^{\prime\prime})\right. \\
& \quad
-\left.\frac{\gamma_{\text{S}}^{2}}{v_{\text{S}}^{2}}\int_{-\infty}^{t_{1}}\textrm{d}t'\
\int_{-\infty}^{t_{2}}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}\
G_{11}(t_{1},t')G_{12}(t_{2},t^{\prime\prime})\delta(t'-t^{\prime\prime})\left[\frac{|\gamma_{\text{S}}|^{2}}{v_{\text{S}}}+\frac{|\mu_{\text{S}}|^{2}}{v_{\text{S}}}\right]\right]\\
&=
-4\frac{\gamma_{\text{S}}^{2}}{2v_{\text{S}}}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int
\textrm{d}\tau\
\left[G_{12}(t_{1},\tau)G_{11}(t_{2},\tau)\theta(t_{1}-\tau)\theta(t_{2}-t_{1})\theta(t_{2}-\tau)\right.\\
&\quad
+\left.G_{11}(t_{1},\tau)G_{12}(t_{2},\tau)\theta(t_{2}-\tau)\theta(t_{1}-t_{2})\theta(t_{1}-\tau)\right].
\end{aligned}$$
5.5.1 Dynamics of the Cavity and Field Operators for DP-SFWM
So far, our main goal was to express the Heisenberg equations of
motion in an analytic form, with little insight on how one could
solve them and obtain the full dynamics of the cavity. That, in
turn, allows one to deduce relevant physical quantities such as
the squeezing level, the average photon numbers in the converted
modes, the Schmidt number or the distribution of the Schmidt
modes. Unsurprisingly, a general analytical solution of those
equations cannot be provided. The pumping scheme adopted, the
amplitude and phase profile of the pump(s), the strength of the
nonlinear terms involved and the resonances detunings are some of
the key parameters that affect the solution in a nontrivial
way.
Yet, there exist some particular simplified scenarios where an
analytical solution can indeed be written in a closed form. For
simplicity, here we focus on the DP-SFWM case, but one can get to
similar conclusions for SP-SFWM and nondegenerate SPDC.
Furthermore, we imagine that XPM from the pump modes to the signal
mode can be neglected and that the pumps are on-resonance (hence,
$\Delta
_{P1(P2)}=0$). Under these conditions we can
rephrase (410) as
(415)$$\begin{aligned}M_{\text{DP-SFWM}}(t) &
={-}\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\mathcal{\mathbb{I}}_{2}+B(t),
\end{aligned}$$
(416)$$\begin{aligned}B(t)= & \left[\begin{array}{lr} 0 &
f(t)\\ f^{*}(t) & 0 \end{array}\right],
\end{aligned}$$
where $f(t)=2i\Lambda
\tilde {\beta }_{\text {P1}}(t)\tilde {\beta }_{\text
{P2}}(t)e^{-i\Delta _{\text {ring}}t}$. Ignoring any additional
contribution to and from the phantom channel (hence, working with
a lossless system), we can express the solution using the Green
function formalism as (417)$$\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}=G(t_{0},t)\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{S}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}+\int_{-\infty}^{t}\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\
\theta(t-t')G\left(t,t^{\prime}\right)\begin{pmatrix}-i\gamma_{\text{S}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}(0,t^{\prime})\\
i\gamma_{\text{S}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{S<}}^{{\dagger}}(0,t^{\prime})
\end{pmatrix}$$
with $G(t_{0},t_{0})=\mathbb {I}_{2}$. The general solution of (417) is (418)$$\begin{aligned}G\left(t,t^{\prime}\right) &
=e^{-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)}S\left(t,t^{\prime}\right),\\
S\left(t,t^{\prime}\right) &
=\mathcal{T}\exp\left(\int_{t^{\prime}}^{t}\textrm{d}t^{\prime\prime}B\left(t^{\prime\prime}\right)\right)\in
SU(1,1), \end{aligned}$$
where $\mathcal
{T}$ is the time-ordering operator.
We can now make an assumption on the temporal profile of the pump
in the ring, and take it as real and sufficiently short compared
with the photon dwelling time in the cavity, such that
$f(t)=f^{*}(t)\simeq
\mu \delta (t)$. Under these conditions, the
time-ordering correction is superfluous and the solution becomes
(419)$$S\left(t,t^{\prime}\right)=\begin{pmatrix}\cosh\left(\mu\left[\theta(t)-\theta\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right]\right)
&
\sinh\left(\mu\left[\theta(t)-\theta\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right]\right)\\
\sinh\left(\mu\left[\theta(t)-\theta\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right]\right)
&
\cosh\left(\mu\left[\theta(t)-\theta\left(t^{\prime}\right)\right]\right)
\end{pmatrix}.$$
Finally, using (110) we obtain
(420)$$\begin{aligned}\psi_{>}(t) = &
\psi_{<}(t)-2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\theta\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)e^{-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)}S_{1,1}\left(t,t^{\prime}\right)\psi_{\text{in
}}\left(t^{\prime}\right)\\ &
+2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\theta\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)e^{-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)}S_{1,2}\left(t,t^{\prime}\right)\psi_{\text{in
}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t^{\prime}\right),\\ = & \int
\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\left[\delta\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)-\left(2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\theta\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)e^{-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}\left(t-t^{\prime}\right)}+[\cosh\mu-1]f_{0}(t)f_{0}\left({-}t^{\prime}\right)\right)\right]\psi_{\text{in
}}\left(t^{\prime}\right)\\ & +\int
\textrm{d}t^{\prime}\sinh\mu f_{0}(t)f_{0}({-}t)\psi_{\text{in
}}^{{\dagger}}\left(t^{\prime}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where (see Fig. 17) (421)$$f_{0}(t)=\sqrt{2\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}}e^{-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{S}}t}\theta(t).$$
Thus, in the idealized case of infinitely short pump pulses and
neglecting both loss and XPM, we can analytically express the
input–output relation for the squeezed mode and assess the
single-Schmidt mode nature of the generated state [128,129].
5.5.2 Example: Squeezing Spectrum of a Nanophotonic Molecule
To illustrate the practical applications of the formalism presented
in this section, we now consider the real-case scenario of Ref.
[133]. The integrated
resonator the authors propose is a “photonic molecule” made of two
coupled rings, where the additional cavity serves the purpose of
suppressing spurious nonlinear processes, allowing for an
effective three-mode modeling of the squeezer, precisely as we
have so far assumed in all the previous derivations. In this
particular instance, the rings are fabricated in silicon nitride
and have a $1.5\times 0.8\ \mu
{\rm m}^2$ cross section. From the field
distribution calculated by eigenmode simulation and the other
geometrical parameters reported in Ref. [133] one can extract a nonlinear parameter
$\Lambda \sim 5\ {\rm
Hz}$. The Hamiltonian of the system
is the same as (404), and therefore the Heisenberg equation of motion for
the signal mode is (408).
In Ref. [133], the cavity
is pumped with two quasi-CW lasers (pulses of constant peak power
with duration much greater than the cavity lifetime) of equal
intensity, and the squeezing spectrum is measured by balanced
homodyne detection [3,139], that consists of
interfering the signal with a LO on a 50–50 splitter and recording
the difference photocurrent while varying the phase of the LO.
Once the $N$ and $M$ moments are calculated as in
Eqs. (413)
and (414), it is
more convenient to work in the frequency domain by taking their
Fourier transform $N_{\text
{S}}(\Omega, \Omega ')$ and $M_{\text
{SS}}(\Omega, \Omega ')$ (given the quasi-CW nature of
the pumps). Then, the squeezing spectrum can be expressed as
(422)$$S(\Omega) = 1 +
N_{\text{S}}(\Omega, \Omega) + N_{\text{S}}(-\Omega, -\Omega)
+ 2\Re\big[e^{{-}2i\psi_{\text{LOph}}} M_{\text{SS}}(\Omega,
-\Omega)\big],$$
with $\psi _{\text
{LOph}}$ the LO phase. This expression
then allows to predict the squeezing spectra as a function of
pumping (and cavity) parameters, such as the pump power and
sideband frequency. We report in Fig. 18 the same conclusions from Ref. [133], where the experimental
values are compared to the fitting following (422).5.6 Parametric Downconversion
We can consider one last time the ring introduced previously, and focus
on the second-order nonlinear response, specifically on SPDC. To this
end, we can select three resonances conventionally labeled SH, F1, and
F2, where the energy of the former approximately equals the sum of the
energies of the latter, as depicted in Fig. 19. We note that, in contrast to the SFWM
processes, it is more demanding to guarantee energy and phase matching
for SPDC processes, given the large frequency difference between the
second harmonic and fundamental modes and the optical dispersion of
commonly used $\chi _2$ materials. However, several
techniques to circumvent this issue have been developed, including
quasi-phase matching via waveguide periodical poling [140–142], modal phase matching
to higher-order modes (of either same or opposite polarization) [143,144], and cyclic phase matching [145–147].
Pumping the SH resonance with a bright field, the Hamiltonian governing
the system becomes
(423)\begin{align}
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}} &=
H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{L}}+H_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC},\text{NL}}\nonumber\\
&=
\sum_{J\in\{\text{F1,F2,SH}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J}\int\left(\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)\nonumber\\ &\quad
+\sum_{J\in\{\text{F1,F2,SH}\}}\hbar\omega_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}c_{J}+\sum_{J\in\{\text{F1,F2,SH}\}}(\hbar\gamma_{J}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J}(0)+\text{H.c.})\nonumber\\
&\quad
+\sum_{J\in\{\text{F1,F2,SH}\}}\left(\hbar\omega_{J}\int\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\textrm{d}x-\frac{1}{2}i\hbar
v_{J\text{ph}}\right.\nonumber\\&\quad\times\left.\int\left(\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)}{\partial
x}-\frac{\partial\psi_{J\text{ph}}^{{\dagger}}(x)}{\partial
x}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(x)\right)\textrm{d}x\right)+\sum_{J\in\{\text{F1,F2,SH}\}}(\hbar\gamma_{J\text{ph}}c_{J}^{{\dagger}}\psi_{J\text{ph}}(0)+\text{H.c.})\nonumber\\\
&\quad
-\hbar\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}}c_{\text{SH}}c_{\text{F1}}^{{\dagger}}c_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}+\text{H.c.,}
\end{align}
where $\Lambda _{\text
{ring}}^{\text {SPDC}}$ is given by (384) and the only nonlinear term is
responsible for the destruction of a photon in the pump resonance and
the correspondent creation of two photons in the fundamental
resonances. As for the SFWM cases, we can drop the unnecessary
notation, and express the equations of motion as (424)$$\begin{aligned}\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{SH}}+i\omega_{\text{SH}}\Big)c_{\text{SH}}(t)
&
=i\Lambda^{*}c_{\text{F1}}(t)c_{\text{F2}}(t)-i\gamma_{\text{SH}}^{*}\psi_{SH<}\left(0,t\right)-i\gamma_{\text{SHph}}^{*}\psi_{SHph<}(0,t),\\
\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F1}}+i\omega_{\text{F1}}\Big)c_{\text{F1}}(t)
& =i\Lambda
c_{\text{SH}}(t)c_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)-i\gamma_{\text{F1}}^{*}\psi_{F1<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{F1ph}}^{*}\psi_{F1ph<}(0,t),\\
\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F2}}+i\omega_{\text{F2}}\Big)c_{\text{F2}}(t)
& =i\Lambda
c_{\text{SH}}(t)c_{\text{F1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)-i\gamma_{\text{F2}}^{*}\psi_{F2<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{F2ph}}^{*}\psi_{F2ph<}(0,t),
\end{aligned}$$
and in terms of the slowly varying
operators $\overline
{c}_{J}(t)=e^{i\omega _{J}t}c_{J}(t)$ and $\overline{\psi}_{J\lt}(0,t)=e^{i\omega_{J}t}\psi_{J\lt}(0,t)$, (425)$$\begin{aligned}
\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{SH}}\Big)\overline{c}_{\text{SH}}(t)
&
=i\Lambda^{*}\overline{c}_{\text{F1}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{F2}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}-i\gamma_{\text{SH}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{SH<}\left(0,t\right)-i\gamma_{\text{SHph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{SHph<}(0,t),\\
\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F1}}\Big)\overline{c}_{\text{F1}}(t)
&
=i\Lambda\overline{c}_{\text{SH}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}-i\gamma_{\text{F1}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{F1<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{F1ph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{F1ph<}(0,t),\\
\Big(\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}+\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F2}}\Big)\overline{c}_{\text{F2}}(t)
&
=i\Lambda\overline{c}_{\text{SH}}(t)\overline{c}_{\text{F1}}^{{\dagger}}(t)e^{{-}i\Delta_{\text{ring}}t}-i\gamma_{\text{F2}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{F2<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{F2ph}}^{*}\overline{\psi}_{F2ph<}(0,t),
\end{aligned}$$
with now $\Delta _{\text
{ring}}=\omega _{\text {SH}}-\omega _{\text {F1}}-\omega _{\text
{F2}}$. Pumping the SH resonance with an
intense pump we can make the substitutions (426)$$\begin{aligned}\overline{c}_{\text{SH}}(t) &
\rightarrow\left\langle \overline{c}_{\text{SH}}(t)\right\rangle
e^{i\Delta_{\text{SH}}t}\equiv\beta_{\text{SH}}(t)e^{i\Delta_{\text{SH}}t},\\
\overline{\psi}_{\text{SH}<}(0,t) & \rightarrow\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{\text{SH}<}(0,t)\right\rangle
e^{i\Delta_{\text{SH}}t}. \end{aligned}$$
Once more assuming an undepleted pump and ignoring all contributions
from the phantom channel, the pump equation becomes
(427)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}\beta_{\text{SH}}(t)=\left(-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{SH}}-i\Delta_{\text{SH}}\right)\beta_{\text{SH}}(t)-i\gamma_{\text{SH}}^{*}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{SH<}(0,t)\right\rangle.$$
Finally, the downconverted photons Heisenberg equation can be expressed
in matrix form as
(428)$$\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t}\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{F1}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}=M_{\text{SPDC}}(t)\begin{pmatrix}\tilde{c}_{\text{F1}}(t)\\
\tilde{c}_{\text{F2}}^{{\dagger}}(t)
\end{pmatrix}+D_{\text{SPDC}}(t),$$
where (429)$$\begin{aligned}M_{\text{SPDC}}(t) &
=\begin{pmatrix}-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F1}}-i\frac{\Delta_{\text{SH}}-\Delta_{\text{ring}}}{2}
& i\Lambda\beta_{\text{SH}}(t)\\
-i\Lambda^{*}\beta_{\text{SH}}^{*}(t) &
-\overline{\Gamma}_{\text{F2}}+i\frac{\Delta_{\text{SH}}-\Delta_{\text{ring}}}{2}
\end{pmatrix}, \end{aligned}$$
(430)$$\begin{aligned}D_{\text{SPDC}}(t) &
=\begin{pmatrix}-i\gamma_{\text{F1}}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{F1}<}(0,t)-i\gamma_{\text{F1}ph}^{*}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{F1ph}<}(0,t)\\
i\gamma_{\text{F2}}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{F2}<}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)+i\gamma_{\text{F2}ph}\tilde{\psi}_{\text{F2ph}<}^{{\dagger}}(0,t)
\end{pmatrix}, \end{aligned}$$
and we have performed the
transformation $ {\tilde {c}_{\text
{F1},\text {F2}}(t)=e^{-\frac {i}{2}(\Delta _{\text {SH}}-\Delta
_{\text {ring}})t}\overline {c}_{\text {F1},\text
{F2}}(t)}$. The calculation of the
$N$ and $M$ moments follow precisely the same
path as for SP-SFWM (400)–(403) with the natural substitutions $\text {S}\rightarrow
\text {F1}$ and $\text {I}\rightarrow
\text {F2}$.It is worth noting that the nonlinear Hamiltonian in (423) drives the creation of a NDSV
state [cf. (188)] in
modes F1 and F2. However, in the limit $\text {F1}\rightarrow
\text {F2}\equiv \text {F}$, the solution transitions to a DSV
state in the F mode, and all of the apparatus for the calculation of
the Heisenberg equations is unchanged, provided that the SPDC
nonlinear coefficient is replaced by
(431)$$\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}}\rightarrow2\Lambda_{\text{ring}}^{\text{SPDC}}.$$
6. Connections between Classical and Quantum Nonlinear Optics
In Sec. 3.7 we presented the
evolution of a state different from vacuum in the presence of a quadratic
Hamiltonian. We saw that even in the presence of a seed field, the joint
amplitude appearing in the spontaneous case can act as a response function
of the system. In other words, it seems as if there is a deep connection
between spontaneous and stimulated nonlinear processes. Starting from
these results, we now discuss this relation from a different point of
view, with the aim of clarifying the connection between classical and
quantum nonlinear optics, thus between those nonlinear phenomena that can
be explained in the framework of a classical electromagnetic theory (e.g.,
second harmonic generation) and those that require the quantization of the
electromagnetic field (e.g., SPDC). On the one hand, such a connection is
interesting from a fundamental point of view, as it allows one to separate
the features of a nonlinear phenomenon that are intrinsically quantum from
those that are not. On the other hand, the link between classical and
quantum nonlinear optics can also have important practical consequences.
First, many systems that have been designed to enhance classical nonlinear
processes can inspire new solutions to control and amplify quantum
nonlinear interactions. Second, as we show in this section, one can gain
important information about the quantum correlations of nonclassical light
generated by parametric fluorescence by studying the same system and
nonlinear interaction in a regime in which they can both be described
classically, with advantages in terms of speed and accuracy.
Here we restrict our analysis to the generation of squeezed light via SPDC
or SFWM. As we have seen, both of these processes result in the generation
of photon pairs and are associated with either the second- or third-order
nonlinear optical response of the system. The generic name with which SPDC
and SFWM are often referred to is parametric
fluorescence, which suggests a certain analogy with the
spontaneous emission of light, for example, occurring in an atomic system.
This analogy is quite strong. Indeed, likewise the emission of a photon by
an atomic system can be either spontaneous or stimulated by the radiation
field, there exist also for SPDC and SFWM two
corresponding nonlinear processes, difference frequency
generation (DFG) and stimulated four-wave mixing (FWM), in which the
emission of photons pairs is stimulated by the presence of an additional
field, usually labeled seed [148]. More interestingly, in the limit of a sufficiently
weak seed field, thus neglecting SPM and XPM induced by it, both the
stimulated and spontaneous emission of pairs are described by the very
same Hamiltonian, and the probabilities of spontaneous and stimulated
emission of photon pairs are related. Under these hypotheses, the study of
the stimulated processes, i.e., DFG and FWM, allows one to gain
information about the quantum properties and the generation rate of pairs
that would be emitted spontaneously through SPDC or SFWM in the absence of
the seed field [149].
6.1 Low-Gain Regime: Generation of Two-Photon States
The connection between stimulated and spontaneous emission of photon
pairs is manifest in the context of the generation of two-photon
states, i.e., in the low-gain regime, for which one has a small
probability of generating a photon pair per pump pulse or, in the case
of a CW pump, when such a probability is small within the pump
coherence time. As an example, we consider the case of SPDC and DFG in
a waveguide in the limit of a CW pump. In this case the photon pair
generation rates for spontaneous and stimulated emission can be
written as [148]
(432)$$R_\textrm{SPDC,wg}=\frac{P_P}{\mathcal{PA}}\frac{L^{3/2}}{\frac{3}{2}\sqrt{2\pi\left|\beta_2(\omega_P/2)\right|}}$$
and (433)$$R_\textrm{DFG,wg}=\frac{P_P}{\mathcal{PA}}\frac{L^2}{\frac{1}{2}\hbar\omega_P}P_S.$$
Here we assume phase matching between $\omega _P$ and $\omega _P/2$, with $P_P$ and $P_S$ the pump and seed powers,
respectively. Finally, $\mathcal {P}$ is a characteristic power, which
depends on the material nonlinearity, $\mathcal {A}$ is the nonlinear effective area (see
(F4) in Appendix F), which we assume to be constant
over the frequency range of interest here, $L$ is the length of the nonlinear
interaction region, and $\beta _2$ is the GVD.
By taking the ratio of (433) and (432), one obtains a simple relation between the two rates
(434)$$\frac{R_\textrm{SPDC,wg}}{R_\textrm{DFG,wg}}=\frac{\hbar\omega_P}{3\sqrt{2\pi\left|\beta_2(\omega_P/2)\right|L}}\frac{1}{P_S},$$
in which SPDC appears as a process
stimulated by a certain “vacuum power” (435)$$P_\textrm{vac,wg}=
\frac{\hbar\omega_P}{3\sqrt{2\pi\left|\beta_2(\omega_P/2)\right|L}},$$
which corresponds exactly to the
effective power associated with the energy half photon in each of the
waveguide longitudinal modes in the phase-matching bandwidth
$\Delta \omega
_{\mathrm{PM}}=2\sqrt {2.78/\beta _2(\omega _P/2)L}$ per transit time [150]. Analogous results can also be
found for SPDC in resonant systems. For example, one can derive the
generation rates for SPDC and DFG in the case of CW pumping in ring
resonators [148], with
(436)$$R_\textrm{SPDC,ring}=\frac{P_p}{\mathcal{PA}}\frac{4v_F^2v_P}{\pi\omega_p\omega_F}\frac{Q_PQ_F}{R},$$
and (437)$$R_\textrm{DFG,ring}=\frac{P_p}{\mathcal{PA}}\frac{4v_F^2v_P}{\hbar\pi\omega_p\omega_F^3}\frac{Q_PQ_F^2}{R},$$
where $\omega _P=2\omega
_F$, $v_{F(P)}$ and $Q_{F(P)}$ are the group velocity and the
quality factor at the fundamental (pump) frequency, respectively, and
$R$ is the ring radius. Note that in
deriving these formulas, losses due to either scattering or absorption
are neglected. By dividing (436) by (437),
one obtains (438)$$\frac{R_\textrm{SPDC,ring}}{R_\textrm{DFG,ring}}=\frac{\hbar\omega_F^2}{8Q_F}\frac{1}{P_S},$$
where one can identify (439)$$P_\textrm{vac,ring}=
\frac{\hbar\omega_F^2}{8Q_F}$$
as the power associated with the
vacuum. Similar results can be obtained for photonic
crystal structures [151], and
for SFWM in either nonresonant or resonant systems [148,152]. In Fig. 20,
Azzini et al. [152] demonstrated that, for a given seed power, the ratio of
the idler powers generated by stimulated and spontaneous FWM in ring
resonators depends only the quality factor, which ultimately
determined the vacuum power fluctuations in this system. This confirms
that in the case of parametric nonlinear processes, spontaneous
emission of photon pairs can be viewed as stimulated by vacuum power
fluctuations. In addition, Eqs. (434) and (438), and similar relations, allow one
to estimate the efficiency of the spontaneous process from that of the
corresponding stimulated one.Liscidini and Sipe [149] went
even further and demonstrated that the biphoton wave function
describing the spontaneously generated two-photon state acts as the
response function characterizing how the seed pulse stimulates the
emission of photon pairs in the corresponding classical process.
Assuming the same pumping condition of the spontaneous process and a
seed pulse sufficiently intense to be treated classically, but
sufficiently weak to neglect any effect of SPM and XPM induced by the
seed, it follows that
(440)$$\beta_{\sigma,\textbf{k}_2}\approx\sqrt{2}\gamma\sum_{\sigma^{\prime}}\int\textrm{d}\textbf{k}_1\phi_{\sigma^{\prime},\sigma}(\textbf{k}_1,\textbf{k}_2)\beta_{\sigma^{\prime},\textbf{k}_1}^{*},$$
where $\beta
_{\sigma,\textbf{k}_2}$ and $\beta _{\sigma ^{\prime
},\textbf{k}_1}^{*}$ are the amplitudes of the stimulated
and seeded classical fields associated with light exiting the system.
Here, $\phi _{\sigma ^{\prime
},\sigma }(\textbf{k}_1,\textbf{k}_2)$ and $|\gamma |^2$ are the biphoton wave function and
the pair generation rate, were they generated spontaneously. Finally
$\sigma,\sigma ^{\prime
}$ and $\textbf{k}_1,\textbf{k}_2$ label all the discrete (e.g.,
polarization) and continuous (e.g., momentum) degrees of freedom,
respectively. Starting from the result of (440), one can imagine to characterize
the two-photon state that would be generated by parametric
fluorescence by performing a stimulated emission
tomography (SET), in which the seed is used to mimic one of
the photon of the pairs and the stimulated beam is analyzed to
reconstruct the biphoton wave function. This has been experimentally
demonstrated in the case of polarization entangled photon pairs [153,154] and for two-photon states hyper-entangled in path and
polarization [155].
Particularly interesting from a practical point of view is the study
of the energy correlations of the generated photon pairs. In this
respect, stimulated emission has been used to reconstruct the joint
spectral density (JSD) in several systems, with pairs generated either
by SPDC [156] or SFWM [157–159]. This approach is
particularly useful in the case of high-$Q$ resonant systems, in which high
resolution is required. As an example, in Fig. 21, we show the comparison between the JSD
measured by SET for a silicon microring resonator and the expected
theoretical result. Finally, although most of the experiments have
been focused on the JSD, there are also cases in which stimulated
emission was used to determine the phase of the biphoton wave function
[160,161].6.2 High-Gain Regime: Characterization of Squeezed Light
Although the vast majority of the results regarding the connection
between classical and quantum nonlinear processes have been obtained
in the low-gain regime, when only a few photon pairs are generated per
pump pulse, a similar link is expected to hold also in the high-gain
regime, e.g., in the case of the generation of bright squeezed light.
Indeed, when effects associated with SPM and XPM induced by the seed
field are negligible, stimulated and spontaneous processes are
described by the same nonlinear Hamiltonian. This opens to the
possibility of characterizing nonclassical light generated in a
nonperturbative regime by exploiting the stimulated emission of photon
pairs.
Recently, Triginer et al. [92] proposed that cascaded stimulated emission of
photon pairs can be used to measure the strength of squeezed light
generated by SPDC. Unlike in SET, where the connection between the
biphoton wave function and the stimulated idler is direct (see (440)), in this case the
authors used two cascaded DFG processes to have a self-reference
field, which is made to interfere with the generated squeezed light.
From such an interference, it is possible to gain information about
the squeezing strength and phase information, which depends on a
nontrivial interplay of SPM and XPM associated with the pump
field.
7. World beyond Gaussian States: Tensor Networks for the Perplexed
7.1 Curse of Dimensionality in Many-Body Systems and MPSs
In Secs. 3, 4, and 5 we
have introduced methods to describe the quantum states generated in
quantum nonlinear optics whenever the Heisenberg equations of motion
can be linearized. Under these circumstances we can use the methods
from Sec. 3. In a nutshell,
whenever we can linearize the equations of motion for the field
operators we can always write the output of the spontaneous problem as
a multimode squeezed state, which in the low-gain limit corresponds to
pair production. Although these methods provide useful tools for many
problems, they leave open the question of what can be done beyond
linearized dynamics and Gaussian state generation. A naïve approach to
this problem is to expand every possible time, position or frequency
bin into an orthonormal basis, for example, the Fock basis. Thus, a
state over $\ell$ bins would be written as
(441)$$|{\Psi}\rangle =
\sum_{i_0=0}^{c-1} \cdots \sum_{i_{\ell-1}=0}^{c-1} R_{i_0\ldots
i_{\ell-1}} |{i_0,\ldots,i_{\ell-1}}\rangle,$$
where $R_{i_0\ldots i_{\ell
-1}}$ is an $\ell$-rank tensor $| {i_0 \ldots i_{\ell
-1}}\rangle \equiv | {i_0}\rangle \otimes \cdots \otimes |
{i_{\ell -1}}\rangle$ and $| {i_k}\rangle = \tfrac
{a_k^{\dagger i}}{\sqrt {i!}} | {\text {vac}}\rangle$ is a Fock state with
$i$ photons in the $k$th bin. If we assume a minimal cutoff
of one photon per mode ($c=2$) and consider, for example,
$\ell = 100$ bins, we arrive at the conclusion
that we need to store in memory the $2^{100} \approx
10^{30}$ elements of the tensor
$\boldsymbol{R}$. This is simply impractical and
seems to put the simulation of these systems beyond any current or
future classical (super)computer. Now let us assume that the tensor
$\boldsymbol{R}$ can be written in the following
so-called MPS [162–164] form (as shown schematically in Fig. 22) (442)$$R_{i_0,\ldots,i_{\ell-1}} =\sum_{\alpha_1=0}^{D_1-1} \ldots
\sum_{\alpha_{\ell-1} =0}^{D_{\ell-1} - 1}
(S^{[0]})_{i_0,\alpha_1} (S^{[1]})_{i_1,\alpha_2}^{\alpha_1}
\ldots
(S^{[\ell-2]})_{i_{\ell-2},\alpha_{\ell-1}}^{\alpha_{\ell-2}}
(S^{[\ell-1]})_{i_{\ell-1}}^{\alpha_{\ell-1}},$$
where for $n \in \{1,\ldots,\ell
-2\}$ the $S^{[n]}$ are rank-three tensors whereas
$S^{[0]}$ and $S^{[\ell
-1]}$ are rank-two tensors (matrices). For
different notations used when describing MPSs, see Appendix H. The indices $i_0,\ldots,i_{\ell
-1}$ are called physical indices, whereas
the contracted indices $\alpha _k$ in the sum in the last equation are
known as auxiliary indices. In general, an arbitrary tensor with
$\ell$ indices can always be taken into the
matrix product form above (see Appendix H; however, it is not obvious a
priori that the expression of (442) is useful. In particular, we do
not know the possible values $\{D_k\}$ the auxiliary indices
$\{\alpha
_k\}$ can take. The maximum of these
quantities over all possible auxiliary indices, $D = \max \{D_1,\ldots,
D_{\ell -1}\}$, is called the bond dimension of the
tensor and, in principle, for an arbitrary tensor this quantity can be
exponentially large in the number of physical indices $\ell$. However, if this is not the case
and the bond dimension is constant or grows only polynomially in
$\ell$, then we can obtain significant
savings in representing a tensor similarly to the form of (442). Indeed, if the bond
dimension of the matrix product expression in (442) is a constant $D$ then each of the rank-three tensors
will have a total number of elements bounded by $D c^2$ and if we have a total of
$\ell -2$ rank-three tensors the memory
required to represent the tensor $\boldsymbol{R}$ will not be larger than
$\ell D c^2$. In practice, the cutoff can be
chosen self-consistently, by increasing it until there is
convergence.If a quantum state can be efficiently represented as an MPS, then one
can easily calculate expectation values of local observables such as
correlation functions. As recently shown by Yanagimoto et
al. [30] one can also
extract the density matrix of any Schmidt (or broadband) mode
$A_\lambda ^\dagger =
\sum _{k=0}^{\ell -1} F_{k,\lambda } a_k^\dagger$ defined as a linear combination of
the bare modes $\{a_k \}$.
In the following section we show how to construct a constant
bond-dimension MPS representation of a resonant system with an
arbitrary Hamiltonian coupled to a waveguide with a linear dispersion
relation. Note that very recently it was also shown that MPSs provide
an efficient description of quantum states where the nonlinearity is
distributed along a dispersive nonlinear waveguide [30]. Finally, note that the results
we will derive are a qudit extension of the
qubit results derived by Schön et al.
[165,166], where they consider “the deterministic
generation of entangled multiqubit states by the sequential coupling
of an ancillary system to initially uncorrelated qubits” and
“characterize all achievable states in terms of classes of
matrix-product states”.
7.2 MPSs in Cavity QED
We start by writing a Hamiltonian for an isolated resonance coupled to
a waveguide [167]
(443)$$\tilde H = \tilde
H_{\text{res}} + \tilde H_{\text{wg}} + \tilde V,$$
where (444)$$\begin{aligned}\tilde
H_{\text{res}} & = \hbar \omega_0 a^\dagger a + \tilde
H_{\text{NL}}(a^\dagger,a,t), \end{aligned}$$
(445)$$\begin{aligned}\tilde
H_{\text{wg}} & = \hbar \omega_1 \int \textrm{d}x \
\psi^\dagger(x) \psi(x) + \frac{i}{2} \hbar v \int \textrm{d}x
\left( \left[\frac{\partial}{\partial x} \psi^\dagger(x) \right]
\psi(x) - \text{H.c.} \right), \end{aligned}$$
(446)$$\begin{aligned}\tilde V
& = \hbar \gamma \left( \psi^\dagger(0)a + \text{H.c.}
\right), \end{aligned}$$
and $\omega _0/\omega
_1$ are the frequencies of the
resonator/waveguide, $v$ is the group velocity of the
waveguide mode and $\gamma
^2/(2v)$ is the decay rate of the resonator
into the waveguide. We furthermore assume point coupling between the
waveguide and the resonator at position $x=0$. All the calculations in the section
are done in the interaction picture, meaning that we will move some
trivial time evolution into the operators, whereas the nontrivial part
is carried by the state vector. Moreover, we ignore dispersion within
each field in the waveguide, as done in Sec. 5.The nonzero canonical commutation relations of the field and resonance
are
(447)$$[\psi(x),\psi^\dagger(x')]=\delta(x-x') \quad \text{and} \quad
[a,a^\dagger] = 1.$$
Note that $H_{\text
{NL}}$ is a nonlinear Hamiltonian that is
written in terms of resonator operators and that is possibly
time-dependent. We leave this completely general, but it can be taken
to be, for example, that of a classical field with frequency
$\omega _c \approx
3\omega _0$ coupled to the resonance of
interest; for this case we would write the Hamiltonian
(448)$$\tilde{H}_{\rm
NL}(a^\dagger, a, t) = \mu \beta(t) e^{i \omega_c t} a^3 + \mu^*
\beta^* e^{{-}i \omega_c t} a^{{\dagger} 3},$$
where $\mu$ is proportional to the coupling
between the modes inside the resonator and $\beta (t)$ is the slowly varying amplitude of
the field in the classical resonance.We can now go to an interaction picture rotating at frequency
$\omega _1$ by transforming the Hamiltonian
using the following unitary (see Appendix C):
(449)$$\mathcal{ U}_1 =
\exp\left(- \frac{i}{\hbar} H_1 (t-t_0) \right),\\\ H_1 = \hbar
\omega_1\left[a^\dagger a + \int \textrm{d}x \ \psi^\dagger(x)
\psi(x) \right],$$
which now gives the Hamiltonian
(450)$$\tilde H = \tilde
H_{\text{res}} + \tilde H_{\text{wg}} + \tilde V,$$
where (451)$$\begin{aligned}\bar
H_{\text{res}} & = \hbar \delta a^\dagger a +
H_{\text{NL}}(t), \quad \delta = \omega_0 - \omega_1,
\end{aligned}$$
(452)$$\begin{aligned}\bar
H_{\text{wg}} & = \frac{i}{2} \hbar v \int \textrm{d}x \left(
\left[ \frac{\partial}{\partial x} \psi^\dagger(x) \right] \psi(x)
- \text{H.c.} \right), \end{aligned}$$
(453)$$\begin{aligned}H_{\text{NL}}(t) & =
\tilde{H}_{\text{NL}}({e^{i \omega_1 t}a^\dagger},e^{{-}i \omega_1
t} a,t), \end{aligned}$$
(454)$$\begin{aligned}\bar V
& = \tilde V. \end{aligned}$$
Note that by going into the interaction picture with respect to
$\omega _1$ the nonlinear Hamiltonian is now
evaluated at the time evolving operators $e^{i \omega _1
t}a^\dagger$ and $e^{-i \omega _1 t}
a$. Finally, we can go to a second
interaction picture with the unitary operation
(455)$$\begin{aligned}\mathcal{U}_2 & = \exp\left( -
\frac{i}{\hbar} (t-t_0) \bar{H}_{\text{wg}} \right) \\ & =
\exp\left( (t-t_0) \frac{v}{2} \int \textrm{d}x \left\{ \left[
\frac{\partial}{\partial x} \psi^\dagger(x) \right] \psi(x) -
\text{H.c.} \right\} \right), \end{aligned}$$
to obtain the final form of the
Hamiltonian (456)$$H =\hbar \delta
a^\dagger a + H_{\text{NL}}(t) + \hbar \gamma \left(
\psi^\dagger({-}v (t-t_0))a + \text{H.c.} \right).$$
Note that the last term on the right-hand side can be written as
(457)$$\hbar \gamma \left(
\psi^\dagger({-}v (t-t_0))a + \text{H.c.} \right)= \hbar \gamma
\left[ a \int \textrm{d}x \ \psi^\dagger (x)\delta(x+v(t-t_0))
+\text{H.c.} \right],$$
where it is made explicit that the
Hamiltonian is time-dependent but it is only made of Schrödinger
operators.This (interaction-picture) Hamiltonian has a very nice physical
interpretation. The evolution of the resonator is given by the first
two-terms in (456);
then, at a given time $t$, the section of waveguide field
located at $x=-v(t-t_0)$ gets to exchange some energy with
the resonator by a beam splitter (hopping) interaction mediated by the
last term in (456).
Now we are ready to discretize time and space. To this end we introduce
$t_j = t_0 + j \Delta
t$ and write
(458)$$\begin{aligned}\psi_j
& = \frac{1}{\sqrt{\Delta x}} \int_{-(j+1/2)\Delta
x}^{-(j-1/2)\Delta x} \textrm{d}x \ \psi(x)& \approx
\sqrt{\Delta x} \ \psi(- j \Delta x) = \sqrt{\Delta x} \ \psi(- j
v \Delta t). \end{aligned}$$
This operator satisfies $[\psi _j, \psi
_k^\dagger ] = \delta _{j,k}$ and we can now write the
time-dependent field-resonance Hamiltonian as
(459)$$H_j = \hbar \delta
a^\dagger a + H_{\text{NL}}(t_0+j\Delta t) +i \hbar
\sqrt{\frac{\gamma v}{\Delta x }} \left( \psi_j^\dagger a
-\text{H.c.} \right).$$
The Trotterized time-evolution operator after discretizing time in
slices of size Δt and space into $\ell$ slices can be written as
(460)$$\begin{aligned}
\mathcal{ U} & = \left[ \mathcal{B}_{0,\ell-1}
\mathcal{V}_0(\ell-1) \right] \ldots \left[ \mathcal{B}_{0,0}
\mathcal{V}_0(0) \right], \end{aligned}$$
(461)$$\begin{aligned}\mathcal{V}_0(j) & =
\exp\left(-\frac{i}{\hbar} \Delta t \left[ \hbar \delta a^\dagger
a + H_{\text{NL}}(t_0+j \Delta t ) \right] \right),
\end{aligned}$$
(462)$$\begin{aligned}\mathcal{B}_{0,j} & = \exp\left( i \gamma
\sqrt{ \frac{\Delta t} {v}} \left( \psi^\dagger_j a + \text{H.c.}
\right) \right), \end{aligned}$$
where for each time “slice”
($\Delta t = \Delta
x/v$) two things happen as follows: 1. At time $j$ the local unitary
$\mathcal
{V}_0(j)$ is applied on the resonator
mode. Note that we allow for an explicit dependence on time
$j$.
2. A beam splitter by rotation angle $\theta = \gamma
\sqrt { \frac {\Delta t} {v}}$ is applied between the
resonator mode and the waveguide section labeled by the index
$j$.
These two sets of operations can be
represented by a quantum circuit diagram as shown in Fig. 23. Note that in this diagram the
first wire refers to the resonance whereas the rest of the wires
represent the different discretized sections of the waveguide. In this
representation we are required to carry out beam splitter interactions
between non-nearest-neighbor modes. Thus in this representation the
interactions between the different wires are nonlocal. To simplify the
evaluation of the circuit we now permute the order of the wires, that
is, after each beam splitter operation we swap the
resonator wire with the corresponding waveguide section [168]. This will simplify the
calculation because the interaction between the different modes will
now only consist of nearest neighbors beam splitters as shown in
Fig. 24. Physically this
corresponds to a moving frame in which the field is no longer
propagating at its group velocity but instead the resonance is moving
in the opposite direction at the same group velocity.Introducing the following two-wire unitary
(463)$$\mathcal{W}(i+1,i) =
\text{SWAP}_{i+1,i} \mathcal{B}_{i+1,i}
\mathcal{V}_i(i),$$
we can write the Trotterized evolution
operator as (464)$$\mathcal{U} =
\mathcal{W}(\ell, \ell-1) \ldots \mathcal{W}(1,0),$$
with the added convention that the
resonator mode starts in the first wire but ends in the last one. We
consider a total of $\ell +1$ modes where $\ell$ modes are used for the
discretization of the waveguide and the remaining one for the
resonance. Now assume that the initial state has product form
(465)$$| \Psi (t_0) \rangle =
\bigotimes_{i=0}^\ell | 0_i \rangle,$$
where $| 0_i
\rangle$ is the vacuum state in either the
resonance or a section of the waveguide (this can be generalized to
any product state such as a broadband coherent state). We now want to
argue that if one starts with a product state, then the time evolved
state has MPS form. To this end we calculate the tensor (466)$$R_{i_0,i_1,\ldots,r_\ell} = \langle
i_0,i_1,\ldots,i_\ell|\mathcal{U}|\Psi \rangle,$$
and show that it has MPS form. We
consider a discretization with $\ell =4$ modes and with Fock cutoff
$c$ but everything follows in a
straightforward manner for an arbitrary number of modes. We thus want
to find (467)$$\begin{aligned}R_{i_0,
i_1, i_2, i_3, i_4} & = \langle i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4|\mathcal{ U}|0_0,0_1,0_2,0_3,0_4 \rangle \\ & = \langle
i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4|W(4,3)W(3,2)W(2,1)W(1,0)|0_0,0_1,0_2,0_3,0_4 \rangle.
\end{aligned}$$
We start by writing
(468)$$\langle
i_0|W(0,1)|0_0,0_1 \rangle=\sum_{\alpha_1=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[0]})^{i_0,\alpha_1}_{0_0,0_1} | \alpha_1 \rangle
\leftrightarrow \langle i_0, \alpha_1|W(1,0)|0_0,0_1 \rangle=
(T^{[0]})^{i_0,\alpha_1}_{0_0,0_1},$$
and then find (469)$$R_{i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4} = \sum_{\alpha_1=0}^{c-1} (T^{[0]})^{i_0,\alpha_1}_{0_0,0_1}
\langle i_1, i_2, i_3, i_4|W(4,3)W(3,2)W(2,1)|\alpha_1,0_2,0_3,0_4
\rangle.$$
Next we introduce
(470)$$\langle
i_1|W(2,1)|\alpha_1,0_2 \rangle=\sum_{\alpha_2=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[1]})^{i_1,\alpha_2}_{\alpha_1,0_2} | \alpha_2
\rangle,$$
to find (471)$$R_{i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[0]})^{i_0,\alpha_1}_{0_0,0_1}
(T^{[1]})^{i_1,\alpha_2}_{\alpha_1,0_2} \langle i_2, i_3,
i_4|W(4,3)W(3,2)|\alpha_2,0_3,0_4 \rangle.$$
We can proceed like this two more times, defining
(472)$$\begin{aligned}\langle
i_2|W(3,2)|\alpha_2,0_3 \rangle & =\sum_{\alpha_3=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[2]})^{i_2,\alpha_3}_{\alpha_2,0_3} | \alpha_3 \rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
(473)$$\begin{aligned}\langle
i_3|W(4,3)|\alpha_3,0_4 \rangle & =\sum_{\alpha_4=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[3]})^{i_3,\alpha_4}_{\alpha_3,0_4} | \alpha_4 \rangle,
\end{aligned}$$
to finally write the coefficients of
the time-evolved ket in MPS form (474)$$R_{i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2,\alpha_3,\alpha_4=0}^{c-1}
(T^{[0]})^{i_0,\alpha_1}_{0_0,0_1}
(T^{[1]})^{i_1,\alpha_2}_{\alpha_1,0_2}
(T^{[2]})^{i_2,\alpha_3}_{\alpha_2,0_3}
(T^{[3]})^{i_3,\alpha_4}_{\alpha_3,0_4} \langle i_4|\alpha_4
\rangle.$$
Defining the simplified notation $(T^{[k]})^{x,y}_{w,0_p}
\equiv (S^{[k]})_{x,y}^{w}$ for $0<k< \ell =
4$ (recall that $0_p$ is fixed from the initial ket (465)) and also
$(T^{[0]})^{x,y}_{0_0,0_1} \equiv (S^{[0]})_{i_0,\alpha
_1}$ and $(S^{[4]})_{i_4}^{j_4} =
\langle i_4|\alpha _4 \rangle$ we can finally write the MPS form
(475)$$R_{i_0, i_1, i_2, i_3,
i_4} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2,\alpha_3,\alpha_4=0}^{c-1}
(S^{[0]})_{i_0,\alpha_1} (S^{[1]})_{i_1,\alpha_2}^{\alpha_1}
(S^{[2]})_{i_2,\alpha_3}^{\alpha_2} (S^{[3]})_{i_3,i_4}^{\alpha_3}
(S^{[4]})^{\alpha_4}_{i_4},$$
which is the MPS form of the ket. Note
that for this ket the bond dimension is precisely the Fock cutoff
$c$ and, thus, our $(\ell +1)$-mode time-evolved system can be
represented in memory with only on the order $\ell c^3$ coefficients, as opposed to the
$c^{\ell +1}$ coefficients a naïve Fock
representation would entail.As stated in the previous subsection, once the MPS form of a state is
obtained, most useful properties of the state can be obtained in a
straightforward manner. The methods to obtain expectation values from
MPS states are presented and derived elsewhere [163,164]. We
would just like to point out that standard computer libraries already
exist for the calculation of expectation values of local observables
from MPSs [169–172].
8. Summary, Conclusions, and Future Outlook
Since the initial experiments on squeezing carried out more than three
decades ago, there has been a constant drive to move quantum optics from a
collection of bulk optical elements spanning large tabletops to a single
chip-scale device no larger than a fingernail. Such a transition not only
reduces the system size and power requirements, but it also offers the
promise of scalability and an unprecedented control over the device
parameters, and the properties of the generated light. Although advances
in the fabrication of integrated photonic devices have accelerated this
evolution, they have also ushered in an era of “high-gain” quantum optics,
for example, enabling single-photon generation via
post-selection involving photon-number resolving detection, efficient
photon frequency conversion, and state generation beyond the single-photon
pair regime. For these and other high-gain applications, a first-order
perturbation theory, the traditional tool of choice, is no longer
sufficient to describe the nonlinear interaction. A key theoretical issue
is that relevant Hamiltonian terms describing the nonlinear interaction do
not commute with themselves at different times. In short, this means that
weakly transformed photon amplitudes at early times influence their own
transformation at later times.
Drawing on earlier works, in this tutorial we have shown how to overcome
this difficulty, starting from a rigorous first-principles quantization
procedure and employing a Trotter–Suzuki expansion of linearized
Heisenberg picture dynamics to reduce the problem to the multiplication of
matrices with a size proportional to the number of bosonic modes involved.
In particular, in Sec. 2 we
detailed the quantization of nonlinear optics in integrated photonic
structures, paying particular attention to channel waveguides and ring
resonators. In Sec. 3 we presented
the tools necessary to calculate the output states of a few nonlinear
optical processes, whether in the low-gain or high-gain regimes, and
whether the initial quantum state is vacuum or not, resulting in a process
that is spontaneous or stimulated, respectively. These tools correctly
account for loss and material dispersion and, as we showed, they can be
readily applied to calculate the results of homodyne and photon-number
resolved measurements of the generated states. With these mathematical
tools firmly established, we then turned to the particular structures
singled out in Sec. 2, going into
further detail regarding their application to waveguides in Sec. 4 and ring resonators in Sec. 5 for various SPDC and SFWM processes. In
Sec. 6 we discussed the deep
connection between spontaneous and stimulated processes, showing how the
knowledge of the latter can be used to inform the former. Finally, in Sec.
7 we examined how tensor networks
and MPSs can be used to move beyond linearized equations of motion and
Gaussian state generation. Throughout this tutorial, we have also
emphasized connections to relevant theoretical and experimental works.
It is our hope that the tools provided here will benefit the entire
integrated quantum photonics community, leading to devices with still
greater complexity and enhanced functionalities than their present-day
counterparts, especially as state generation moves beyond the single or
few photon pairs regime. Indeed, integrated quantum photonic technologies
promise ultimate information security, enhanced measurement precision, and
greater computing power than traditional technologies, and their
realization is now within reach.
Appendix A: Field Normalization and Dispersion
As a first example we look at a uniform medium in the dispersionless
limit, where $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol {r})=\varepsilon _{1}$. Then the equations (18) for $\boldsymbol {B}_{\alpha
}(\boldsymbol {r})$ become simply
(A1)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)=\frac{\omega_{\alpha}^{2}\varepsilon_{1}}{c^{2}}\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\
&
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\cdot\boldsymbol{B}_{\alpha}(\boldsymbol{r})=0.
\end{aligned}$$
Solutions satisfying periodic boundary conditions are of the form
$\boldsymbol{b}\exp(i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r})$, where the vector $\boldsymbol
{b}$ is perpendicular to $\boldsymbol
{k}$ and
(A2)$$
\omega_{\alpha}=c\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|/n, $$
where
$n=\sqrt {\varepsilon
_{1}}$. If the normalization volume
$V$ is a cube with each side of length
$L$,
$V=L^{3}$, the allowed
$\boldsymbol
{k}$ are of the form
(A3)$$\boldsymbol{k}=\frac{2\pi}{L}(m_{x}\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}+m_{y}\boldsymbol{\hat{y}}+m_{z}\boldsymbol{\hat{z}}),
$$
where the
$m_{i}$ are integers and
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{x}}$ is a unit vector pointing in the
$x$ direction, etc. There are two
independent vectors perpendicular to
$\boldsymbol
{k}$; call them
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{1\boldsymbol {k}}$ and
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{2\boldsymbol {k}}$, and define them such that
(A4)$$\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{1\boldsymbol{k}}\times\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{2\boldsymbol{k}}=\boldsymbol{\hat{k}}.
$$
In a uniform medium it is often useful to work with left- and
right-handed circularly polarized components of light, which can be
identified by the polarization vectors
(A5)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{L\boldsymbol{k}}={-}\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\left(\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{1\boldsymbol{k}}+i\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{2\boldsymbol{k}}\right),\\
&
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{R\boldsymbol{k}}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\left(\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{1\boldsymbol{k}}-i\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{2\boldsymbol{k}}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
respectively. Using
$I$ to denote either
$L$ or
$R$ (positive or negative helicity
respectively), and
$\overline
{I}$ to equal the opposite helicity, we
have
(A6)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}^{*}=1,\\
&
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{\overline{I}\boldsymbol{k}}^{*}=0,
\end{aligned}$$
and
(A7)$$\begin{aligned} &
i\boldsymbol{\hat{k}}\times\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}=s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}},\\
&
\hat{\boldsymbol{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}\times\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}^{*}={-}is_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{k}},
\end{aligned}$$
where
$\boldsymbol{\hat{k}}\equiv{\boldsymbol{k}}/\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|$ and
$s_{L}=1$,
$s_{R}=-1$ identifies the helicity. It is
convenient to link the definitions of
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{1\boldsymbol {k}}$ and
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{2\boldsymbol {k}}$ to those of
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{1(-\boldsymbol {k})}$ and
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{2(-\boldsymbol {k})}$ according to
(A8)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{1(-\boldsymbol{k})}=\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{1\boldsymbol{k}},\\
&
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{2(-\boldsymbol{k})}={-}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{2\boldsymbol{k}},
\end{aligned}$$
for then
(A9)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}^{*}=\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I(-\boldsymbol{k})},\\
&
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I'(-\boldsymbol{k})}=\delta_{II'}.
\end{aligned}$$
We can label the modes $\alpha$ by the pair of indices
$I,\boldsymbol
{k}$, and seeking $\boldsymbol
{b}$ vectors proportional to
$s_{I}\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{I\boldsymbol {k}}$ the normalization condition (23) means we can take
(A10)$$\boldsymbol{B}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(\boldsymbol{r})=\sqrt{\frac{\mu_{0}}{V}}s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}},$$
whereas from the last of (
18) we then find
(A11)$$\boldsymbol{D}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(\boldsymbol{r})=in\sqrt{\frac{\epsilon_{0}}{V}}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}$$
and for the mode frequencies we write
(A12)$$\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}}=\frac{c}{n}\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|,
$$
which, of course, only depend on
$\left |\boldsymbol
{k}\right |$. Note that the partner mode of a
mode of polarization
$I$ with propagation wave vector
$\boldsymbol
{k}$ is the mode of polarization
$I$ with propagation wave vector
$-\boldsymbol
{k}$. Clearly other choices of the modes
in addition to (
A10)
and (
A11) are
possible; one could multiply both by an overall phase factor or the
factor
$s_{I}$, or one could work with the linearly
polarized basis
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{1\boldsymbol {k}}$ and
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{2\boldsymbol {k}}$ at each
$\boldsymbol
{k}$. However, choosing (
A10) and (
A11) in (
38) we find
(A13)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=i\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar
cn\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\epsilon_{0}}{2V}}a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar
c\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\mu_{0}}{2nV}}a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.}
\end{aligned}$$
Finally, we consider the passage to an infinite normalization volume.
Here the analogs of (49) and (51) in
three dimensions are
(A14)$$\sum_{\boldsymbol{k}}\rightarrow\frac{\int
\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{k}}{\left(\frac{2\pi}{L}\right)^{3}}=\frac{V}{8\pi^{3}}\int
{\rm d}\boldsymbol{k}$$
and
(A15)$$a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)\rightarrow\sqrt{\frac{8\pi^{3}}{V}}a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t).$$
We then have
(A16)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left[a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t),a_{I'}^{{\dagger}}(\boldsymbol{k'},t)\right]=\delta_{II'}\delta(\boldsymbol{k}-\boldsymbol{k'}),\\
&
\left[a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t),a_{I'}(\boldsymbol{k'},t)\right]=0.
\end{aligned}$$
In terms of these variables $a_{I}(\boldsymbol
{k},t)$ (A13) become
(A17)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=i\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar
cn\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\epsilon_{0}}{16\pi^{3}}}a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t)\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{k}+\text{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar
c\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\mu_{0}}{16\pi^{3}n}}a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t)s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{k}+\text{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where we keep the same notation for
$\boldsymbol {\hat
{e}}_{I\boldsymbol {k}}$ and
$\omega _{I\boldsymbol
{k}}$ as in (
A13), although
$\boldsymbol
{k}$ now ranges continuously. The
Hamiltonian (
40)
becomes
(A18)$$H=\sum_{I}\int\hbar\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}}a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t)a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k,}t)\textrm{d}\boldsymbol{k}.$$
We now turn to the inclusion of dispersion. The consequences of this
new factor $v_{p}(\boldsymbol
{r};\omega _{\alpha })/v_{g}(\boldsymbol {r};\omega _{\alpha
})$ in the normalization
condition (67) can be
easiest seen by first considering periodic boundary conditions. As in
a uniform medium the relative dielectric constant and the velocities
are independent of position, we can put $\varepsilon
_{1}(\boldsymbol {r};\omega _{I\boldsymbol {k}})\rightarrow
\varepsilon _{1}(\omega _{I\boldsymbol {k}})$, $n(\boldsymbol {r},\omega
_{I\boldsymbol {k}})\rightarrow n(\omega _{I\boldsymbol
{k}})$, $v_{p,g}(\boldsymbol
{r};\omega _{I\boldsymbol {k}})\rightarrow v_{p,g}(\omega
_{I\boldsymbol {k}})$, and the modes (A10) and (A11) in (38) in the dispersionless limit are
replaced by
(A19)$$\boldsymbol{B}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(\boldsymbol{r})=\sqrt{\frac{\mu_{0}v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{Vv_{p}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}}s_{I}
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}},$$
and
(A20)$$\boldsymbol{D}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(\boldsymbol{r})=in(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})\sqrt{\frac{\epsilon_{0}v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{Vv_{p}
(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}},$$
where now the mode frequency for a
given
$\boldsymbol
{k}$ is determined by self-consistently
solving
(A21)$$n(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}}=c\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|$$
for
$\omega _{I\boldsymbol
{k}}$ (compare (
A2)), and the field
expansions (
A17)
become
(A22)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=i\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}
(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{2V}}a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}
e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.},\\ &
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\mu_{0}v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{2V}}
a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.}
\end{aligned}$$
Again we form the Poynting vector $\boldsymbol
{S}(\boldsymbol {r},t)=\boldsymbol {E}(\boldsymbol {r},t)\times
\boldsymbol {H}(\boldsymbol {r},t)$; using (63) and (64) we have
(A23)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{E}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=i\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{
2V\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(\omega_{I\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|})}}a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}
e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.},\\ &
\boldsymbol{H}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I,\boldsymbol{k}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{2V\mu_{0}}}
a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}(t)s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I\boldsymbol{k}}e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}+\text{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
and considering a state
$\left |\Psi \right
\rangle$ with one photon in mode
$I,\boldsymbol
{k}$,
$$\left|\Psi\right\rangle
=a_{I\boldsymbol{k}}^{{\dagger}}(0)\left\vert\text{vac}\right\rangle$$
where
$\left |vac\right
\rangle$ is the vacuum state, we find
$$\int_{V}\left\langle
\boldsymbol{S}(\boldsymbol{r},t)\right\rangle
d\boldsymbol{r}=\hbar\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}}v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}}),
$$
with the group velocity governing the
energy flow, as expected.
For reference, we give the field expansion for a uniform infinite
medium, the appropriate generalization of (A17):
(A24)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{D}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=i\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\epsilon_{0}
\varepsilon_{1}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{16\pi^{3}}}a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t)
\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I}(\boldsymbol{k})e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}d\boldsymbol{k}+\text{H.c.},\\
&
\boldsymbol{B}(\boldsymbol{r},t)=\sum_{I}\int\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\left|\boldsymbol{k}\right|\mu_{0}v_{g}(\omega_{I\boldsymbol{k}})}{16\pi^{3}}}
a_{I}(\boldsymbol{k},t)s_{I}\boldsymbol{\hat{e}}_{I}(\boldsymbol{k})e^{i\boldsymbol{k}\cdot\boldsymbol{r}}d\boldsymbol{k}+\text{H.c.},
\end{aligned}$$
where the dispersion relation is given
by (
A21), although
$\boldsymbol
{k}$ now varies continuously, and the
commutation relations (
A16) and the form of the Hamiltonian (
A18) are as they were in the
limit of no dispersion.
Appendix B: Group Velocity
In this appendix we confirm the expression (73) for the channel mode group
velocity. Temporarily introducing
(B1)$$\begin{aligned} &
\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx},\\
&
\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\boldsymbol{d}_{Ik}(y,z)e^{ikx},
\end{aligned}$$
we begin with the master equation
(recall the first of (
66)), which we can write as
(B2)$$\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
=\frac{\omega_{Ik}^{2}}{c^{2}}\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r}),$$
and take its derivative with respect
to
$k$. Using
(B3)$$\begin{aligned} &
\frac{\partial\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\partial
k}=\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}+ix\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r}),\\ &
\frac{\partial}{\partial
k}\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)=\frac{\partial\omega_{Ik}}{\partial
k}\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
\end{aligned}$$
and putting
(B4)$$
v_{Ik}\equiv\frac{\partial\omega_{Ik}}{\partial k}, $$
the group velocity of the mode at
$k$ including both modal and material
dispersion effects, we find
(B5)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\boldsymbol{C}_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})+\boldsymbol{C}_{2}(\boldsymbol{r})+v_{Ik}\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r)}\right)\\
&
=\frac{2\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}v_{Ik}\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})+\frac{\omega_{Ik}^{2}}{c^{2}}\left(\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}+ix\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right),\end{aligned}$$
where
(B6)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{C}_{1}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}\right)}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})},\\ &
\boldsymbol{C}_{2}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(ix\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)}{\varepsilon_{1}
(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}=\frac{i\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}
+\frac{ix\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})},\\
&
\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r}).
\end{aligned}$$
Now write the curl of
$\boldsymbol
{C}_{2}(\boldsymbol {r})$ as
(B7)$$\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{C}_{2}(\boldsymbol{r})=\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{C}_{4}(\boldsymbol{r})
+ix\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
+\boldsymbol{C}_{6}(\boldsymbol{r}),$$
where
(B8)$$\begin{aligned} &
\boldsymbol{C}_{4}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{i\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})},\\
&
\boldsymbol{C}_{6}(\boldsymbol{r})=i\hat{\boldsymbol{x}}\times\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}
(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right). \end{aligned}$$
Using the expression (
B7) for
$\boldsymbol {\nabla
}\times \boldsymbol {C}_{2}(\boldsymbol {r})$ in (
B5), we see that the terms proportional to
$x$ cancel out by virtue of the master
equation (
B2).
Further, we can combine the
$\boldsymbol {\nabla
}\times \boldsymbol {C}_{1}(\boldsymbol {r})$ term on the left-hand side of
(
B5) with the term
involving
$\partial \boldsymbol
{b}_{Ik}(y,z)/\partial k$ on the right-hand side of that
equation to write (
B5)
as
(B9)$$\begin{aligned} &
\left(\mathcal{\overline{M}}-\frac{\omega_{Ik}^{2}}{c^{2}}\right)\left(\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}\right)+\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{C}_{4}(\boldsymbol{r})+\boldsymbol{C}_{6}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
&
=\frac{2\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}v_{Ik}\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})-v_{Ik}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r}),
\end{aligned}$$
where we have introduced the Hermitian
operator
$\mathcal {\overline
{M}}$,
(B10)$$\mathcal{\overline{M}}\boldsymbol{g}(\boldsymbol{r})\equiv\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{g}
(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)$$
for any vector function
$\boldsymbol
{g}(\boldsymbol {r}).$Now choose a particular $k$, and introduce any length
$L$. The derivation presented here can
be easily extended to a photonic crystal structure as well, where
instead of $\boldsymbol
{b}_{Ik}(y,z)$ we would have $\boldsymbol
{b}_{Ik}(x;y,z),$ with $\boldsymbol
{b}_{Ik}(x;y,z)=\boldsymbol {b}_{Ik}(x+a;y,z)$, where $a$ is the length of the unit cell; in
such a case, we would take $L=a$, but in a channel waveguide the
choice of $L$ is irrelevant. Then take the scalar
product of each side of (B9) into $\mathcal
{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol {r})$ and integrate over all
$y$ and $z$, and over $x$ from $-L/2$ to $L/2.$ From the first term on the left-hand
side of (B9), we find
(B11)$$\begin{aligned} &
\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\mathcal{\overline{M}}-\frac{\omega_{Ik}^{2}}{c^{2}}\right)\left(\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}\right)\\ & =\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\left(\mathcal{\overline{M}}-\frac{\omega_{Ik}^{2}}{c^{2}}\right)\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\cdot\left(\frac{\partial\boldsymbol{b}_{Ik}(y,z)}{\partial
k}e^{ikx}\right)\\ & =0, \end{aligned}$$
where in the second line we have
partially integrated and used the fact that the terms in the integrand
are the same at
$z=-L/2$ and
$z=L/2$, and in the third line we have used
the master Eq. (
B2).
From the second term on the left-hand side of (
B9) we find
(B12)$$\begin{aligned} &
\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{C}_{4}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
& =i\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right).\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\\
& ={-}\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r}).\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\\
& =\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\cdot\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right).
\end{aligned}$$
In the second line we have used the
result
(B13)$$\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{U}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{V}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)=\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{V}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\boldsymbol{U}(\boldsymbol{r})\right),$$
which holds for functions
$\boldsymbol
{U}(\boldsymbol {r})$ and
$\boldsymbol
{V}(\boldsymbol {r})$ that vanish at the infinite limits
of integration for
$\textrm{d}y$ and
$\textrm{d}z$, and such that they yield no net
contribution from the remaining limit of integration (for
$\textrm{d}x$); in the third line we have used the
result
(B14)$$\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{i}{\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r)},$$
which holds because
$\mathcal
{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol {r})\exp (-i\omega _{Ik}t)$ and
$\mathcal
{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol {r})\exp (-i\omega _{Ik}t)$ satisfy the linear Maxwell
equations; in the fourth line we have used
(B15)$$\boldsymbol{u}\cdot\left(\boldsymbol{v}\times\boldsymbol{w}\right)=\boldsymbol{v}\cdot\left(\boldsymbol{w}\times\boldsymbol{u}\right),$$
for any three vectors
$\boldsymbol
{u}$,
$\boldsymbol
{v}$, and
$\boldsymbol
{w}$. Finally, from the last term on the
right-hand side of (
B9)
we find
(B16)$$\begin{aligned} &
\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\boldsymbol{C}_{6}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
& =i\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\cdot\left(\left(\frac{\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\\ &
=\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\cdot\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where in the second line we have used
(
B15) and in the third
line we have used (
B14). Thus, from (
B9) in all we have
(B17)$$\begin{aligned} &
\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\hat{x}}\cdot\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})+\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}
(\boldsymbol{r})\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\\
& =v_{Ik}\mathcal{T}, \end{aligned}$$
where
(B18)$$\begin{aligned} &
\mathcal{T}=\frac{2\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
& -\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\nabla\times\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r}).
\end{aligned}$$
Look first at the first term on the
right-hand side. As
$\mathcal
{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol {r})\exp (-i\omega _{Ik}t)$ and
$\mathcal
{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol {r})\exp (-i\omega _{Ik}t)$ satisfy the linear Maxwell
equations, from Faraday’s law we have
(B19)$$\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})=\frac{1}{i\omega_{Ik}}\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}
\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right),$$
so
(B20)$$\begin{aligned} &
\frac{2\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
& =\frac{2}{ic^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}
(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\right)\\
& =\frac{2}{ic^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\cdot\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}
(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\\
&
=\frac{2\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\frac{\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where in the second expression on the
right-hand side we have used (
B13) and in the last expression we have used (
B14). Looking at the second
term on the right-hand side of (
B18) we have
(B21)$$\begin{aligned} &
-\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\nabla\times\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
& ={-}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\nabla\times\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}
(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\\
& ={-}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}
\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\\
&
={-}\mu_{0}^{2}\omega_{Ik}^{2}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}
\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\\ &
={-}\frac{2\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\frac{\omega_{Ik}}{2}
\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}\left(\frac{1}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)
\end{aligned}$$
or
(B22)$$\begin{aligned} &
-\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\nabla\times\boldsymbol{C}_{3}(\boldsymbol{r})\\
&\quad ={-}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon_{1}
(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right)\boldsymbol{\nabla}\times\mathcal{B}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\\
&
={-}\frac{2\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}\int_{{-}L/2}^{L/2}\textrm{d}x\int
\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\left(\mathcal{D}_{Ik}^{*}(\boldsymbol{r})\cdot\mathcal{D}_{Ik}(\boldsymbol{r})\right)\frac{\omega_{Ik}}{2}\frac{\partial}{\partial\omega_{Ik}}
\left(\frac{1}{\epsilon_{0}\varepsilon_{1}(y,z;\omega_{Ik})}\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where in the first term on the
right-hand side we have used (
B13), and in the second we have used (
B14). Combining (
B20) and (
B22) in (
B18) we find
$$\mathcal{T}=\frac{2\mu_{0}\omega_{Ik}}{c^{2}}L,$$
where we have used (
B1) and (
70). Using this in (
B17), and using (
B1) and (
74) we indeed find (
73).
Appendix C: Interaction Picture
In this appendix, we show that it is always possible to go to an
interaction picture where the terms proportional to $a_i^\dagger
a_j$ in (188) can be eliminated if the
coefficients $\Delta
_{i,j}$ are time independent. We split the
Hamiltonian as
(C1)$$H(t)= \underbrace{
\hbar \sum_{i,j =1}^\ell \Delta_{i,j} a_i^\dagger a_j}_{{\equiv}
H_0} + \underbrace{\hbar i \frac12 \sum_{k,l=1}^\ell \left[
\zeta_{k,l}(t) a_k^{{\dagger} } a_{l}^{{\dagger}} -\text{H.c.}
\right] }_{{\equiv} V(t)},$$
To study the dynamics of the problem
let us derive the equation of motion obeyed by a modified time
evolution operator
$\mathcal {
U}_I$ related to the original time
evolution operator
$\mathcal {
U}$ via
(C2)$$\mathcal{
U}_I(t,t_0)\equiv e^{i H_0 (t-t_0)/\hbar} \mathcal{
U}(t,t_0).$$
Using the Schrödinger equation for
$\mathcal {
U}$ in (
175) we find that
(C3)$$i \hbar
\frac{\textrm{d}}{\textrm{d}t} \mathcal{ U}_I(t,t_0)=\left( e^{i
H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} V(t) e^{{-}i H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} \right) \mathcal{
U}_I(t,t_0)=V_I(t) \mathcal{ U}_I(t,t_0).$$
In the last line we introduced the
interaction picture Hamiltonian
$V_I(t)$. For the explicit form of our
Hamiltonian we can first obtain
(C4)$$e^{i H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar}
\boldsymbol{a} e^{{-}i H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} = \exp\left( i
\boldsymbol{\Delta} (t-t_0) \right) \boldsymbol{a} =
\boldsymbol{U}(t)\boldsymbol{a},$$
where
$\boldsymbol{U}(t)$ is a time-dependent unitary matrix.
With this solution we can write
(C5)$$\begin{aligned}V_I(t) =
e^{i H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} V(t) e^{{-}i H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} & =\hbar
i \frac12 \sum_{k,l=1}^\ell \left[ \zeta_{k,l}(t) e^{i
H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} a_k^{{\dagger} } a_{l}^{{\dagger}} e^{{-}i
H_0(t-t_0)/\hbar} -\text{H.c.} \right] \end{aligned}$$
(C6)$$\begin{aligned}&
=\hbar i \frac12 \sum_{i,j,k,l=1}^\ell \left[ \zeta_{k,l}(t)
U_{l,i}^*(t) a_i^\dagger U_{k,j}^*(t)a_j^\dagger{-}\text{H.c.}
\right] \end{aligned}$$
(C7)$$\begin{aligned}&
=\hbar i \frac12 \sum_{i,j=1}^\ell \left[ \tilde{\zeta}_{i,j}(t)
a_i^\dagger a_j^\dagger{-}\text{H.c.} \right],
\end{aligned}$$
where we introduced the symmetric
matrix
$\tilde
{\boldsymbol{\zeta }}(t) = \boldsymbol{U}^\dagger (t)
\boldsymbol{\zeta }(t) \boldsymbol{U}^*(t)$. This completes the proof, because
now we need to solve for the interaction picture evolution operator
which is solely driven by terms of the form
$a_i^\dagger
a_j^\dagger$.
Appendix D: Symplectic Group
In Sec. 3.4 we showed that the
solution of the Heisenberg equations of motion had the form (209), and respected the
equal time commutation relations. We can write the canonical
commutation relation of the ladder operators more succinctly as
(D1)$$[z_i, z_j^\dagger] =
Z_{i,j}, \quad \boldsymbol{z} = \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a} \\
\boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \end{pmatrix}, \quad \boldsymbol{Z} =
\begin{pmatrix} \mathbb{I}_\ell & \boldsymbol{0} \\
\boldsymbol{0} & -\mathbb{I}_\ell \end{pmatrix},$$
and then the fact that the Heisenberg
transformation induced by
$\boldsymbol{K}$ respects these commutation relations
is equivalent to
(D2)$$\boldsymbol{K}
\boldsymbol{Z} \boldsymbol{K}^\dagger{=}
\boldsymbol{Z}.$$
To connect this equation to the usual
definition of the symplectic group one introduces quadratures
(D3)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{r} \equiv \begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{q} \\
\boldsymbol{p} \end{pmatrix} = \sqrt{\hbar}\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}
\begin{pmatrix} \mathbb{I}_\ell & \mathbb{I}_\ell \\ -i
\mathbb{I}_\ell & i \mathbb{I}_\ell \end{pmatrix}
\begin{pmatrix} \boldsymbol{a} \\ \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger
\end{pmatrix} = \sqrt{\hbar}\boldsymbol{R}\boldsymbol{z}.
\end{aligned}$$
The canonical commutation relation for
the operators in
$\boldsymbol{r}$ follows from that in
$\boldsymbol{z}$ as
(D4)$$[r_i,r_j] = i \hbar
\Omega_{i,j} \quad \boldsymbol{\Omega} = \begin{pmatrix} 0 &
\mathbb{I}_\ell \\ -\mathbb{I}_\ell & \boldsymbol{0}
\end{pmatrix}.$$
Now it is easy to state the
transformation for quadratures
(D5)$$\boldsymbol{z} \to
\boldsymbol{z'} = \boldsymbol{K} \boldsymbol{z}
\Longleftrightarrow \boldsymbol{r} \to \boldsymbol{r'} =
\boldsymbol{S} \boldsymbol{r},$$
where
(D6)$$\begin{aligned}
\boldsymbol{S} = \boldsymbol{R} \boldsymbol{K}
\boldsymbol{R}^\dagger{=} \begin{pmatrix} \Re(\boldsymbol{V}) +
\Re(\boldsymbol{W}) & \Im(\boldsymbol{W}) -\Im(\boldsymbol{V})
\\ \Im(\boldsymbol{V}) + \Im(\boldsymbol{W}) &
\Re(\boldsymbol{V}) - \Re(\boldsymbol{W}) \end{pmatrix}.
\end{aligned}$$
The condition in
D2 implies that the matrix
$\boldsymbol{S}$ needs to satisfy
(D7)$$\boldsymbol{S}
\boldsymbol{\Omega} \boldsymbol{S}^T =
\boldsymbol{\Omega},$$
which implies that
$\boldsymbol{S}$ is a symplectic matrix [
5,
64–
67].
Appendix E: Form of the Evolution Operator in the High-Gain
Regime
At the end of Sec. 3.5 we
argued that the evolution operator associated with a general quadratic
Hamiltonian can be written as the product of two exponentials
(E1)$$\mathcal{U} =
\mathcal{U}_1 \mathcal{U}_0, \quad \mathcal{U}_1 = \exp\left[
\frac12 \sum_{k,l=1}^\ell J_{k,l} a^\dagger_{k} a^\dagger_l -
\text{H.c.}\right],$$
where
$\mathcal
{U}_0$ is a unitary operator that satisfies
$\mathcal {U}_0 | {\text
{vac}}\rangle = | {\text {vac}}\rangle$. In this appendix we determine the
form of the generator of
$\mathcal
{U}_0$. To pin down
$\mathcal
{U}_0$ we calculate
(E2)$$\mathcal{U}_0^\dagger
\mathcal{U}_1^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \mathcal{U}_1 \mathcal{U}_0 =
\boldsymbol{F} \left[ \oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \cosh r_\lambda
\right] \boldsymbol{F}^* \left\{ \mathcal{U}_0^\dagger
\boldsymbol{a} \mathcal{U}_0 \right\} + \boldsymbol{F} \left[
\oplus_{\lambda=1}^\ell \sinh r_\lambda \right] \boldsymbol{F}
\left\{ \mathcal{U}_0^\dagger \boldsymbol{a}^\dagger \mathcal{U}_0
\right\},$$
and compare with the solution
in (
216) which tells
us that we want
(E3)$$\boldsymbol{F}^*
\left\{ \mathcal{U}_0^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \mathcal{U}_0
\right\} = \boldsymbol{G} \boldsymbol{a} \Longleftrightarrow
\boldsymbol{G}^\dagger\boldsymbol{F}^* \left\{
\mathcal{U}_0^\dagger \boldsymbol{a} \mathcal{U}_0 \right\} =
\boldsymbol{a},$$
To satisfy this constraint we recall
the results from Appendix
C and
write
(E4)$$\mathcal{U}_0 =
\exp\left[{-}i \sum_{j,k} \phi_{j,k}a^\dagger_j a_k
\right],$$
such that
(E5)$$\mathcal{U}_0^\dagger
\boldsymbol{a} \mathcal{U}_0 = \exp\left[ - i\boldsymbol{\phi}
\right] \boldsymbol{a},$$
and comparing the two equations above
tells us that we want
$\boldsymbol{G}^\dagger
\boldsymbol{F}^* \exp \left [ - i\boldsymbol{\phi } \right ] =
\mathbb {I}_{\ell }$ or, equivalently,
$\boldsymbol{\phi } = -i
\log _e \boldsymbol{G}^\dagger \boldsymbol{F}^*$. Note that since both
$\boldsymbol{G}^\dagger$ and
$\boldsymbol{F}$ are unitaries their logarithm is
$i$ times a Hermitian matrix which upon
multiplication by
$(-i)$ gives that
$\boldsymbol{\phi
}$ is a purely Hermitian matrix as it
should. Also note that as expected
$\mathcal
{U}_0$ in (
E4) has the vacuum as an eigenket with eigenvalue 1.
It is interesting to note that the Heisenberg transformation generated
by a general quadratic Hamiltonian requires the exponentiation of
two generators. This happens because the exponential
map from the Lie algebra
$\textbf {sp}(2n, \mathbb
{R})$ to the symplectic group
Sp
$(2n,\mathbb
{R})$ is not surjective. However, any
element of the group may be generated by the group multiplication of
two elements of the group.
Appendix F: Waveguide Hamiltonians
Concerning waveguides in which a second-order nonlinearity is dominant,
the process with $2k_{S}=k_{P}$ leads to
(F1)$$H_{\text{DSV}}^{\text{SPDC}}={-}\frac{\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{SSP}}{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)+\textrm{H.c.},$$
and the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=k_{P}$ leads to
(F2)$$H_{\text{NDSV}}^{\text{SPDC}}={-}\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{SIP}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)+\textrm{H.c.},$$
where
(F3)$$\begin{aligned}\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}} &
=\frac{2}{\epsilon_{0}}\sqrt{\frac{\hbar^{3}\omega_{J_{1}}\omega_{J_{2}}\omega_{J_{3}}}{2^{3}}}\int\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\,\Gamma_{2}^{ijk}\left(\boldsymbol{r}\right)\left[d_{J_{1}k_{J_{1}}}^{i}\left(y,z\right)d_{J_{2}k_{J_{2}}}^{j}\left(y,z\right)\right]^{*}
d_{J_{3}k_{J_{3}}}^{k}\left(y,z\right)\\ &
=\hbar\sqrt{\frac{\hbar\omega_{J_{1}}\omega_{J_{2}}\omega_{J_{3}}}{2\epsilon_{0}\overline{n}_{J_{1}}\overline{n}_{J_{2}}\overline{n}_{J_{3}}
A_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}}}}\overline{\chi}_{2},
\end{aligned}$$
with
(F4)$$\frac{1}{\sqrt{A_{\text{chan}}^{J_{1}J_{2}J_{3}}}}=\frac{\int\textrm{d}y\textrm{d}z\frac{\chi_{2}^{ijk}\left(y,z\right)}{\overline{\chi}_{2}}\left[e_{J_{1}}^{i}\left(y,z\right)e_{J_{2}}^{j}\left(y,z\right)\right]^{*}e_{J_{3}}^{k}\left(y,z\right)}{\mathcal{N}_{J_{1}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{2}}\mathcal{N}_{J_{3}}\sqrt{c^{3}/\left(v_{J_{1}}v_{J_{2}}v_{J_{3}}\right)}},$$
and we have used (
94), (
138), and (
307).
Concerning waveguides in which a third-order nonlinearity is dominant,
the SP DSV process leads to
(F5)$$H_{\text{DSV}}^{\text{SP-SFWM}}={-}\frac{\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP}}{2}\hbar^{2}\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right)\psi_{P}\left(x\right),$$
the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=2k_{P}$ leads to (
303), the process with
$2k_{S}=k_{P_{1}}+k_{P_{2}}$ leads to
(F6)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{DSV}}^{\text{DP-SFWM}} &
={-}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SSP_{1}P_{2}}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SSP_{1}P_{2}}\overline{v}_{SSP_{1}P_{2}}^{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{1}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}\left(x\right)+\text{H.c.}\\
&
\quad-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2}\sum_{J}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{JJJJ}\omega_{J}v_{J}^{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\\
& \quad-2\hbar^{2}\sum_{J\neq
S}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{JSJS}\sqrt{\omega_{J}\omega_{S}}v_{J}v_{S}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}\left(x\right)\\
&
\quad-2\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar^{2}\sqrt{\omega_{P_{1}}\omega_{P_{2}}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{P_{1}}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{1}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}\left(x\right),
\end{aligned}$$
and the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=k_{P_{1}}+k_{P_{2}}$ leads to
(F7)$$\begin{aligned}
H_{\text{NDSV}}^{\text{DP-SFWM}} &
={-}2\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\hbar^{2}\overline{\omega}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\overline{v}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}^{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{1}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}\left(x\right)+\textrm{H.c.}\\
&
\quad-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2}\sum_{J}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{JJJJ}\omega_{J}v_{J}^{2}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\\
& \quad-2\hbar^{2}\sum_{J\neq
S}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{JSJS}\sqrt{\omega_{J}\omega_{S}}v_{J}v_{S}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\psi_{S}\left(x\right)\\
& \quad-2\hbar^{2}\sum_{J\neq
I}\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{JIJI}\sqrt{\omega_{J}\omega_{I}}v_{J}v_{I}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{J}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{J}\left(x\right)\psi_{I}\left(x\right)\\
&
\quad-2\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar^{2}\sqrt{\omega_{P_{1}}\omega_{P_{2}}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\int\textrm{d}x\,\psi_{P_{1}}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}^{{\dagger}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{1}}\left(x\right)\psi_{P_{2}}\left(x\right),
\end{aligned}$$
where we have used (
304) and (
306).
Appendix G: Heisenberg Equations of Motion for Waveguides
Concerning waveguides in which a second-order nonlinearity is dominant,
and using (310) along
with $2\omega _{S}=\omega
_{P}$, the Heisenberg equations of motion
yield
(G1)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{P}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle & =0,\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right) &
=\frac{i}{\hbar}\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{SSP}\left(x\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
for the process with
$2k_{S}=k_{P}$, and, using
$\omega _{S}+\omega
_{I}=\omega _{P}$ (G2)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{P}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle & =0,\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right) &
=\frac{i}{\hbar}\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{SIP}\left(x\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right),\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{I}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{I}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right) &
=\frac{i}{\hbar}\zeta_{\text{chan}}^{SIP}\left(x\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
for the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=k_{P}$. Note how the second of (
G1) is of the form of (
315), and the second and
third of (
G2) are of
the form of (
314).
Concerning waveguides in which a third-order nonlinearity is dominant,
and again using (310),
the Heisenberg equations of motion yield
(G3)$$\begin{aligned}
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{P}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle &
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,\\
\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial t}+v_{P}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\delta\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right) &
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{PPPP}\hbar\omega_{P}v_{P}^{2}\left[\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
^{2}\delta\overline{\psi}_{P}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\right.\\&\left.+2\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\delta\overline{\psi}_{P}\left(x,t\right)\right],
\end{aligned}$$
where we have put
$\overline {\psi
}_{P}\left (x,t\right )\rightarrow \left \langle \overline {\psi
}_{P}\left (x,t\right )\right \rangle +\delta \overline {\psi
}_{P}\left (x,t\right )$, for the SP DSV process. Similarly,
using
$\omega _{S}+\omega
_{I}=2\omega _{P}$, they yield (
311) and (
312) for the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=2k_{P}$, using
$2\omega _{S}=\omega
_{P_{1}}+\omega _{P_{2}}$ they yield
(G4)$$\begin{aligned}
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{P_{1}}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P_{1}}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \\&\quad
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{1}P_{1}P_{1}}\hbar\omega_{P_{1}}v_{P_{1}}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P_{1}}\omega_{P_{2}}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,\\
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{P_{2}}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P_{2}}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \\&
\quad=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{2}P_{2}P_{2}P_{2}}\hbar\omega_{P_{2}}v_{P_{2}}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P_{1}}\omega_{P_{2}}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,\\
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right)\\ &\quad
=2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SSP_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SSP_{1}P_{2}}\bar{v}_{SSP_{1}P_{2}}^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}SP_{1}S}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P_{1}}\omega_{S}}v_{S}v_{P_{1}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{2}SP_{2}S}\hbar\sqrt{\omega_{P_{2}}\omega_{S}}v_{S}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
for the process with
$2k_{S}=k_{P_{1}}+k_{P_{2}}$, and using
$\omega _{S}+\omega
_{I}=\omega _{P_{1}}+\omega _{P_{2}}$ they yield
(G5)$$\begin{aligned}
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{P_{1}}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P_{1}}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \\&\quad
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{1}P_{1}P_{1}}\hbar\omega_{P_{1}}v_{P_{1}}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,\\
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{P_{2}}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{P_{2}}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \\&\quad
=i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{2}P_{2}P_{2}P_{2}}\hbar\omega_{P_{2}}v_{P_{2}}^{2}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{P_{1}P_{2}P_{1}P_{2}}v_{P_{1}}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle,\\
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{S}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{S}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right)\\ &\quad
=2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\bar{v}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{I}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SP_{1}SP_{1}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SP_{1}SP_{1}}v_{S}v_{P_{1}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SP_{2}SP_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SP_{2}SP_{2}}v_{S}v_{P_{2}}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{S}\left(x,t\right),\\
&\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial
t}+v_{I}\frac{\partial}{\partial
x}-i\frac{v_{I}^{\prime}}{2}\frac{\partial^{2}}{\partial
x^{2}}\right)\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right)\\ &\quad
=2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}\bar{v}_{SIP_{1}P_{2}}^{2}\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle \left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\overline{\psi}_{S}^{{\dagger}}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{1}IP_{1}I}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{P_{1}IP_{1}I}v_{P_{1}}v_{I}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{1}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right)\\ &
\qquad+2i\gamma_{\text{chan}}^{P_{2}IP_{2}I}\hbar\overline{\omega}_{SP_{2}SP_{2}}v_{P_{2}}v_{I}\left|\left\langle
\overline{\psi}_{P_{2}}\left(x,t\right)\right\rangle
\right|^{2}\overline{\psi}_{I}\left(x,t\right),
\end{aligned}$$
for the process with
$k_{S}+k_{I}=k_{P_{1}}+k_{P_{2}}$. Note how the second of (
G3) and the third of (
G4) are both of the form
of (
315), and the
third and fourth of (
G5) are of the form of (
314).
Appendix H: Obtaining the Matrix Product Form of an Arbitrary
Tensor
Consider an arbitrary tensor with $\ell$ indices $R_{i_0\ldots i_{\ell
-1}} \in \mathbb {C}^{c_0 \times c_1 \times \cdots \times c_{\ell
-1}}$ where the index $i_k$ can take $c_k$ values. In this appendix we show how
one can construct its matrix product representation by leveraging the
SVD of matrices, which we now recall. For a $c_0 \times
c_1$ rectangular matrix with entries
$M_{i j}$ one can construct its SVD as
(H1)$$M_{ij} = \sum_{k =
0}^{\min\{c_0,c_1\}-1} U_{ik} \lambda_{kk} V_{kj}.$$
In the last equation one can take
$\boldsymbol{U}$ to be a
$c_0 \times
c_0$ unitary matrix,
$\boldsymbol{V}$ to be
$c_1 \times
c_1$ unitary matrix and
$\boldsymbol{\lambda
}$ to be a
$c_0 \times
c_1$ diagonal matrix with nonnegative
entries. Equivalently, one can take
$\boldsymbol{U}$ to be a rectangular
$c_0 \times \min
\{c_0,c_1\}$ semi-unitary matrix,
$\boldsymbol{V}$ to be
$\min \{c_0,c_1\} \times
D_1$ semi-unitary matrix and
$\boldsymbol{\lambda
}$ to be
$\min \{c_0,c_1\} \times
\min \{c_0,c_1\}$ square nonnegative matrix.
A second useful property of a multidimensional array is that we are
free to reshape it as a matrix by grouping indices together. Consider,
for example, a four-index tensor $R_{i_0 i_1 i_2
i_3}$ where each index takes two possible
values, $i_k \in
\{0,1\}$. We can group the last three indices
$i_1 i_2 i_3$ into a common index that takes
$2^3 = 8$ values. This allows us to consider
the tensor $R$ as a $2 \times 8$ matrix. We can emphasize this
partition by putting a semicolon between the indices we want to
separate writing
(H2)$$R_{i_0;i_1 i_2 i_3} \in
\mathbb{C}^{2 \times 8}.$$
We can instead group the first and
last two indices to now obtain a
$2^2 \times 2^2 = 4
\times 4$ matrix that we write as
(H3)$$R_{i_0 i_1 ; i_2 i_3}
\in \mathbb{C}^{4 \times 4}.$$
Having introduced this useful notation
and recalled the SVD for matrices we are now ready to decompose an
arbitrary tensor.
To this end, we split our arbitrary input tensor as $R_{i_0;i_1\ldots i_{\ell
-1}}$ and then write the singular
decomposition for this $c_0 \times c_{1:\ell
-1}$ (with $c_{1:\ell -1} = c_1
\times \cdots \times c_{\ell -1}$) matrix
(H4)$$R_{i_0;i_1\ldots
i_{\ell-1}} = \sum_{\alpha_1} U_{i_0; \alpha_1}^{[0]}
\lambda^{[0]}_{\alpha_1 ; \alpha_1} V_{\alpha_1;i_1\ldots
i_{\ell-1}}^{[0]},$$
where we do not write explicitly the
possible values of the dummy index
$\alpha _1$. This can be easily inferred by
looking at the dimensions of the two index vectors separated by the
semicolon on the right-hand side. For this first step in our
derivation
$\alpha _1$ can take
$\min \{c_0, c_1 \times
\cdots \times c_{\ell -1}\}$ values. We can now look at the
tensor
$V_{\alpha _1,i_1\ldots
i_{\ell -1}}$ and apply once more the SVDs
grouping the first two indices together:
(H5)$$V_{\alpha_1,i_1;i_2\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[0]} = \sum_{\alpha_2}
U_{\alpha_1,i_1;\alpha_2}^{[1]} \lambda^{[1]}_{\alpha_2;\alpha_2}
V_{\alpha_2;i_2\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[1]},$$
which we can use to write
(H6)$$R_{i_0 i_1\ldots
i_{\ell-1}} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2 } U_{i_0; \alpha_1}^{[0]}
\lambda^{[0]}_{\alpha_1 ; \alpha_1}
U_{\alpha_1,i_1;\alpha_2}^{[1]} \lambda^{[1]}_{\alpha_2;\alpha_2}
V_{\alpha_2;i_2\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[1]}.$$
Now note that the leftover higher-rank
tensor
$V^{[1]}$ has
$\ell -1$ indices, one less than our original
tensor
$R$. We can continue as before and write
the SVD of
$V^{[1]}$ separating
$\alpha _2$ and
$i_2$ from the rest of the indices
(H7)$$V_{\alpha_2,i_2;i_3\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[1]} = \sum_{\alpha_3}
U_{\alpha_2,i_2;\alpha_3}^{[2]} \lambda^{[2]}_{\alpha_3;\alpha_3}
V_{\alpha_3;i_3\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[2]}.$$
We can then plug this decomposition
into H6 to obtain
(H8)$$R_{i_0 i_1\ldots
i_{\ell-1}} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2 } U_{i_0; \alpha_1}^{[0]}
\lambda^{[0]}_{\alpha_1 ; \alpha_1}
U_{\alpha_1,i_1;\alpha_2}^{[1]} \lambda^{[1]}_{\alpha_2;\alpha_2}
V_{\alpha_2;i_2\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[1]},$$
where we note that the leftover
higher-order tensor
$V^{[2]}$ has
$\ell -2$ indices. By this point it is easy to
guess that in the
$k$th step of this recursive
decomposition, we will have a tensor
$V^{[k]}$ with
$\ell -k$ indices
$\{\alpha
_{k+1},i_{k+1}\ldots,i_{\ell -1}\}$ on which we will apply the SVD to
obtain
(H9)$$V_{\alpha_{k+1},i_{k+1};i_{k+2}\ldots i_{\ell-1}}^{[k]} =
\sum_{\alpha_{k+2}} U^{[k+1]}_{\alpha_{k+1},i_{k+1}; \alpha_{k+2}}
\lambda^{[k+1]}_{\alpha_{k+2};\alpha_{k+2}}
V^{[k+1]}_{\alpha_{k+2};i_{k+2}\ldots i_{\ell-1}}.$$
Based on this iterative decomposition
we finally arrive at the first matrix product form of the tensor
$R$,
(H10)$$R_{i_0 i_1\ldots
i_{\ell-1}} = \sum_{\alpha_1,\alpha_2,\ldots, \alpha_{\ell-1}}
U_{i_0; \alpha_1}^{[0]} \lambda^{[0]}_{\alpha_1 ; \alpha_1}
U_{\alpha_1,i_1;\alpha_2}^{[1]} \lambda^{[1]}_{\alpha_2;\alpha_2}
\ldots U_{\alpha_{\ell-2},i_{\ell-2};\alpha_{\ell-1}}^{[1]}
\lambda^{[1]}_{\alpha_{\ell-1};\alpha_{\ell-1}}
V_{\alpha_{\ell-1},i_{\ell-1}}$$
which is the form used by Yanagimoto
et al. [
30]. A
second useful form can be obtained by introducing
$(S^{[k]})^{\alpha
_k}_{i_k,\alpha _{k+1}} \equiv U_{\alpha _k,i_k;\alpha
_{k+1}}^{[k]} \lambda ^{[k]}_{\alpha _{k+1};\alpha
_{k+1}}$ as used in the main text.
Acknowledgments
N. Q. thanks A. M. Brańczyk, M. D Vidrighin, G. Triginer, A. L. Grimsmo,
and I. Dhand for useful discussions and acknowledges support from the
Ministère de l’Économie et de l’Innovation du Québec. M. L. acknowledges
the support from Ministero dell’Istruzione, dell’Università e della
Ricerca (Dipartimenti di Eccellenza Program (2018–2022)). J. E. S.
acknowledges support from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research
Council of Canada.
Disclosures
The authors declare no conflicts of interest.
Data availability
No data were generated or analyzed in the presented research.
References and Notes
1. S. E. Harris, M. K. Oshman, and R. L. Byer, “Observation of tunable
optical parametric fluorescence,” Phys. Rev.
Lett. 18,
732–734 (1967). [CrossRef]
2. D. Magde and H. Mahr, “Study in ammonium dihydrogen
phosphate of spontaneous parametric interaction tunable from 4400 to
16 000 Å,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 18, 905–907
(1967). [CrossRef]
3. A. I. Lvovsky, “Squeezed
light,” in Photonics: Scientific Foundations,
Technology and Applications (2015), Vol.
1, pp. 121–163. [CrossRef]
4. U. L. Andersen, T. Gehring, C. Marquardt, and G. Leuchs, “30 years of squeezed light
generation,” Phys. Scr. 91, 053001 (2016). [CrossRef]
5. C. Weedbrook, S. Pirandola, R. García-Patrón, N. J. Cerf, T. C. Ralph, J. H. Shapiro, and S. Lloyd, “Gaussian quantum
information,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 84, 621–669
(2012). [CrossRef]
6. S. L. Braunstein, “Squeezing as an irreducible
resource,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 055801 (2005). [CrossRef]
7. T. Rudolph, “Why I am optimistic about the
silicon-photonic route to quantum computing,”
APL Photonics 2,
030901 (2017). [CrossRef]
8. J. E. Bourassa, R. N. Alexander, M. Vasmer, A. Patil, I. Tzitrin, T. Matsuura, D. Su, B. Q. Baragiola, S. Guha, G. Dauphinais, K. K. Sabapathy, N. C. Menicucci, and I. Dhand, “Blueprint for a scalable
photonic fault-tolerant quantum computer,”
Quantum 5, 392
(2021). [CrossRef]
9. T. R. Bromley, J. M. Arrazola, S. Jahangiri, J. Izaac, N. Quesada, A. D. Gran, M. Schuld, J. Swinarton, Z. Zabaneh, and N. Killoran, “Applications of near-term
photonic quantum computers: software and algorithms,”
Quantum Sci. Technol. 5,
034010 (2020). [CrossRef]
10. M. V. Larsen, C. Chamberland, K. Noh, J. S. Neergaard-Nielsen, and U. L. Andersen, “Fault-tolerant
continuous-variable measurement-based quantum computation
architecture,” PRX Quantum 2, 030325 (2021). [CrossRef]
11. M. Kues, C. Reimer, P. Roztocki, L. R. Cortés, S. Sciara, B. Wetzel, Y. Zhang, A. Cino, S. T. Chu, B. E. Little, D. J. Moss, L. Caspani, J. Azaña, and R. Morandotti, “On-chip generation of
high-dimensional entangled quantum states and their coherent
control,” Nature 546, 622–626
(2017). [CrossRef]
12. C. Reimer, S. Sciara, P. Roztocki, M. Islam, L. Romero Cortés, Y. Zhang, B. Fischer, S. Loranger, R. Kashyap, A. Cino, S. T. Chu, B. E. Little, D. J. Moss, L. Caspani, W. J. Munro, J. Azaña, M. Kues, and R. Morandotti, “High-dimensional one-way
quantum processing implemented on d-level cluster
states,” Nat. Phys. 15, 148–153
(2019). [CrossRef]
13. J. Aasi, J. Abadie, B. Abbott, et al., “Enhanced
sensitivity of the LIGO gravitational wave detector by using squeezed
states of light,” Nat. Photonics 7, 613–619
(2013). [CrossRef]
14. E. Polzik, J. Carri, and H. Kimble, “Spectroscopy with squeezed
light,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 3020–3023
(1992). [CrossRef]
15. C. A. Casacio, L. S. Madsen, A. Terrasson, M. Waleed, K. Barnscheidt, B. Hage, M. A. Taylor, and W. P. Bowen, “Quantum-enhanced nonlinear
microscopy,” Nature 594, 201–206
(2021). [CrossRef]
16. P. J. Mosley, J. S. Lundeen, B. J. Smith, P. Wasylczyk, A. B. U’Ren, C. Silberhorn, and I. A. Walmsley, “Heralded generation of
ultrafast single photons in pure quantum states,”
Phys. Rev. Lett. 100,
133601 (2008). [CrossRef]
17. H. Takesue and K. Inoue, “Generation of
polarization-entangled photon pairs and violation of Bell’s inequality
using spontaneous four-wave mixing in a fiber loop,”
Phys. Rev. A 70,
031802 (2004). [CrossRef]
18. G. Harder, V. Ansari, B. Brecht, T. Dirmeier, C. Marquardt, and C. Silberhorn, “An optimized photon pair
source for quantum circuits,” Opt.
Express 21,
13975–13985 (2013). [CrossRef]
19. G. Harder, T. J. Bartley, A. E. Lita, S. W. Nam, T. Gerrits, and C. Silberhorn, “Single-mode
parametric-down-conversion states with 50 photons as a source for
mesoscopic quantum optics,” Phys. Rev.
Lett. 116, 143601
(2016). [CrossRef]
20. M. A. Finger, T. S. Iskhakov, N. Y. Joly, M. V. Chekhova, and P. S. J. Russell, “Raman-free, noble-gas-filled
photonic-crystal fiber source for ultrafast, very bright twin-beam
squeezed vacuum,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 143602
(2015). [CrossRef]
21. J.-Y. Chen, Z. Li, Z. Ma, C. Tang, H. Fan, Y. M. Sua, and Y.-P. Huang, “Photon conversion and
interaction on chip,”preprint arXiv:2105.00275
(2021).
22. M. Placke and S. Ramelow, “Engineering
AlGaAs-on-insulator toward quantum optical
applications,” Opt. Lett. 45, 6763–6766
(2020). [CrossRef]
23. J. B. Surya, X. Guo, C.-L. Zou, and H. X. Tang, “Efficient third-harmonic
generation in composite aluminum nitride/silicon nitride
microrings,” Optica 5, 103–108
(2018). [CrossRef]
24. J. Lu, M. Li, C.-L. Zou, A. Al Sayem, and H. X. Tang, “Toward 1% single-photon
anharmonicity with periodically poled lithium niobate microring
resonators,” Optica 7, 1654–1659
(2020). [CrossRef]
25. A. Cavanna, J. Hammer, C. Okoth, E. Ortiz-Ricardo, H. Cruz-Ramirez, K. Garay-Palmett, A. B. U’Ren, M. H. Frosz, X. Jiang, N. Y. Joly, and M. V. Chekhova, “Progress toward third-order
parametric down-conversion in optical fibers,”
Phys. Rev. A 101,
033840 (2020). [CrossRef]
26. J. Flórez, J. S. Lundeen, and M. V. Chekhova, “Pump depletion in parametric
down-conversion with low pump energies,” Opt.
Lett. 45,
4264–4267 (2020). [CrossRef]
27. S. D. Bartlett and B. C. Sanders, “Universal continuous-variable
quantum computation: requirement of optical nonlinearity for photon
counting,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 042304 (2002). [CrossRef]
28. S. D. Bartlett and B. C. Sanders, “Efficient classical
simulation of optical quantum information circuits,”
Phys. Rev. Lett. 89,
207903 (2002). [CrossRef]
29. U. Chabaud, D. Markham, and F. Grosshans, “Stellar representation of
non-Gaussian quantum states,” Phys. Rev.
Lett. 124, 063605
(2020). [CrossRef]
30. R. Yanagimoto, E. Ng, L. G. Wright, T. Onodera, and H. Mabuchi, “Efficient simulation of
ultrafast quantum nonlinear optics with matrix product
states,” Optica 8,
1306–1315 (2021). [CrossRef]
31. J. E. Bourassa, N. Quesada, I. Tzitrin, A. Száva, T. Isacsson, J. Izaac, K. K. Sabapathy, G. Dauphinais, and I. Dhand, “Fast simulation of bosonic
qubits via Gaussian functions in phase space,”
PRX Quantum 2, 040315
(2021). [CrossRef]
32. M. Walschaers, “Non-Gaussian quantum states
and where to find them,” PRX Quantum 2, 030204 (2021). [CrossRef]
33. Y.-X. Huang, M. Li, K. Lin, Y.-L. Zhang, G.-C. Guo, and C.-L. Zou, “Classical-to-quantum
transition in multimode nonlinear systems with strong photon-photon
coupling,” preprint arXiv:2111.09557
(2021).
34. R. Yanagimoto, E. Ng, A. Yamamura, T. Onodera, L. G. Wright, M. Jankowski, M. Fejer, P. L. McMahon, and H. Mabuchi, “Onset of non-Gaussian quantum
physics in pulsed squeezing with mesoscopic fields,”
preprint arXiv:2111.13799 (2021).
35. Y.-X. Huang, M. Li, Z.-J. Chen, X.-B. Zou, G.-C. Guo, and C.-L. Zou, “Quantum effects beyond
mean-field treatment in quantum optics,” preprint
arXiv:2111.14636 (2021).
36. W. Xing and T. Ralph, “Pump depletion in parametric
amplification,”preprint arXiv:2201.01372
(2022).
37. N. Quesada and J. E. Sipe, “Why you should not use the
electric field to quantize in nonlinear optics,”
Opt. Lett. 42, 3443
(2017). [CrossRef]
38. L. Mandel and E. Wolf, Optical Coherence and
Quantum Optics (Cambridge
University Press,
1995).
39. M. Born and L. Infeld, “On the quantization of the
new field equations I,” Proc. R. Soc. Lond.
A 147, 522–546
(1934). [CrossRef]
40. P. D. Drummond and M. Hillery, The Quantum Theory of
Nonlinear Optics (Cambridge
University Press,
2014).
41. R. Loudon, The Quantum Theory of
Light (Oxford University
Press, 2000).
42. D. N. Klyshko, Photons and Nonlinear
Optics (Routledge,
2018).
43. C. C. Gerry and P. Knight, Introductory Quantum
Optics (Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, UK; New
York, 2005).
44. M. Born and E. Wolf, Principles of Optics:
Electromagnetic Theory of Propagation, Interference and Diffraction of
Light, 7th ed.
(Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge; New York,
1999).
45. M. Hillery and L. D. Mlodinow, “Semiclassical expansion for
nonlinear dielectric media,” Phys. Rev.
A 31, 797–806
(1985). [CrossRef]
46. M. Hillery and L. Mlodinow, “Quantized fields in a
nonlinear dielectric medium: a microscopic approach,”
Phys. Rev. A 55,
678–689 (1997). [CrossRef]
47. P. Drummond and M. Hillery, “Quantum theory of dispersive
electromagnetic modes,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 691–707
(1999). [CrossRef]
48. M. Hillery and L. D. Mlodinow, “Quantization of
electrodynamics in nonlinear dielectric media,”
Phys. Rev. A 30,
1860–1865 (1984). [CrossRef]
49. I. Abram and E. Cohen, “Quantum theory for light
propagation in a nonlinear effective medium,”
Phys. Rev. A 44,
500–517 (1991). [CrossRef]
50. J. Sipe, N. A. Bhat, P. Chak, and S. Pereira, “Effective field theory for
the nonlinear optical properties of photonic
crystals,” Phys. Rev. E 69, 016604 (2004). [CrossRef]
51. M. G. Raymer, “Quantum theory of light in a
dispersive structured linear dielectric: a macroscopic Hamiltonian
tutorial treatment,” J. Mod. Opt. 67, 196–212
(2020). [CrossRef]
52. J. D. Joannopoulos, S. G. Johnson, J. N. Winn, and R. D. Meade, Photonic Crystals (Princeton University
Press, 2011).
53. J. Sipe and M. Steel, “A Hamiltonian treatment of
stimulated Brillouin scattering in nanoscale integrated
waveguides,” New J. Phys. 18, 045004 (2016). [CrossRef]
54. W. Xie, L. Chang, H. Shu, J. C. Norman, J. D. Peters, X. Wang, and J. E. Bowers, “Ultrahigh-q
algaas-on-insulator microresonators for integrated nonlinear
photonics,” Opt. Express 28, 32894–32906
(2020). [CrossRef]
55. J. D. Jackson, Classical
Electrodynamics
(Wiley,
1998).
56. N. A. Bhat and J. Sipe, “Hamiltonian treatment of the
electromagnetic field in dispersive and absorptive structured
media,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 063808 (2006). [CrossRef]
57. A. Judge, M. Steel, J. Sipe, and C. De Sterke, “Canonical quantization of
macroscopic electrodynamics in a linear, inhomogeneous magnetoelectric
medium,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 033824 (2013). [CrossRef]
58. J. Sipe, “Photons in dispersive
dielectrics,” J. Opt. A: Pure Appl.
Opt. 11, 114006
(2009). [CrossRef]
59. J. Heebner, R. Grover, and T. Ibrahim, Optical Microresonators
Theory, Fabrication and Applications
(Springer,
2008).
60. Z. Vernon and J. E. Sipe, “Spontaneous four-wave mixing
in lossy microring resonators,” Phys. Rev.
A 91, 053802
(2015). [CrossRef]
61. P. Chak, S. Pereira, and J. Sipe, “Coupled-mode theory for
periodic side-coupled microcavity and photonic crystal
structures,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 035105 (2006). [CrossRef]
62. M. Liscidini, L. Helt, and J. Sipe, “Asymptotic fields for a
Hamiltonian treatment of nonlinear electromagnetic
phenomena,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 013833 (2012). [CrossRef]
63. R. W. Boyd, Nonlinear Optics (Academic Press,
2008).
64. A. Serafini, Quantum Continuous
Variables: A Primer of Theoretical Methods
(CRC Press,
2017).
65. R. Simon, E. C. G. Sudarshan, and N. Mukunda, “Gaussian pure states in
quantum mechanics and the symplectic group,”
Phys. Rev. A 37,
3028–3038 (1988). [CrossRef]
66. B. Dutta, N. Mukunda, and R. Simon, “The real symplectic groups in
quantum mechanics and optics,”
Pramana 45,
471–497 (1995). [CrossRef]
67. G. Adesso, S. Ragy, and A. R. Lee, “Continuous variable quantum
information: Gaussian states and beyond,” Open
Syst. Inf. Dyn. 21, 1440001
(2014). [CrossRef]
68. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum
Mechanics (Springer Science
Business Media, 2012).
69. J. J. Sakurai, Modern Quantum
Mechanics
(Addison-Wesley,
2011).
70. S. Barnett and P. M. Radmore, Methods in Theoretical
Quantum Optics, Vol. 15
(Oxford University Press,
2002).
71. A. B. Klimov and S. M. Chumakov, A Group-theoretical Approach
to Quantum Optics: Models of Atom–Field Interactions (John Wiley & Sons,
2009).
72. F. J. Dyson, “The radiation theories of
Tomonaga, Schwinger, and Feynman,” Phys.
Rev. 75,
486–502 (1949). [CrossRef]
73. S. Blanes, F. Casas, J. Oteo, and J. Ros, “The magnus expansion and some
of its applications,” Phys. Rep. 470, 151–238
(2009). [CrossRef]
74. W. Magnus, “On the exponential solution
of differential equations for a linear operator,”
Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 7,
649–673 (1954). [CrossRef]
75. M. Suzuki, “Generalized Trotter’s formula
and systematic approximants of exponential operators and inner
derivations with applications to many-body problems,”
Commun. Math. Phys. 51,
183–190 (1976). [CrossRef]
76. H. F. Trotter, “On the product of semi-groups
of operators,” Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 10, 545–551
(1959). [CrossRef]
77. In the case where Δij is not
time-dependent, this can always be assumed without loss of
generality as shown in Appendix C.
78. R. A. Horn and C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis (Cambridge University
Press, 2012).
79. N. Killoran, J. Izaac, N. Quesada, V. Bergholm, M. Amy, and C. Weedbrook, “Strawberry Fields: asoftware
platform for photonic quantum computing,”
Quantum 3, 129129
(2019). [CrossRef]
80. B. Gupt, J. Izaac, and N. Quesada, “The Walrus: a library for the
calculation of Hafnians, Hermite polynomials and Gaussian boson
sampling,” JOSS 4,
1705 (2019). [CrossRef]
81. A. Lvovsky, W. Wasilewski, and K. Banaszek, “Decomposing a pulsed optical
parametric amplifier into independent squeezers,”
J. Mod. Opt. 54,
721–733 (2007). [CrossRef]
82. W. Wasilewski, A. I. Lvovsky, K. Banaszek, and C. Radzewicz, “Pulsed squeezed light:
simultaneous squeezing of multiple modes,”
Phys. Rev. A 73,
063819 (2006). [CrossRef]
83. T. Lipfert, D. B. Horoshko, G. Patera, and M. I. Kolobov, “Bloch-Messiah decomposition
and magnus expansion for parametric down-conversion with monochromatic
pump,” Phys. Rev. A 98, 013815 (2018). [CrossRef]
84. A. Gatti, R. Zambrini, M. San Miguel, and L. A. Lugiato, “Multiphoton multimode
polarization entanglement in parametric
down-conversion,” Phys. Rev. A 68, 053807 (2003). [CrossRef]
85. A. K. Ekert and P. L. Knight, “Relationship between
semiclassical and quantum-mechanical input–output theories of optical
response,” Phys. Rev. A 43, 3934–3938
(1991). [CrossRef]
86. A. Christ, B. Brecht, W. Mauerer, and C. Silberhorn, “Theory of quantum frequency
conversion and type-II parametric down-conversion in the high-gain
regime,” New J. Phys. 15, 053038 (2013). [CrossRef]
87. K. E. Cahill and R. J. Glauber, “Ordered expansions in boson
amplitude operators,” Phys. Rev. 177, 1857–1881
(1969). [CrossRef]
88. Note that this equation does not imply that $\mathcal {U} = \exp
\left \{ \tfrac 12 \sum _{k, l=1}^\ell J_{kl} a^\dagger _{k}
a^\dagger _l - \text {H.c.}\right \}$; in particular, we can
postmultiply the exponential by any unitary operator that
satisfies $\mathcal {U}_{0} |
{\text {vac}}\rangle = | {\text {vac}}\rangle$ and still satisfy Eq. (237). The form of the
operator $\mathcal
{U}_{0}$ is described in Appendix E.
89. The diagonal and unitary matrices obtained from the Takagi
decomposition can be related to the diagonal and orthogonal
matrices obtained by performing a Bloch–Messiah decomposition of
the symplectic matrix that diagonalizes the covariance matrix of
the pure state in Eq. (237). This symplectic matrix can be
obtained by doing a Williamson decomposition of the covariance
matrix of the quantum state as described by, e.g., Serafini [64].
90. A. M. Brańczyk, T. M. Stace, and T. Ralph, “Time ordering in spontaneous
parametric down-conversion,” in AIP
Conference Proceedings, Vol. 1363 (2011), pp.
335–338.
91. W. P. Grice and I. A. Walmsley, “Spectral information and
distinguishability in type-II down-conversion with a broadband
pump,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 1627–1634
(1997). [CrossRef]
92. G. Triginer, M. D. Vidrighin, N. Quesada, A. Eckstein, M. Moore, W. S. Kolthammer, J. E. Sipe, and I. A. Walmsley, “Understanding high-gain
twin-beam sources using cascaded stimulated emission,”
Phys. Rev. X 10,
031063 (2020). [CrossRef]
93. V. Bargmann, “On a Hilbert space of
analytic functions and an associated integral transform part
I,” Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 14, 187–214
(1961). [CrossRef]
94. I. E. Segal and G. W. Mackey, Mathematical Problems of
Relativistic Physics, Vol. 2
(American Mathematical Soc.,
1963).
95. R. García-Patrón, J. J. Renema, and V. Shchesnovich, “Simulating boson sampling in
lossy architectures,” Quantum 3, 169 (2019). [CrossRef]
96. D. J. Brod and M. Oszmaniec, “Classical simulation of
linear optics subject to nonuniform losses,”
Quantum 4, 267
(2020). [CrossRef]
97. O. F. Thomas, W. McCutcheon, and D. P. McCutcheon, “A general framework for
multimode Gaussian quantum optics and photo-detection: application to
Hong–Ou–Mandel interference with filtered heralded single photon
sources,” APL Photonics 6, 040801 (2021). [CrossRef]
98. K. Laiho, T. Dirmeier, M. Schmidt, S. Reitzenstein, and C. Marquardt, “Measuring higher-order photon
correlations of faint quantum light: a short review,”
Phys. Lett. A 435,
128059 (2022). [CrossRef]
99. A. Christ, K. Laiho, A. Eckstein, K. N. Cassemiro, and C. Silberhorn, “Probing multimode squeezing
with correlation functions,” New J.
Phys. 13, 033027
(2011). [CrossRef]
100. C. S. Hamilton, R. Kruse, L. Sansoni, S. Barkhofen, C. Silberhorn, and I. Jex, “Gaussian boson
sampling,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 170501
(2017). [CrossRef]
101. R. Kruse, C. S. Hamilton, L. Sansoni, S. Barkhofen, C. Silberhorn, and I. Jex, “Detailed study of Gaussian
boson sampling,” Phys. Rev. A 100, 032326
(2019). [CrossRef]
102. N. Quesada, J. M. Arrazola, and N. Killoran, “Gaussian boson sampling using
threshold detectors,” Phys. Rev. A 98, 062322 (2018). [CrossRef]
103. A. Deshpande, A. Mehta, T. Vincent, N. Quesada, M. Hinsche, M. Ioannou, L. Madsen, J. Lavoie, H. Qi, J. Eisert, D. Hangleiter, B. Fefferman, and I. Dhand, “Quantum computational
advantage via high-dimensional Gaussian boson
sampling,” Sci. Adv. 8, eabi7894
(2022). [CrossRef]
104. N. Quesada and J. M. Arrazola, “Exact simulation of Gaussian
boson sampling in polynomial space and exponential
time,” Phys. Rev. Res. 2, 023005 (2020). [CrossRef]
105. H.-S. Zhong, L.-C. Peng, Y. Li, Y. Hu, W. Li, J. Qin, D. Wu, W. Zhang, H. Li, L. Zhang, Z. Wang, L. You, X. Jiang, L. Li, N.-L. Liu, J. P. Dowling, C.-Y. Lu, and J.-W. Pan, “Experimental Gaussian boson
sampling,” Sci. Bull. 64, 511–515
(2019). [CrossRef]
106. H.-S. Zhong, H. Wang, Y.-H. Deng, et al., “Quantum
computational advantage using photons,”
Science 370,
1460–1463 (2020). [CrossRef]
107. L. G. Helt and N. Quesada, “Degenerate squeezing in
waveguides: a unified theoretical approach,”
JPhys Photonics 2,
035001 (2020). [CrossRef]
108. N. Quesada, G. Triginer, M. D. Vidrighin, and J. E. Sipe, “Theory of high-gain twin-beam
generation in waveguides: from Maxwell’s equations to efficient
simulation,” Phys. Rev. A 102, 033519
(2020). [CrossRef]
109. G. P. Agrawal, Nonlinear Fiber
Optics, 4th ed.
(Academic Press,
Burlington, MA,
2007).
110. M.-D. Vidrighin, “Quantum optical measurements
for practical estimation and information
thermodynamics,” Ph.D. thesis, Imperial College London
(2017).
111. C. McKinstrie and M. Marhic, “Quadrature and number
fluctuations produced by parametric devices driven by pulsed
pumps,” Opt. Express 21, 19437–19466
(2013). [CrossRef]
112. D. B. Horoshko, L. La Volpe, F. Arzani, N. Treps, C. Fabre, and M. I. Kolobov, “Bloch–Messiah reduction for
twin beams of light,” Phys. Rev. A 100, 013837
(2019). [CrossRef]
113. M. I. Kolobov, “The spatial behavior of
nonclassical light,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 71, 1539–1589
(1999). [CrossRef]
114. Z. Yang, M. Liscidini, and J. E. Sipe, “Spontaneous parametric
down-conversion in waveguides: a backward heisenberg picture
approach,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 033808 (2008). [CrossRef]
115. N. Quesada and J. E. Sipe, “Effects of time ordering in
quantum nonlinear optics,” Phys. Rev.
A 90, 063840
(2014). [CrossRef]
116. A. M. Brańczyk, A. Fedrizzi, T. M. Stace, T. C. Ralph, and A. G. White, “Engineered optical
nonlinearity for quantum light sources,” Opt.
Express 19,
55–65 (2011). [CrossRef]
117. P. B. Dixon, J. H. Shapiro, and F. N. C. Wong, “Spectral engineering by
Gaussian phase-matching for quantum photonics,”
Opt. Express 21,
5879–5890 (2013). [CrossRef]
118. J.-L. Tambasco, A. Boes, L. G. Helt, M. J. Steel, and A. Mitchell, “Domain engineering algorithm
for practical and effective photon sources,”
Opt. Express 24,
19616–19626 (2016). [CrossRef]
119. A. Dosseva, L. Cincio, and A. M. Brańczyk, “Shaping the joint spectrum of
down-converted photons through optimized custom
poling,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 013801 (2016). [CrossRef]
120. F. Graffitti, D. Kundys, D. T. Reid, A. M. Brańczyk, and A. Fedrizzi, “Pure down-conversion photons
through sub-coherence-length domain engineering,”
Quantum Sci. Technol. 2,
035001 (2017). [CrossRef]
121. A. B. U’Ren, C. Silberhorn, R. Erdmann, K. Banaszek, W. P. Grice, I. A. Walmsley, and M. G. Raymer, “Generation of pure-state
single-photon wavepackets by conditional preparation based on
spontaneous parametric downconversion,” arXiv preprint
quant-ph/0611019 (2006).
122. N. Quesada and A. M. Brańczyk, “Gaussian functions are
optimal for waveguided nonlinear-quantum-optical
processes,” Phys. Rev. A 98, 043813 (2018). [CrossRef]
123. N. Quesada and J. E. Sipe, “Time-ordering effects in the
generation of entangled photons using nonlinear optical
processes,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 114, 093903
(2015). [CrossRef]
124. N. Quesada, “Very nonlinear quantum
optics,” Ph.D. thesis, University of Toronto
(2015).
125. D. G. Rabus, Integrated Ring
Resonators
(Springer,
2007).
126. Z. Vernon, “Microresonators for nonlinear
quantum optics,” Ph.D. thesis, University of Toronto
(2017).
127. A. Yariv and P. Yeh, Photonics: Optical
Electronics in Modern Communications
(Oxford University Press,
2007).
128. Z. Vernon, M. Menotti, C. Tison, J. Steidle, M. Fanto, P. Thomas, S. Preble, A. Smith, P. Alsing, M. Liscidini, and J. E. Sipe, “Truly unentangled photon
pairs without spectral filtering,” Opt.
Lett. 42,
3638–3641 (2017). [CrossRef]
129. J. B. Christensen, J. G. Koefoed, K. Rottwitt, and C. McKinstrie, “Engineering spectrally
unentangled photon pairs from nonlinear microring resonators by pump
manipulation,” Opt. Lett. 43, 859–862
(2018). [CrossRef]
130. V. D. Vaidya, B. Morrison, L. Helt, R. Shahrokshahi, D. Mahler, M. Collins, K. Tan, J. Lavoie, A. Repingon, M. Menotti, N. Quesada, R. C. Pooser, A. E. Lita, T. Gerrits, S. W. Nam, and Z. Vernon, “Broadband quadrature-squeezed
vacuum and nonclassical photon number correlations from a nanophotonic
device,” Sci. Adv. 6, eaba9186
(2020). [CrossRef]
131. Z. Vernon, N. Quesada, M. Liscidini, B. Morrison, M. Menotti, K. Tan, and J. Sipe, “Scalable squeezed-light
source for continuous-variable quantum sampling,”
Phys. Rev. Appl. 12,
064024 (2019). [CrossRef]
132. Y. Zhao, Y. Okawachi, J. K. Jang, X. Ji, M. Lipson, and A. L. Gaeta, “Near-degenerate
quadrature-squeezed vacuum generation on a silicon-nitride
chip,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 124, 193601
(2020). [CrossRef]
133. Y. Zhang, M. Menotti, K. Tan, V. Vaidya, D. Mahler, L. Helt, L. Zatti, M. Liscidini, B. Morrison, and Z. Vernon, “Squeezed light from a
nanophotonic molecule,” Nat. Commun. 12, 1–6
(2021). [CrossRef]
134. H. Seifoory, Z. Vernon, D. Mahler, M. Menotti, Y. Zhang, and J. E. Sipe, “Degenerate squeezing in a
dual-pumped integrated microresonator: parasitic processes and their
suppression,”preprint arXiv:2109.03298
(2021).
135. M. Chen, N. C. Menicucci, and O. Pfister, “Experimental realization of
multipartite entanglement of 60 modes of a quantum optical frequency
comb,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 112, 120505
(2014). [CrossRef]
136. Y. K. Chembo, “Quantum dynamics of Kerr
optical frequency combs below and above threshold: spontaneous
four-wave mixing, entanglement, and squeezed states of
light,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 033820 (2016). [CrossRef]
137. C. Reimer, M. Kues, P. Roztocki, B. Wetzel, F. Grazioso, B. E. Little, S. T. Chu, T. Johnston, Y. Bromberg, L. Caspani, D. J. Moss, and R. Morandotti, “Generation of multiphoton
entangled quantum states by means of integrated frequency
combs,” Science 351,
1176–1180 (2016). [CrossRef]
138. S. Hagness, D. Rafizadeh, S. Ho, and A. Taflove, “FDTD microcavity simulations:
design and experimental realization of waveguide-coupled single-mode
ring and whispering-gallery-mode disk resonators,”
J. Lightwave Technol. 15,
2154–2165 (1997). [CrossRef]
139. H. P. Yuen and V. W. Chan, “Noise in homodyne and
heterodyne detection,” Opt. Lett. 8, 177–179
(1983). [CrossRef]
140. R. Wolf, Y. Jia, S. Bonaus, C. S. Werner, S. J. Herr, I. Breunig, K. Buse, and H. Zappe, “Quasi-phase-matched nonlinear
optical frequency conversion in on-chip whispering
galleries,” Optica 5, 872–875
(2018). [CrossRef]
141. J.-Y. Chen, Z.-H. Ma, Y. M. Sua, Z. Li, C. Tang, and Y.-P. Huang, “Ultra-efficient frequency
conversion in quasi-phase-matched lithium niobate
microrings,” Optica 6, 1244–1245
(2019). [CrossRef]
142. J. Lu, J. B. Surya, X. Liu, A. W. Bruch, Z. Gong, Y. Xu, and H. X. Tang, “Periodically poled thin-film
lithium niobate microring resonators with a second-harmonic generation
efficiency of 250,000%/w,” Optica 6, 1455–1460
(2019). [CrossRef]
143. R. Luo, Y. He, H. Liang, M. Li, J. Ling, and Q. Lin, “Optical parametric generation
in a lithium niobate microring with modal phase
matching,” Phys. Rev. Appl. 11, 034026 (2019). [CrossRef]
144. R. Luo, H. Jiang, S. Rogers, H. Liang, Y. He, and Q. Lin, “On-chip second-harmonic
generation and broadband parametric down-conversion in a lithium
niobate microresonator,” Opt. Express 25, 24531–24539
(2017). [CrossRef]
145. Z. Yang, P. Chak, A. D. Bristow, H. M. van Driel, R. Iyer, J. S. Aitchison, A. L. Smirl, and J. Sipe, “Enhanced second-harmonic
generation in AlGaAs microring resonators,”
Opt. Lett. 32,
826–828 (2007). [CrossRef]
146. J. Lin, Y. Xu, J. Ni, M. Wang, Z. Fang, L. Qiao, W. Fang, and Y. Cheng, “Phase-matched second-harmonic
generation in an on-chip LiNbO3
microresonator,” Phys. Rev. Appl. 6, 014002 (2016). [CrossRef]
147. G. Lin, J. U. Fürst, D. V. Strekalov, and N. Yu, “Wide-range cyclic phase
matching and second harmonic generation in whispering gallery
resonators,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 103, 181107
(2013). [CrossRef]
148. L. G. Helt, M. Liscidini, and J. E. Sipe, “How does it scale? Comparing
quantum and classical nonlinear optical processes in integrated
devices,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 29, 2199–2212
(2012). [CrossRef]
149. M. Liscidini and J. Sipe, “Stimulated emission
tomography,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 193602
(2013). [CrossRef]
150. A. De Rossi, V. Berger, M. Calligaro, G. Leo, V. Ortiz, and X. Marcadet, “Parametric fluorescence in
oxidized aluminum gallium arsenide waveguides,”
Appl. Phys. Lett. 79,
3758–3760 (2001). [CrossRef]
151. V. Introini, M. J. Steel, J. E. Sipe, L. G. Helt, and M. Liscidini, “Spontaneous parametric down
conversion in a doubly resonant one-dimensional photonic
crystal,” Opt. Lett. 45, 1244 (2020). [CrossRef]
152. S. Azzini, D. Grassani, M. Galli, L. C. Andreani, M. Sorel, M. J. Strain, L. G. Helt, J. E. Sipe, M. Liscidini, and D. Bajoni, “From classical four-wave
mixing to parametric fluorescence in silicon microring
resonators,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3807 (2012). [CrossRef]
153. L. A. Rozema, C. Wang, D. H. Mahler, A. Hayat, A. M. Steinberg, J. E. Sipe, and M. Liscidini, “Characterizing an
entangled-photon source with classical detectors and
measurements,” Optica 2, 430 (2015). [CrossRef]
154. B. Fang, M. Liscidini, J. E. Sipe, and V. O. Lorenz, “Multidimensional
characterization of an entangled photon-pair source via stimulated
emission tomography,” Opt. Express 24, 10013 (2016). [CrossRef]
155. M. A. Ciampini, A. Geraldi, V. Cimini, C. Macchiavello, J. E. Sipe, M. Liscidini, and P. Mataloni, “Stimulated emission
tomography: beyond polarization,” Opt.
Lett. 44, 41
(2019). [CrossRef]
156. A. Eckstein, G. Boucher, A. Lemaître, P. Filloux, I. Favero, G. Leo, J. E. Sipe, M. Liscidini, and S. Ducci, “High-resolution spectral
characterization of two photon states via classical
measurements,” Laser Photonics Rev. 8, L76–L80
(2014). [CrossRef]
157. B. Fang, O. Cohen, M. Liscidini, J. E. Sipe, and V. O. Lorenz, “Fast and highly resolved
capture of the joint spectral density of photon
pairs,” Optica 1,
281 (2014). [CrossRef]
158. I. Jizan, L. G. Helt, C. Xiong, M. J. Collins, D.-Y. Choi, C. Joon Chae, M. Liscidini, M. J. Steel, B. J. Eggleton, and A. S. Clark, “Bi-photon spectral
correlation measurements from a silicon nanowire in the quantum and
classical regimes,” Sci. Rep. 5, 12557 (2015). [CrossRef]
159. D. Grassani, A. Simbula, S. Pirotta, M. Galli, M. Menotti, N. C. Harris, T. Baehr-Jones, M. Hochberg, C. Galland, M. Liscidini, and D. Bajoni, “Energy correlations of photon
pairs generated by a silicon microring resonator probed by Stimulated
Four Wave Mixing,” Sci. Rep. 6, 23564 (2016). [CrossRef]
160. I. Jizan, B. Bell, L. G. Helt, A. C. Bedoya, C. Xiong, and B. J. Eggleton, “Phase-sensitive tomography of
the joint spectral amplitude of photon pair sources,”
Opt. Lett. 41,
4803–4806 (2016). [CrossRef]
161. M. Borghi, “Phase-resolved joint spectra
tomography of a ring resonator photon pair source using a silicon
photonic chip,” Opt. Express 28, 7442 (2020). [CrossRef]
162. U. Schollwöck, “The density-matrix
renormalization group in the age of matrix product
states,” Ann. Phys. 326, 96–192
(2011). [CrossRef]
163. R. Orús, “A practical introduction to
tensor networks: matrix product states and projected entangled pair
states,” Ann. Phys. 349, 117–158
(2014). [CrossRef]
164. S. Montangero, Introduction to Tensor
Network Methods
(Springer,
2018).
165. C. Schön, E. Solano, F. Verstraete, J. I. Cirac, and M. M. Wolf, “Sequential generation of
entangled multiqubit states,” Phys. Rev.
Lett. 95, 110503
(2005). [CrossRef]
166. C. Schön, K. Hammerer, M. M. Wolf, J. I. Cirac, and E. Solano, “Sequential generation of
matrix-product states in cavity QED,” Phys.
Rev. A 75, 032311
(2007). [CrossRef]
167. L. G. Helt, Z. Yang, M. Liscidini, and J. Sipe, “Spontaneous four-wave mixing
in microring resonators,” Opt. Lett. 35, 3006–3008
(2010). [CrossRef]
168. I. Dhand, M. Engelkemeier, L. Sansoni, S. Barkhofen, C. Silberhorn, and M. B. Plenio, “Proposal for quantum
simulation via all-optically-generated tensor network
states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 120, 130501
(2018). [CrossRef]
169. C. Roberts, A. Milsted, M. Ganahl, A. Zalcman, B. Fontaine, Y. Zou, J. Hidary, G. Vidal, and S. Leichenauer, “Tensornetwork: a library for
physics and machine learning,”preprint
arXiv:1905.01330 (2019).
170. M. Fishman, S. R. White, and E. M. Stoudenmire, “The ITensor software library
for tensor network calculations,”preprint
arXiv:2007.14822 (2020).
171. D. Jaschke, M. L. Wall, and L. D. Carr, “Open source matrix product
states: opening ways to simulate entangled many-body quantum systems
in one dimension,” Comput. Phys.
Commun. 225,
59–91 (2018). [CrossRef]
172. B. Bauer, L. D. Carr, H. G. Evertz, A. Feiguin, J. Freire, S. Fuchs, L. Gamper, J. Gukelberger, E. Gull, S. Guertler, A. Hehn, R. Igarashi, S. V. Isakov, D. Koop, P. N. Ma, P. Mates, H. Matsuo, O. Parcollet, G. Pawlowski, J. D. Picon, L. Pollet, E. Santos, V. W. Scarola, U. Schollwöck, C. Silva, B. Surer, S. Todo, S. Trebst, M. Troyer, M. L. Wall, P. Werner, and S. Wessel, “The Alps project release 2.0:
open source software for strongly correlated systems,”
J. Stat. Mech.: Theory Exp. 2011,
P05001 (2011). [CrossRef]
Nicolás Quesada is an Assistant Professor in the Engineering
Physics department at Polytechnique Montréal and holds an MEI research
chair in quantum photonics. His group develops the theory and
computational tools underpinning the next generation of nonclassical
bright light sources and devices needed for building fault-tolerant
quantum computers, quantum communication networks, and quantum sensors.
Prior to Polytechnique, he worked at Xanadu Quantum Technologies as a lead
developer of Strawberry Fields and The Walrus software libraries and led
their theoretical efforts to demonstrate photonic quantum advantage.
Before joining industry, he was an NSERC postdoctoral fellow and, as a PhD
student, a Vanier and Stoicheff scholar at the University of Toronto.
Lukas G. Helt is a quantum photonics engineer and software
developer at Xanadu Quantum Technologies. He received his PhD degree in
physics in 2013 from the University of Toronto (Canada). Prior to joining
Xanadu he was project leader of the CUDOS Nonlinear Quantum Photonics
project while holding a research fellowship at Macquarie University
(Australia).
Matteo Menotti received his PhD degree in Physics from the
University of Pavia (Italy) in 2018 with a dissertation on the generation
of nonclassical states of light in integrated devices. He has been a
quantum photonics engineer at Xanadu Quantum Technologies since 2018,
where he works on the design and simulation of integrated sources of
squeezed states for photonic quantum computation.
Marco Liscidini is Associate Professor at the Department of
Physics of the University of Pavia (Italy), and he serves as technical
advisor to Xanadu Quantum Technologies. He received the PhD degree in
physics from the University of Pavia (Italy) in 2006. From 2007 to 2009,
he was a Post-Doctoral Fellow at the Department of Physics of the
University of Toronto (Canada). His research activity focuses on the
theoretical study and modeling of the light–matter interaction in micro-
and nanostructures. He works in several areas of photonics, including
classical and quantum nonlinear optics, photonic crystal structures, and
optical sensing. His theoretical research activity is in strong
collaboration with experimental groups and in the framework of national,
European, US, and Canadian research programs. He is a Fellow
of Optica.
John E. Sipe is a Professor of Physics at the University of
Toronto, where he has been on the academic staff since 1981; he is a
theorist who interacts strongly with experimental groups. His research
interests are in quantum optics and condensed matter physics, particularly
on topics such as quantum interference processes in solids, quantum
nonlinear optics in integrated photonic structures, and foundational
issues in the description of the interaction of light with matter. He is a
Fellow of Optica, of the American Physical Society, and of the Royal
Society of Canada.